COLUME 


:BMARlESO'f?iTE 


HX00039489 


;:y^^W:;^-Jv^ 


*»■  ^  - — ^-^ 


r' V  ^  .         -Idk 


(Enlumhta  llntu?rstti| 


iSttnmtt  IGtbrarg 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons 


http://www.archive.org/details/essentialsofgyne1901crag 


SAUNDERS'  QUESTION-COMPENDS.    No.  W. 

ESSENTIALS  OF 

GYNECOLOGY 

ARRANGED    IN   THE   FORM   OF 

QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS 

PREPARED  ESPECIALLY  FOR  STUDENTS   OF  MEDICINE 


BY 

EDWIN   B*  CRAGIN,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Obstetrics,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York;  Attending 
Physician   to   the  Sloane  Maternity  Hospital  ;   Consulting  Gynecologist  to  the 
New  York    Infirmary   for   Women    and    Children  ;    Consulting    Obstetric 
Surgeon,  Maternity  Hospital  ;    Fellow  of   the  American  Gyneco- 
logical Society,  the  New  York  Obstetrical  Society,  the 
New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  etc. 


FIFTH  EDITION,  THOROUGHLY  REVISED 

BY 

FRANK   S.  MATHEWS,  M.D. 

Assistant  Surgeon  and  Pathologist,  St.  Mary's  Free   Hospital  for  Children: 

Attending  Gynecologist,  Roosevelt  Hospital,  Out-Patient  Department ; 

Assistant  Pathologist,  Woman's  Hospital,  State  of  New  York 


WITH  57  ILLUSTRATIONS 


PHILADELPHIA  AND  LONDON 

W.  B,  SAUNDERS  &  COMPANY 

J90J 


Copyright,  1901, 
By  W.  B.  SAUNDERS   &   COMPANY. 


Registered  at  Stationers'  Hall,  London,  England. 


ELECTROTYPED    BY  PRESS    OF 

WESTCOTT    &    THOMSON,    PHILADA.  W.    B.    SAUNDERS    &.    COMPANY. 


ESSENTIALS 


OF 


GYNECOLOGY. 


Since  the  issue  of  the  first  volume  of  the 
Saunders  Question=Compends, 

OVER  200,000  COPIES 

of  these  unrivalled  publications  have  been  sold. 
This  enormous  sale  is  indisputable  evidence 
of  the  value  of  these  self-helps  to  students 
and  physicians. 


PREFACE  TO  FIFTH  EDITION. 


Advances  in   Gynecology   since  the  last  edition  of 

this  work  again   demand   its    revision.      It  is   believed 

that  the    changes    and    additions  embodied   will    render 

the  book  more  than  ever  acceptable  to  those  for  whom 

it  is  intended. 

E.  B.  C. 

9 


347532 


PREFACE  TO  FIRST  EDITION. 


No  one  appreciates  more  fully  than  tlie  Author  the  madeqaacy  of 
this  little  work  for  a  thorough  study  of  Gynaecology.  This  has  not 
been  the  aim.  He  only  hopes  that  as  a  means  of  review  and  as  a 
summary  of  the  results  of  more  extensive  reading,  the  student  may 
find  the  work  of  some  value.  The  Author  wishes  also  to  state  that 
in  its  compilation  he  has  freely  consulted,  and  made  use  of,  the 
standard  works  of  Hart  and  Barbour,  Thomas,  Schroeder,  The 
American  System  of  Gynaecology,  notes  on  the  lectures  of  Prof 
Geo.  M.  Tuttle  at  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New 
York,  and  numerous  journals.   ' 

E.  B.  a 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Mods  Veneris, 17 

Labia  Majora,     .    , 17 

Labia  Minora, ■ . 18 

Clitoris, •  18 

Vestibule, 20 

Fourchette,      20 

Fossa  Navicularis,      20 

Bulbs  of  the  Vestibule, 20 

Vulvo- vaginal  Glands, 21 

Hymen, 21 

Vagina, 21 

Vaginal  Secretion,      22 

Uterus, 23 

Mucous  Membrane  of  Uterus, 25 

Fallopian  Tubes, •    ...  31 

Ovaries, 32 

Parovarium, 35 

Urinary  Tract, 35 

Bladder, .....* 36 

Rectum, 38 

Pelvic  Floor, 40 

Perineal  Body, 41 

Muscles  of  the  Perineum, 42 

Ischio-rectal  Fossa, 42 

Development  of  Pelvic  Organs, 43 

Physical  Examination  of  Pelvic  Organs, 43 

Vaginal  Examination, 44 

Bimanual  Examination, 46 

Rectal  Examination,      47 

Instruments, 48 

Specula, 48 

The  Sims  Speculum, ...»  49 

Tiie  Simon's  Speculum,         ...,,,. 5]^ 

13 


14 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Instruments,  the  Fergusson  Speculum, 51 

The  Brewer  Speculum, 52 

Volsella, 54 

Uterine  Sound, 55 

Uterine  Prohe,      59 

Uterine 'Applicators, 59 

Dilators, 59 

Tents,      59 

Graduated  Hard  Dilators, 61 

Elastic  Dilators, 63 

Stem  Pessaries 63 

The  Curette, 64 

Vulvitis, 65 

Acute  Simple  Catarrhal, 65 

Chronic  Catarrhal, 66 

Gonorrhoeal, 66 

Phlegmonous, 68 

Croupous, 69 

Gangrenous, 69 

Follicular,      70 

Cyst  and  Abscess  of  Yulvo- vaginal  Gland, 71 

Pudendal  Hernia, 72 

Pudendal  Haematocele, 73 

Hemorrhage  from  Yulva, 74 

Skin  Diseases  of  the  Vulva, 75 

Erj'thema  of  the  Vulva, 75 

Eczema  of  the  Vulva,      75 

New  Growths  of  the  Vulva, 77 

Simple  PaiDillomata, 77 

Pointed  Condylomata, 77 

Syphilitic  Condylomata, 78 

Pruritus  Vulvae, 78 

Hypersesthesia  of  the  Vulva, 80 

Vaginismus, 80 

Coccygodynia, 81 

Irritable  Urethral  Caruncle, 82 

Prolapse  of  Urethral  Mucous  Membrane, 83 

Malformations  of  the  Vulva, 83 


CONTENTS.  15 

PAGE 

Diseases  of  the  Vagina, 84 

Bacteria  of  the  Vagina, 84 

Simple  Catarrhal  Vaginitis, 84 

Gonorrhoeal  Vaginitis, 86 

Ulcerative  Vaginitis, 86 

Croupous  Vaginitis, 87 

Pelvic  Peritoneum,      87 

Pelvic  Peritonitis, 88 

Pelvic  CelhiUtis, 91 

PeMc  Hsematocele  and  Hematoma, 94 

Menstruation, 98 

Disorders  of  Menstruation, 99 

Amenorrhoea, 99 

Vicarious  Menstruation, 100 

Menorrhagia  and  Metrorrhagia, ]  01 

Dysmenorrhoea, 102 

Obstructive, 102 

Congestive, 103 

Neuralgic, 104 

Ovarian, 104 

Membranous, 105 

Malformations  of  the  Vagina, 106 

Atresia  of  the  Vagina, 107 

Stenosis  of  the  Vagina, 108 

IMalformations  of  the  Uterus, 108 

Displacements  of  the  Uterus, 113 

Anteversion,      113 

Anteflexion, Ill 

Retroversion  and  Retroflexion, 116 

Pessaries, 121 

Alexander's  Operation, 124 

Hysterorrhaphy, 126 

Prolapsus  Uteri, 127 

Laceration  of  Perineum  and  Relaxation  of  \'aginal  Outlet,  .    -    .  130 

Hegar's  Operation, 131 

Emmet's  Operation, »    .    .    .    = 133 

Saenger-Tait  Operation,     .    .    o 131 

Cleveland's  Operation, 137 

Hypertrophy  of  the  Cervix,  .    =    .... 140 


16  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Stenosis  of  the  Cervix, 142 

Laceration  of  the  Cervix, 142 

Trachelorrhaphy,      145 

Endometritis, 147 

Acute, 147 

Chronic - 148 

Metritis,     .    «    .    .    „ =    .   .    .    ..  153 

Metritis,  Acute  Metritis, .  153 

Chronic  Metritis,      154 

Atrophy  of  the  Uterus, 156 

Fibroid  Tumors  of  the  Uterus, 157 

Inversion  of  the  Uterus, 166 

Polypi, 171 

Carcinoma  Uteri, 175 

Vaginal  Hysterectomy, 177 

Sarcoma  of  the  Uterus, =    .  178 

Decidnoina  Maligmim, 179 

Salpingitis, 180 

Tubercular  Salpingitis, 183 

AfJections  of  the  Ovaries, 184 

Hemorrhage  into  tlie  Ovaries, 184 

Ovaritis, 184 

Prolapse  of  the  Ovary, 188 

Tumors  of  tlie  Ovary, 188 

Cysts  of  the  Ovary,      189 

Parovarian  Cysts, .    .   ♦    .  ]  94 

Preparation  of  Catgut,    o        c .  198 

Ectopic  Gestation, 199 

Fistula, 202 

Recto- vaginal  Fistula, o    . 00.  204 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GYNJICOLOGY. 


What  is  included  in  the  term  external  genitals  ? 

That  portion  of  the  genital  tract  which  is  visible  when  the  patient 
is  in  the  dorsal  position,  with  knees  elevated  and  the  labia  separated 
with  the  fingers,  viz.  :  Mons  Veneris,  Labia  Majora,  Labia  Minora, 
Clitoris,  Vestibule,  Fourchette  and  Fossa  Navicularis. 

What  other  terms  are  in  common  use  for  the  external 
genitals  ? 

Pudendum  and  Vulva. 

The  term  vulva  is  inexact,  as  it  originally  applied  to  the  labia, 
nevertheless  it  is  in  common  use. 

What  comprise  the  internal  organs  of  generation  ? 

The  Uterus,  Fallopian  tubes  and  Ovaries. 

The  Vagina  connects  the  external  with  the  internal  generative 
organs. 

Budin  regards  the  Hymen  as  anatomically  a  folding  in  of  the 
vaginal  walls. 

Mons  Veneris. 
Describe. 

The  Mons  Veneris  is  a  triangular  projection,  or  cushion  of  adipose 
tissue,  situated  over  the  symphysis  pubis.  Anatomically,  in  addition 
to  adipose  tissue,  it  contains  fibrous  and  elastic  tissue.  After 
puberty  it  is  covered  with  hair,  which  has  a  tendency  to  curl,  and 
is  usually  somewhat  darker  than  the  hair  of  the  head.  Numerous 
sebaceous  and  sweat  glands  are  present. 

Labia  Majora. 

Describe  them. 

The  labia  majora  are  two  folds  of  skin  which  extend  from  the 
mons  veneris  in  front  to  meet  in  the  fourchette  posteriorly ;  they 
2  17 


18  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

are  covered  externally  with  coarse  hair,  and  richly  supplied  with 
sebaceous  and  sweat  glands ;  they  also  contain  adipose,  fibrous  and 
elastic  tissue.  Above,  the  round  ligament  can  be  traced  into  them  on 
either  side  ;  also  the  remains  of"  the  canal  of  Nuck,  which  sometimes 
continues  pervious  and  admits  of  hernia.  The  inner  surface  of  the 
labia  is  smooth,  and  somewhat  resembles  mucous  membrane,  a  few 
fine  hairs,  however,  are  visible  on  close  inspection. 

The  labia  majora  in  the  virgin  lie  in  contact ;  in  old  women  they 
become  atrophied  and  allow  the  labia  minora  to  protmde. 

Tbe  arterial  supply  is  the  superficial  perineal  branch  of  the  internal 
pudic  and  the  superficial  external  pudic.  The  veins  communicate 
with  the  bulbs  of  the  vagina  and  take  the  course  of  the  arteries. 
The  lymphatics  empty  into  the  inguinal  glands.  The  nerve  supplj^^^ 
is  from  the  superficial  perineal  branches  of  the  internal  pudic,  the 
ilio-inguinal,  and  the  genito-crural. 

Labia  Minora. 

Describe. 

The  labia  minora,  or  nymphae,  are  two  folds  of  muco-cutaneous 
tissue  which  arise  about  the  middle  of  the  labia  majora  on  their 
inner  surfaces,  and  extending  upward  divide  into  two  portions ;  the 
two  lower  uniting  just  below  the  clitoris  to  form  the  fr^enum,  the 
two  upper  just  above  the  chtoris  to  form  the  prepuce.  The  venous 
supply  is  rich  ;  it  communicates  with  the  bulbs  of  the  vagina  and 
with  the  pudic  and  perineal  veins.  The  arterial  supply,  nerves  and 
lymphatics  are  the  same  as  for  the  labia  majora.  The  sebaceous 
glands  are  very  abundant. 

Clitoris. 
Describe. 

The  chtoris,  the  analogue  of  the  penis  in  the  male,  is  situated  at 
the  apex  of  the  vestibule ;  it  consists  of  a  glans,  a  bodj^^  and  two 
crura. 

The  glans,  the  only  part  visible,  is  a  mass  of  erectile  tissue,  about 
the  size  of  a  small  pea,  veiy  abundantly  supplied  with  nerves  and 
partially  covered  by  its  prepuce. 

The  body  also  consists  of  erectile  tissue  ;  it  is  about  an  inch  long, 
surrounded  by  a  firm  fibrous  covering,  and  shown,  on  section,  to 


CLITORIS.  •  19 

consist  of  two  halves,  corpora  cavernosa,  separated  by  an  imperfect 
septum. 

The  crura  are  two  prolongations  of  erectile  tissue  with  a  dense 
fibrous  sheath ;  they  arise  from  the  anterior  borders  and  inner  sur- 
faces of  the  pubic  and  ischiatic  rami,  and  extend  forward  to  unite 
in  the  body  just  beneath  the  pubic  arch. 

Give  the  vascular  supply  of  the  clitoris. 

The  arterial  sujoply  is  from  the  two  terminal  branches  of  the  in- 
ternal pudic.  The  blood  is  returned  by  the  dorsal  vein  which  empties 
into  the  vesical  plexus. 

Describe  the  lymphatics  of  the  clitoris. 

The  clitoris  is  surrounded  by  a  plexus  of  lymphatics  which  termi- 
nate in  the  inguinal  glands. 

Describe  the  nerve  supply  of  the  clitoris. 

The  clitoris  receives  numerous  filaments  both  from  the  sympa- 
thetic system  and  from  the  pudic  nerve. 

According  to  Savage,  "  small  as  this  organ  is  compared  with  the 
penis,  it  has  in  proportion  four  or  five  times  the  nervous  supply  of 
the  latter." 

What  are  the  differences  between  the  clitoris  and  the  penis  ? 

The  clitoris  has  neither  corpus  spongiosum  nor  urethra,  both  of 
which  are  present  in  the  penis. 

What  are  the  points  of  resemblance  between  the  clitoris  and 
the  penis  ? 

They  are  both  erectile. 

They  each  consist  of  a  glans,  a  body  and  two  crura. 

They  each  have  two  corpora  cavernosa  separated  by  an  incomplete 
septum.  The  glans  in  each  is  partly  covered  by  a  prepuce,  with 
its  frgenum  attached  below. 

What  do  we  find  in  the  female  as  the  analogue  of  the  corpus 
spongiosum  in  the  male  ? 

The  bulbs  of  the  vestibule  and  the  labia  minora,  which,  in  the 
female,  lie  at  the  side  of  the  urethra,  correspond  to  the  corpus 
spongiosum  in  the  male. 


20  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

What  in  the  male  is  the  analogue  of  the  labia  major  a  in 
the  female? 

The  scrotum. 

Vestibule. 

Describe. 

The  vestibule  is  a  triangular  area  covered  with  mucous  membrane, 
in  the  base  of  which  is  situated  the  meatus  urinarius  ;  the  apex  hes 
just  below  the  clitoris  ;  the  sides  are  formed  by  the  inner  edges  of 
the  labia  minora,  the  base  by  the  upper  margin  of  the  vaginal 
oiifice.  Beneath  the  mucous  membrane  lies  a  venous  plexus  called 
the  pars  intermedia.  The  vestibule  differs  from  the  labia  and  mons 
veneris  in  having  no  sebaceous  glands. 

Fourchette. 

Describe. 

The  fourchette,  or  posterior  commissure,  is  a  mere  fold  of  skin 
formed  by  the  junction  of  the  labia  majora  at  the  anterior  edge  of 
the  perineum. 

Fossa  Navicularis. 
Describe. 

The  fossa  navicularis  is  a  boat-shaped  cavity  which  is  formed 
between  the  lower  portion  of  the  hymen  and  the  inner  aspect  of 
the  fourchette,  when  the  latter  is  pulled  down  with  the  finger,  or 
the  labia  are  separated. 

When  the  parts  are  at  rest,  no  such  hollow  exists. 

Bulbs  of  the  Vestibule. 
Describe  them. 

The  bulbs  of  the  vestibule  are  two  oval  masses  of  erectile  tissue 
situated  on  either  side  of  the  ostium  vaginae  and  base  of  the  vesti- 
bule ;  posteriorly,  they  lie  in  contact  with  the  anterior  layer  of  the 
triangular  ligament ;  they  are  partially  covered  in  front  by  the  bulbo- 
cavernosi  muscles  ;  they  extend  as  high  as  the  meatus  urinarius,  and 
are  connected  by  the  pars  intermedia  with  the  cavernous  tissue  of 
the  clitoris.  Their  size  varies  greatly  from  that  of  a  bean,  as  given 
by  Hart  and  Barbour,  to  a  mass  an  inch  and  a  half  long. 


VAGINA.  21 

Vulvo-Vaginal  Glands. 

Describe. 

The  vulvo-vaginal,  or  Bartholinian  glands  are  small  oval  bodies 
about  the  size  of  an  almond,  lying  just  behind  the  lower  extremities 
of  the  bulbs ;  thej^  lie  between  the  layers  of  the  triangular  ligament, 
and  each  gland  has  a  duct  about  half  an  inch  in  length  which  opens 
just  in  front  of  the  hj^men  on  each  side. 

They  secrete  a  glairy  mucus  which  lubricates  the  parts. 

Hymen. 

Describe. 

The  hymen  is  a  fold  of  mucous  membrane  which  surrounds  the 
ostium  vaginae ;  it  has  a  connective  tissue  framework,  and  contains 
blood-vessels  and  nerves,  and  has  a  squamous  epithelium  covering. 

From  its  histology  and  embryology,  it  is  a  fold  of  the  vaginal  wall. 

The  hymen  may  be  of  several  forms  ;  the  most  common  being  the 
crescentic.  Other  forms  are  the  annular,  making  a  ring  about  the 
ostium  ;  the  cribriform,  perforated  by  numerous  small  holes ;  and 
the  fimbriated,  with  a  fiinged  edge.  It  is  sometimes  imperforate, 
a  pathological  condition. 

What  value  has  the  hymen  as  a  criterion  of  chastity  ? 

Very  slight,  as  neither  is  its  absence  proof  that  intercourse  has 
taken  place,  nor  is  its  presence  an  absolute  proof  to  the  contraiy. 

What  are  the  carunculae  myrtiformes  ? 

In  women  who  have  borne  children  there  are  found  papillary 
elevations  surrounding  the  vaginal  orifice.  These  are  the  remains 
of  the  hymen,  and  are  called  carunculae  myrtiformes. 

Vagina. 

Describe. 

The  vagina  is  spoken  of  by  Hart  and  Barbour  as  "  a  mucous  slit  in 
the  pelvic  floor;"  it  is  the  canal  connecting  the  uterus  and  the 
vulva,  lying  between  the  bladder  and  urethra  in  front  and  the 
rectum  behind ;  its  walls,  which  are  anterior  and  posterior,  aro 
normaDy  in  contact. 


22  ESSENTIALS  OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

The  anterior  wall  measures  2-2J  inclies  in  length,  the  posterior 
3-3i  inches.  The  anterior  wall  is  shorter  than  the  posterior,  from 
the  fact  that  the  uterus  is  set  into  the  anterior  wall. 

The  vagina  is  very  dilatable,  and  when  distended  is  conical  in 
shape,  being  much  more  roomy  above  than  below. 

The  vaginal  walls  on  section  are  seen  to  consist  of  three  layers : 
1,  mucous  ;  2,  muscular  ;  3,  connective  tissue. 

The  mucous  membrane  on  both  anterior  and  posterior  walls  presents 
at  the  lower  portion  of  the  canal  numerous  ridges  or  ragae,  extending 
transversely  from  a  central  column ;  the  anterior  being  the  more 
distinct.  The  epithelium  covering  the  mucous  membrane  is  of  the 
squamous  variety.  The  vaginal  mucous  membrane  normally  con 
tains  no  glands. 

The  muscular  coat  consists  of  two  layers  of  unstriped  muscle,  the 
outer  longitudinal  one  being  well  developed,  the  inner  circular  one 
being  poorly  developed  except  at  the  orifice. 

The  outer  coat  is  of  connective  tissue,  and  contains  the  external 
plexus  of  veins. 

The  roof,  or  fornix  of  the  vagina,  that  portion  of  the  canal  sur- 
rounding the  cervix,  is,  for  convenience,  divided  into  four  portions : 
the  anterior  fornix,  the  posterior  fornix,  and  the  lateral  fornices; 
of  these  the  posterior  is  the  deepest. 

Describe  the  vaginal  secretion. 

It  is  a  rather  scant,  white,  opaque,  curdy  material,  made  up  of 
exfoliated  cells  of  the  vaginal  mucous  membrane  and  some  exudate 
from  the  blood-vessels.  It  contains  mucus  only  from  admixture 
with  the  cervical  secretion.  It  has  a  decided  acid  reaction  due  to 
lactic  acid,  resulting  from  the  action  of  the  many  saprophytic  bacteria 
normally  found  in  the  vagina. 

What  is  the  arterial  supply  of  the  vagina  ? 

The  arterial  supply  is  from  the  vaginal  arteries,  which  supply  the 
lateral  walls  ;  branches  of  the  uterine  arteries  supplying  the  upper 
portion,  and  branches  of  the  pudendal  arteries  the  lower.  These 
anastomose  with  each  other  and  with  the  vesical  and  recta' 
arteries. 

Describe  the  veins  of  the  vagina. 
The  vaginal  veins  form  plexuses  which  surround  the  canal  liio 


^ 


UTERUS.  23 

sheaths ;  one  being  external  to  the  muscular  layer,  the  other  just 
beneath  the  mucous  membrane. 

"These  communicate  freely  with  the  pudendal,  vesical  and  hemor- 
rhoidal plexuses  below,  and  with  the  plexuses  of  the  broad  ligament 
above."     These  veins  contain  no  valves. 

Describe  the  lymphatics  of  the  vagina. 

The  lymphatics  of  the  lower  fourth  of  the  vagina,  together  with 
those  from  the  external  genitals  enter  the  inguinal  glands. 

The  lymphatics  from  the  upper  three-fourths  of  the  vagina  join 
with  those  from  the  cervix  and  bladder,  and  enter  the  iliac  glands. 

According  to  Poirier,  some  of  them  enter  a  glarwi  at  the  side  of 
the  cervix  in  the  base  of  the  broad  ligament. 

Describe  the  nerve  supply  of  the  vagina. 

The  vagina  is  supplied  by  branches  of  the  inferior  hypogastric 
plexuses  of  the  sympathetic  system.  These  plexuses  lie  on  either 
side  of  the  vagina. 

Give  the  relations  of  the  vagina. 

The  anterior  vaginal  wall  is  connected  in  its  lower  half  with  the 
urethra,  in  its  upper  half  with  the  neck  and  fundus  of  the  bladder ; 
the  former  connection  is  much  more  intimate  than  the  latter.  The 
posterior  vaginal  wall  in  its  lower  fourth  lies  in  connection  with  the 
perineal  body,  in  its  middle  two-fourths  with  the  rectum,  in  its  upper 
fourth  with  the  cul-de-sac  of  Douglas.  The  anterior  forniK  is  distant 
\\  inches  from  the  utero-vesical  pouch,  and  through  this  fornix  can 
normally  be  felt  the  body  of  the  uterus  and  the  angle  it  makes  with 
the  cervix. 

The  posterior  fornix  is  in  contact  with  the  cul-de-sac  of  Douglas. 
The  lateral  fornices  are  in  relation  with  the  bases  of  the  broad  liga- 
ments, and  through  these  fornices  can  normally  be  felt  the  vessels  of 
the  broad  ligament,  and  occasionally  the  ovaiy  and  tube  of  that  side. 

The  vagina  makes  an  angle  of  60°  with  the  horizon  when  the 
woman  is  erect. 

Uterus. 

Give  the  gross  anatomy. 

The  uterus,  the  organ  of  gestation,  is  a  hollow,  pear-shaped  organ, 
flattened  antero-posteriorly ,  situated  in  the  pelvis  between  the  bladder 


24  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

and  rectum.  It  measures  in  the  virgin  about  3  inches  in  length,  2 
inches  in  breadth,  at  the  level  of  the  Fallopian  tubes,  and  one  inch 
in  thickness.     The  weight  of  the  virgin  uterus  varies  from  1  to  IJ  oz. 

It  consists  of  three  portions  :  the  cervix,  body  and  ftindus. 

As  viewed  externally,  the  uteiTis,  on  its  anterior  surface,  is  nearly 
flat,  its  posterior  surface  convex  ;  a  little  below  the  centre  is  a  slight 
constriction  called  the  isthmus. 

The  cervix  is  that  jDortion  of  the  uterus  below  the  isthmus,  and 
which  projects  in  part  into  the  vagina. 

Fig.  1. 


Diagram  of  Uterus,  to  show  divisions  of  Cervix.    (Schroeder.) 

a,  Infra-vaginal  portion;  ?>,  Intermediate   portion;    c,  Supra-vaginal  portion;   Bl^ 

Bladder ;  P,  Peritoneum.    The  dotted  line  shows  peritoneum. 

The  body  is  that  portion  between  the  isthmus  and  the  line  joining 
the  entrance  of  the  Fallopian  tubes. 

The  fandus  is  the  portion  above  this  line. 

Describe  the  uterine  canal. 

The  uterine  canal  measures  normally  2}  inches,  and  holds  about 
12  drops ;  the  cervical  portion  of  the  canal  is  spindle-shaped  ;  the 
remainder  is  triangular,  with  anterior  and  posterior  walls  in  contact. 

What  are  the  openings  into  the  uterine  cavity  ? 

There  are  three  :  the  os  externum,  which  communicates  with  the 
vagina ;  and  the  orifices  of  the  Fallopian  tubes  at  the  upper  angles, 


MUCOUS   MEMBRANE   OF   THE   UTERUS.  25 

which  connect  the  uterine  with  the   peritoneal  cavity.     The   os 
internum  connects  the  cavity  of  the  cervix  with  that  of  the  body. 

What  divisions  of  the  cervix  are  made  ? 

Schroeder  divides  the  cervix  into  three  portions,  as  seen  from  the 
accompanying  figure,  (Fig.  1,  a,  Z>,  c). 

a.  The  infra-vaginal  portion. 
h.  The  intermediate  portion. 
c.  The  supra-vaginal  portion. 
The  infra-vaginal  portion  of  the  cervix  (a)  is  that  below  the  level 
of  the  attachment  of  the  anterior  vaginal  wall. 

The  supra-vaginal  portion  (c)  is  that  above  the  level  of  the  attach- 
ment of  the  posterior  vaginal  wall. 

The  intermediate  portion  [h)  is  that  between  the  infra-  and  supra- 
vaginal portions. 

What  portions  of  the  cervix  project  into  the  vagina  ? 

The  infra-vaginal  portion  of  the  anterior  lip,  and  the  infra-vaginal 
and  intermediate  portions  of  the  posterior  lip. 

For  practical  purposes,  it  is  sufficient  to  divide  the  cervix  into  the 
supra-vaginal  portion,  that  above  the  attachment  of  the  vagina; 
and  the  infra-vaginal,  that  within  the  vagina. 

What  are  the  three  elements  in  the  structure  of  the  uterus  ? 

1.  The  mucous  membrane. 

2.  The  muscular  coat. 

3.  The  peritoneal  coat. 

Mucous  Membrane  of  the  Uterus. 

Describe  that  of  the  cervix. 

The  mucous  lining  of  the  cervix  difi*ers  from  that  of  the  body  of 
the  uterus.  In  the  cervix  it  is  thrown  into  folds  presenting  the 
arbor  vitse  appearance,  there  being  a  central  ridge  on  both  anterior 
and  posterior  walls,  and  from  these  ridges  secondary  ridges  extend- 
ing obliquely. 

Tlie  anterior  and  posterior  ridges  are  not  directly  opposite,  but  fit 
past  one  another.  Tlie  epithelium  is  ciliated  on  the  ridges,  non- 
ciliated  in  the  depressions  (de  Sinety). 


26  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

The  mucous  membrane  of  the  cervix  is  rather  sparingly  supplied 
with  rather  simple  racemose  glands  whose  secretion  is  mucous. 

The  mucous  membrane  covering  the  vaginal  portion  of  the  cervix 
closely  resembles  that  of  the  vagina,  consisting  of  vascular  papilla3 
covered  by  squamous  epithelium. 

Describe  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  body  of  the  uterus. 

The  mucous  lining  of  the  body  of  the  uterus  is  smooth,  velvety 
and  of  a  grayish  red  color  ;  it  is  directly  connected  with  the  muscu- 
lar coat,  with  no  submucous  layer.  It  averages  about  -.J^  of  an  inch 
in  thickness,  and  consists  of  columnar,  ciliated  epithelium,  on  a  base 
of  connective  tissue  between  whose  fibres  numerous  lymph  spaces 
are  found.  The  mucous  membrane  is  thickly  studded  with  glands, 
the  utricular  glands,  which  penetrate  the  whole  thickness  of  the 
mucous  layer.  These  glands  are  of  the  tubular  variety,  and  are  fre-' 
quently  bifurcated  at  their  blind  extremities.  They  are  lined  with 
prismatic  ciliated  epithelium,  resting  on  a  thin  membrana  propria. 
Their  direction  is  not  at  right  angles  to  the  surface,  but,  according 
to  Turner,  more  or  less  oblique.     Their  secretion  is  a  serous  one. 

To  what  changes  is  the  normal  uterine  mucosa  subject? 

1.  That  of  the  child  is  destitute  of  glands.  These  make  their 
appearance  a  few  years  before  puberty. 

2.  Preceding  each  menstrual  flow  the  cells  of  the  stroma  become 
swollen,  the  superficial  capillaries  dilated,  and  finally  there  is  an  exu- 
dation of  plasma  and  diapedesis  of  red  cells  under  the  epithelium... 

3.  Should  pregnancy  occur,  the  stroma  cells  become  much  larger 
and  polj'gonal,  glands  disappear  from  the  surface  of  the  mucosa,  and 
are  only  seen  as  distorted  and  cj^stic  ones  in  the  deep  layer.  Thus 
altered  the  mucosa  becomes  the  "decidua." 

4.  After  the  menopause  the  mucosa  atrophies  and  nearly  all 
glands  disappear. 

Describe  the  muscular  structure  of  the  uterus. 

The  muscular  structure  of  the  utenis  is  most  marked  after  im- 
pregnation ;  it  can  then  be  separated  into  three  layers  : — 

1.  Tlie  external  or  longitudinal. 

2.  The  middle  or  oblique. 

3.  The  internal  or  circular. 


MUCOUS   MEMBRANE   OF  THE  UTERUS.  27 

The  external  layer  is  most  distinct  on  tlie  anterior  and  posterior 
surfaces,  where  it  is  seen  to  consist  of  fibres  running  up  longitudi- 
nally over  the  fundus  ;  it  sends  fibres  into  the  broad,  round,  ovarian 
and  utero-sacral  ligaments  and  also  into  the  Fallopian  tubes. 

The  middle,  or  oblique  layer  has  no  regular  arrangement ;  some  of 
the  fibres  run  longitudinally,  some  transversely  and  some  obliquely ; 
they  surround  the  blood  vessels,  and  on  this  account  this  layer  is  of 
great  importance  ;  it  constitutes  the  chief  portion  of  the  uterine  wall. 

The  internal  or  circular  layer  shows  fibres  arranged  in  a  circular 
manner,  most  distinct  around  the  orifices  of  the  Fallopian  tubes  and 
at  the  OS  internum. 

Describe  the  peritoneal  coat  of  the  uterus. 

The  peritoneum  covers  the  anterior  surface  of  the  uterus  above 
the  level  of  the  internal  os  ;  it  extends  over  the  fundus,  covers  its 
posterior  surface  as  low  as  the  attachment  of  the  posterior  vaginal 
wall,  and  extends  down  the  latter  for  about  an  inch. 

Describe  the  arterial  supply  of  the  uterus. 

The  uterus  is  supplied  by  the  uterine  and  ovarian  arteries,  as  seen 
by  the  accompanying  figure.     (Fig.  2. ) 

The  uterine  artery  arises  from  the  anterior  division  of  the  internal 
iliac,  runs  between  the  folds  of  the  broad  ligament  to  about  the 
level  of  the  os  externum,  and  then  turns  upward  along  the  side  of 
the  uterus  to  unite  with  the  descending  branch  of  the  ovarian  artery ; 
it  gives  off  numerous  lateral  branches  to  the  uterus,  anastomosing 
with  those  of  the  opposite  side  ;  these  are  very  tortuous  and  are 
called  the  ' '  curling  arteries  of  the  uterus. ' ' 

Sometimes  the  vaginal  artery  springs  directly  from  the  uterine. 

Opposite  the  internal  os,  the  uterine  artery  gives  off  a  branch 
which,  uniting  with  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side,  surrounds  the 
cervix  and  is  called  "the  circular  artery." 

The  ovarian  artery  arises  directly  from  the  aorta,  runs  between  the 
folds  of  the  broad  ligament,  at  its  upper  part,  to  the  upper  angle  of 
the  uterus ;  it  gives  off  a  few  large  vessels  to  the  outer  extremity  of 
he  tube,  and  then  a  number  of  very  tortuous  vessels  which  sur- 
round the  ovary. 

Just  before  reaching  the  uterus,  it  gives  off  a  number  of  branches 


28 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


to  the  proximal  extremity  of  the  tube  and  one  to  the  round  liga- 
ment. 
At  the  angle  of  the  uterus  it  divides  into  two  branches  ;  one.  sup- 


FiG.  2. 


Distribution  of  ovarian,  uterine  and  vaginal  arteries  {HyrtT). 
a,  ovarian  artery,  a' and  6',  branches  to  tube;  c',  branches  to  ovary;  b,  branch  to 
round  ligament;  c,  branch  to  fundus;  rf,  branch  to  join  uterine  artery  ;  e,  uterine 
artery ;  /,  anterior  branch  of  internal  iliac ;  g,  vaginal  arteries  ;  h,  azygos  artery 
of  vagina. 


MUrOUS   lilEMBRANE   OF   THE   UTERUS.  29 

plies  the  fundus  and  anastomoses  with  its  fellow  of  the  opposite 
side ;  the  other  descends  along  the  side  of  the  uterus  and  anasto- 
moses with  the  uterine  artery-. 

The  tortuosity  and  free  anastomoses  across  the  median  line  are 
noticeable  features  of  the  arteries  of  the  uterus. 

Describe  the  venous  supply  of  the  uterus. 

The  utems  is  surrounded  beneath  the  peritoneum  by  a  plexus  of 
veins,  called  the  uterine  plexus  ;  this  receives  the  blood  from  the 
uterine  walls  and  communicates  with  the  vaginal  and  vesical  plexuses 
below  and  the  pampiniform  above ;  it  empties  into  the  internal  ihac 
and  ovarian  veins. 

Describe  the  lymphatics  of  the  uterus. 

The  lymphatics  from  the  body  of  the  uteras  join  with  those  from 
the  ovary  and  tube  and  terminate  in  the  lumbar  glands. 

The  lymphatics  from  the  cei-vix  pass  beneath  the  base  of  the 
broad  ligaments  to  the  iliac  glands. 

The  lymphatics  of  the  uterine  cornu  follow  the  round  ligament 
and  terminate  in  the  inguinal  glands. 

Give  the  nerve  supply  of  the  uterusc 

The  chief  nerve  supply  of  the  uterus  is  from  the  inferior  hypo- 
gastric plexus  of  the  sympathetic. 

The  cervix  also  receives  branches  from  the  upper  sacral  nerves. 

What  is  the  normal  position  of  the  uterus  ? 

This  question  has  been  frequently  discussed  and  at  great  lengtl), 
It  is  now  sufficient  for  practical  purposes  to  say  that  the  uterus, 
when  the  pelvic  organs  are  normal  and  when  bladder  and  rectum  are 
empty,  lies  slightly  anteflexed  and  slightly  anteverted  ;  but  the  posi- 
tion is  constantly  changing  with  the  degree  of  distention  of  the  blad- 
der and  rectum,  especially  the  former. 

What  are  the  ligaments  of  the  uterus  ? 

There  are  two  utero-vesical  ligaments,  two  round,  two  broad  and 
two  utero-sacral. 

Describe  the  utero-vesical  ligaments. 

They  are  two  folds  of  peritoneum  passing  between  the  bladder  and 
the  lower  portion  of  the  uterus  on  each  side. 


30  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Describe  the  round  ligaments. 

They  are  two  mnsculo-fibrous  cords,  4-5  inches  in  length,  which 
extend  from  the  superior  angles  of  the  uterus,  in  the  anterior  folds 
of  the  broad  ligaments  and  below  the  Fallopian  tubes,  forward  and 
outward  to  the  inguinal  canal ;  thence  through  this  canal  where  they 
terminate  in  three  points  of  insertion  :  the  external,  middle  and 
internal.  The  external  blends  with  the  outer  jjillar  of  the  ring  near 
Gimbernat's  ligament.  The  middle  terminates  in  the  upj^er  portion 
of  the  external  ring.  The  internal  unites  with  the  conjoined  tendon. 
Besides  muscular  and  fibrous  tissue,  these  ligaments  contain  areolar 
tissue,  vessels  and  nerves. 

They  are  of  importance  surgically  as  being  those  shortened  in 
operations  for  the  correction  of  posterior  displacements. 

Describe  the  broad  ligaments. 

They  are  two  folds  of  peritoneum  which  extend  from  the  sides  of 
the  uterus  to  the  wall  of  the  pelvis,  ' '  along  a  line  which  is  situ- 
ated between  the  great  sacro-sciatic  notch  and  the  margin  of  the 
obturator  foramen  as  far  down  as  the  level  of  the  ischial  spine. ' ' 
The  greater  part  of  its  superior  border,  on  each  side,  is  occupied  by 
the  Fallopian  tube  ;  the  part  of  the  superior  border  not  so  occupied 
is  called  the  infundibulo-pelvic  ligament. 

What  is  the  "  mesosalpinx  "  ? 

It  is  that  portion  of  the  broad  ligament  lying  between  the  tube, 
ovary,  and  ovarian  ligament. 

What  two  folds  are  made  in  the  broad  ligament  in  addition 
to  that  occupied  by  the  Fallopian  tube  ? 

An  anterior  fold  caused  by  the  round  ligament  and  a  posterior  fold 
caused  by  the  ovarian  ligament. 

Describe  the  ovarian  ligament. 

It  is  a  fibro-muscular  cord  about  an  inch  in  length,  which  connects 
the  ovary  with  the  side  of  the  uterus,  just  below  the  entrance  of  the 
Fallopian  tube.  It  lies  ha,  and  is  surrounded  by,  the  posterior  fold 
of  the  broad  ligament. 

What  are  contained  between  the  folds  of  the  broad  ligameiu 
on  either  side  ? 

The  round  ligament.  Fallopian  tube,  ovarian  ligament,  the  par( 


FALLOPIAN   TUBES.  31 

varium,  cellular  tissue,  uterine  and  ovarian  arteries,  the  pampiniform 
plexus  and  other  veins,  numerous  lymphatics  and  nerves. 

When  the  broad  ligament  is  held  tense  the  ovary  appears  as  if 
stuck  on  its  posterior  surface. 

Describe  the  utero-sacral  lig^aments. 

They  are  folds  of  peritoneum  containing  muscular  and  cellular  tis- 
sue, which  extend  from  the  sides  of  the  uterus,  at  the  level  of  the 
internal  os,  backward  and  outward  to  the  second  sacral  vertebra. 

What  is  the  meaning^  of  the  term  "uterine  appendages,"  as 
usually  employed  ? 

The  Fallopian  tubes  and  ovaries. 


Fallopian  Tubes.      * 
Describe  them. 

They  are  two  tubes  3-5  inches  in  length,  which  extend  laterally 
from  the  superior  angles  of  the  uterus  ;  they  lie  within  the  folds  of 
the  broad  ligaments,  and  their  direction  is  first  outward,  then  for- 
ward, backward  and  inward  toward  the  ovary. 

They  are  divided  for  consideration  into  three  portions  :  the  isth- 
mus, the  ampulla  and  the  fimbriated  extremity. 

The  isthmus  is  the  narrowest  portion  ;  it  measures  about  an  inch 
in  length,  and  extends  from  the  angle  of  the  uterus  directly  outward, 
joining  the  ampulla  ;  its  lumen  is  only  large  enough  to  admit  a  fine 
bristle. 

The  ampulla  is  the  curved,  dilated  portion  of  the  tube  ;  its  lumen 
admitting  an  ordinary  uterine  sound. 

The  fimbriated  extremity  (infundibulum)  is  the  expanded,  funnel- 
shaped  outer  end,  which  is  surrounded  by  fringe-like  processes  (fim- 
briae), both  primary  and  secondary,  the  latter  arising  from  the 
former,  which  are  4-5  in  number.  The  longest  of  the  primary 
fimbriae  lies  to  the  inner  side,  is  grooved,  and  is  attached  to  the 
ovary  ;  this  is  called  the  fimbria  ovarica. 

The  tubes,  oil  section,  are  seen  to  consist  of  four  layers  or  coats ; 
tie  peritoneal  coat ;  two  muscular  coats,  the  outer  being  longitudinal, 
t!ve  inner  circular  ;  and  a  mucous  coat. 

There  is  no  submucous  layer. 


32  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

The  mucous  membrane  is  thrown  into  longitudinal  folds  ;  the  epi- 
thelium is  columnar  and  cihated. 

Give  the  arterial  supply  of  the  Fallopian  tubes. 

The  Fallopian  tubes  are  supplied  by  the  ovarian  arteries,  which 
send  branches  directly  to  the  outer  and  inner  portions  of  the  tube 
and  supply  the  middle  third  through  branches  from  the  plexus 
about  the  ovaiy. 

"Describe  the  veins,  lymphatics  and  nerve  supply  of  the  Fal- 
lopian tubes. 

The  veins  of  the  tubes  enter  the  pampiniform  plexus  on  either 
side. 

The  lymphatics  join  with  those  from  the  upper  jDart  of  the  uterus 
and  from  the  ovary,  and  terminate  in  the  lumbar  glands. 

The  nerve  sujDply  is  from  the  inferior  hypogastric  plexuses. 

What  is  the  direction  of  the  current  due  to  motion  of  the  cilise 
of  the  epithelium  in  the  uterus  and  tubes  ? 

The  cilise  have  such  a  motion  as  to  propel  fluids  outward,  i.  e..  m 
the  tube  toward  the  uterus,  and  in  the  uterus  toward  the  vagina. 

Ovaries. 

Give  their  gross  anatomy. 

The  ovaries  are  two  "  flattened  ovoid  "  bodies  lying  in  the  plane 
of  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  on  either  side  of  the  uterus,  and  appear 
as  elevations  on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  broad  ligament.  They 
are  situated  below  the  outer  extremities  of  the  tubes. 

They  present  for  consideration  two  borders,  an  anterior  and  pos- 
terior ;  two  surfaces,  a  superior  and  an  inferior  ;  and  two  extremi- 
ties, an  outer  and  an  inner. 

The  anterior  border  is  nearly  straight ;  the  posterior  is  convex. 

The  anterior  border  is  called  the  hUum,  and  serves  for  the  en- 
trance of  blood  vessels  and  nerves. 

The  superior  surface  is  nearly  flat ;  the  inferior  is  convex. 

The  outer  extremity  is  broad  and  convex ;  the  inner  is  narrow  and 
tapers  into  the  ovarian  hgament. 


OVARIES.  33 

An  ovary  averages  about  1  j  inclies  in  length,  f  of  an  inch  in 
breadth  and  ^  an  inch  in  thickness ;  it  weighs  about  87  grains. 

Give  the  minute  anatomy  of  the  ovary. 

The  ovary,  on  section,  is  seen  to  consist  of  a  medullary  and  cor- 
tical portion ;  the  former  being  more  vascular  and  of  a  softer  con- 
sistency than  the  latter.     The  microscope  shows  connective  tissue, 
numerous  Graafian  follicles  scattered  through  the  cortex,  blood  ves- 
sels, lymphatics,  nerves  and  unstriped  muscular  fibres. 

At  the  base  or  attachment  of  the  ovary  to  the  broad  ligament  can 
be  seen  a  white  line  which  marks  the  transition  from  the  flat  cells 
of  peritoneum  to  the  cuboidal  ones,  the  ' '  germinal  epithelium  ' ' 
covering  the  surface  of  the  ovary.  The  origin  of  both  sorts  of  cells 
is  the  same.  Both  are  derived  from  the  mesothelial  cells  of  the 
mesoblast,  and  later  become  differently  modified  to  fit  them  to  fulfil 
their  very  dissimilar  functions. 

The  layer  of  "germinal  epithelium  "  rests  on  a  thin,  dense  mus- 
culo-fibrous  layer,  called  the  tunica  albuginea. 

The  Grraafian  follicles  are  small  vesicular  bodies,  more  numerous 
and  smaller  in  the  superficial  zone  of  the  cortex  than  in  the  deeper, 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  which  have  matured  and  approached 
the  surface  of  the  ovary. 

Foulis  estimates  that  at  birth  each  human  ovary  contains  not.  less 
than  30,000  Graafian  follicles  (Play fair). 

Give  the  structure  of  a  Graafian  follicle. 

On  examining  a  Graafian  follicle  from  without  inward,  we  find 
the  following  structures  (Fig.  3) : — 

The  theca  folliculi,  which  is  divisible  into  an  outer  fibrous  layer, 
the  tunica  fibrosa,  and  an  inner  vascular  and  cellular  layer,  the 
tunica  propria ;  within  this  is  the  memhrana  granulosa^  a  layer  of 
columnar  epithelium  which  encloses  the  liquor  follicuU ;  at  one  side 
there  is  a  cellular  eminence  called  the  discus  proligerus,  which 
encloses  the  ovum.  The  outer  covering  of  the  ovum  is  the  vitelline 
membrane^  or  zona  pellucida,  surrounding  the  vitellus  or  yolk.  At 
one  point  of  the  latter  is  seen  the  germinal  vesicle.,  and  within  this 
the  germinal  spot.  A  Graafian  follicle  measures  from  t^o  to  2V 
inch  in  diameter ;  a  germinal  spot,  not  over  30V0  iiich. 
3 


34 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


Give  the  arterial  and  venous  supply  of  the  ovaries. 

The  ovaries  are  supphed  by  the  ovarian  arteries,  which  arise 
directly  from  the  aorta. 

The  veins  of  the  ovary  emerge  at  the  hilum  and  enter  the  collec- 
tion of  veins  called  the  "  bulb  of  the  ovary."  This  communicates 
with  the  veins  from  the  Fallopian  tube  and  upper  portion  of  the 


Diagrammatic  Section  of  Graafian  Follicle. 
1.  Ovum.     2.  Membraua  granulosa.     3.    External  membrane  of  Graafian  follicle. 
4.  Its  vessels.    5.  Ovarian  stroma.     6.   Cavity  of  Graafian  follicle.    7.  External 
covering  of  ovary. 

utenis,  forming  a  collection  called  the  pampiniform  or  ovarian 
plexus  ;  from  this  springs  the  ovarian  vein,  which,  on  the  right  side, 
terminates  in  the  inferior  vena  cava,  on  the  left  side,  in  the  left 
renal  vein.  The  left  ovarian  vein  has  no  valve  at  its  termination. 
Some  apply  the  term  pampiniform  plexus  to  all  the  veins  in  the 
broad  ligament. 

Give  the  lymphatics  and  nerve  supply  of  the  ovary. 

The  lymphatics  join  with  those  from  the  tube  and  upper  portion 
of  the  uterus  and  terminate  in  the  lumbar  glands.  The  neiTe  sup- 
ply is  fi'om  the  inferior  hypogastric  plexus. 

What  is  the  position  of  the  long  axis  of  the  ovary  ? 

This  question  has  been  much  discussed.  The  long  axis  of  the 
ovary  may  be  regarded  as  lying  a  little  obliquely  to  the  transverse 


i 


URINARY  TRACT.  35 

axis  of  the  pelvis,  and  with  a  direction  slightly  backward.  His 
describes  the  long  axis  as  vertical,  but  this  does  not  coincide  with 
the  results  of  autopsies  where  the  pelvic  contents  have  been  normal 

r 

^      .^   .,  Parovarium. 

Describe  it. 

^  The  parovarium,  which  is  the  remains  of  the  Wolffian  body  con- 
sists of  a  series  of  tubes  situated  between  the  folds  of  the  broad 
ligament,  on  either  side  of  the  uterus,  and  lying  between  the  am- 
pulla ot  the  tube  and  the  hilum  of  the  ovary. 

One  of  the  tubes  is  horizontal  and  runs  toward  the  uterus  ;  the 
others  are  nearly  vertical,  converging  toward  the  hilum  ;  they' vary 
greatly  in  number,  in  fact,  from  6  to  30. 

The  outer  6-10  have  a  well-marked  lumen  and  are  lined  with 
cihated  epithelium ;  those  internal  to  these  are  merely  fine  fibrous 
cords. 

The  horizontal  tube  running  toward  the  uterus  is  called  the  duct 
of  Gartner.  It  is  rarely  continued  down  along  the  side  of  the  uterus 
or  even  to  the  vagina.  The  parovarium  is  of  pathological  importance, 
as  occasionally  the  seat  of  cysts. 

What  in  the  male  corresponds  to  the  parovarium  in  the 
female  ? 

The  epididymis. 

Urinary  Tract. 

Describe  the  urethra. 

The  female  urethra  is  a  musculo-membranous  canal  about  If 
mches  in  length,  imbedded  in  the  anterior  vaginal  wall,  and  extend- 
mg  from  the  vestibule  to  the  neck  of  the  bladder  ;  it  runs  upward 
and  backward,  "  parallel  with  the  plane  of  the  pelvic  brim." 

It  consists  of  three  coats ;  the  outer  two  being  muscular,  the 
inner,  mucous  membrane. 

Of  the  muscular  coats,  the  outer  is  circular,  the  inner  longitudi- 
nal. The  mucous  membrane  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  canal  is 
covered  with  squamous  epithelium,  while  higher  up  the  epithelium 
is  transitional,  like  that  of  the  bladder. 

The  meatus  urinarius,  the  outer  extremity  of  the  urethra,  is  situ- 
ated in  the  median  line  at  the  base  of  the  vestibule. 


36  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Describe  Skene's  tubules. 

Just  within  the  meatus,  on  each  side,  are  the  openings  of  Skene's 
tubules,  which  he  describes  as  lying  near  the  floor  of  the  urethra, 
just  beneath  the  mucous  membrane,  and  extending  parallel  to  the 
canal  about  three -fourths  of  an  inch.     Theu  function  is  unknown. 

Bladder. 

Describe  it. 

Tlie  bladder  is  a  hollow  musculo-membranous  organ,  situated  in 
the  pelvis  ' '  between  the  symphysis  pubis  in  front  and  the  vagina 
and  uterus  behind. ' ' 

The  bladder  presents  for  consideration  a  body,  a  base  or  fundus, 
and  a  neck.  The  body  is  all  that  portion  above  the  lines  joining  the 
ureteric  oj^enings  and  the  centre  of  the  symphysis  pubis. 

All  below  these  lines  is  the  base  or  fundus.  The  portion  of  the 
fundus  between  the  urethral  and  ureteric  orifices  is  the  trigone. 

The  constricted  portion  continuous  vnth  the  urethra  is  the  neck. 

The  wall  of  the  bladder  consists  of  three  coats  :  a  peritoneal,  a 
muscular  and  a  mucous. 

The  peritoneal  coat  is  found  only  on  the  summit  of  the  bladder 
and  on  the  upper  part  of  the  joosterior  surface.  The  muscular  coat 
consists  of  two  layers  :  an  outer  longitudinal  and  an  inner  circular ; 
the  latter  being  most  marked  around  the  urethral  orifice. 

The  mucous  membrane  consists  of  several  layers  of  transitional 
epithehum  resting  on  a  membrana  propria  ;  the  superficial  cells  are 
squamous.     It  contains  no  glands. 

The  mucous  membrane  is  thi'own  into  numerous  folds,  except  at 
the  trigone,  where  it  is  more  closely  connected  with  the  underlying 
tissue. 

The  mucous  membrane  is  supported  by  a  submucous  layer  of  fibrous 
and  elastic  tissue,  containing  blood  vessels,  lymphatics  and  nerves. 

What  is  the  arterial  supply  of  the  bladder  and  urethra  ? 

The  bladder  receives  its  arterial  supply  from  the  superior,  middle 
and  inferior  vesical,  and  from  branches  of  the  uterine  and  vaginal 
arteries. 

They  are  all  derived  from  the  anterior  division  of  the  internal 
iliac. 

The  urethra  is  supplied  by  branches  from  the  vaginal  arteries. 


BLADDER.  37 

What  is  the  venous  supply  of  the  bladder  and  urethra  ? 

' '  The  veins  form  a  complicated  plexus  round  the  neck,  sides  and 
base  of  the  bladder. ' '     (Gray. ) 

This  is  called  the  vesical  plexus  ;  it  lies  external  to  the  muscular 
coat  and  terminates  in  the  internal  iliac  vein. 

The  urethra  is  surrounded  by  a  venous  plexus  which  communi- 
cates with  the  vaginal  plexus. 

Give  the  lymphatic  and  nerve  supply  of  the  bladder  and 
urethra. 
The  lymphatics  of  the  bladder  and  urethra  empty  into  the  ihac 
glands.  Their  nerve  supply  is  derived  from  the  inferior  hypogas- 
tric plexuses  of  the  sympathetic  system,  and  from  the  3d  and  4th 
sacral  nerves  of  the  cerebrospinal  system. 

What  are  the  principal  venous  plexuses  of  the  pelvis  1 

The  vaginal  plexuses. 

The  vesical  plexus. 

The  hemorrhoidal  plexus. 

The  uterine  plexus. 

The  pampiniform,  or  ovarian  plexus. 

The  bulb  of  the  ovary. 

Describe  the  course  of  the  ureters  in  the  pelvis. 

The  ureters  cross  the  external  iliacs  just  beyond  the  bifurcation  of 
the  common  iliacs  ;  they  then  pass  downward  and  forward  along  the 
lateral  walls  of  the  pelvis,  enter  the  broad  ligaments,  and  run  forward 
and  inward.  At  the  level  of  the  internal  os  they  are  crossed  in  front 
by  the  uterine  arteries  (see  Fig.  4),  and  are  there  situated  about 
half  an  inch  from  the  uterus.  They  pass  alongside  of  the  vagina  a 
little  wa}^  converge  still  more,  enter  the  vesico-vaginal  septum,  and 
pierce  the  bladder  a  little  above  the  middle  of  the  anterior  vaginal 
wall ;  they  are  here  separated  two  inches  from  each  other  and  one- 
half  to  three-fourths  of  an  inch  from  the  cervix. 


38 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


Rectum. 

Describe. 

The  rectum  is  the  lower  extremity  of  the  large  intestine,  about  8 
inches  in  length,  extending  from  near  the  left  sacro-iliac  synchron- 
drosis  to  terminate  in  the  anus  between  the  coccyx  and  perineum. 


Fig.  4. 


Drawing  from  a  dissection  made  to  show  relations  of  ureters,  uterine  arteries, 
bladder,  etc.    {J.  Greig  Smith.) 
ur.,  ureter;  ui.Ar.,  uterine  artery;  ou,  os  uteri  exposed  by  an  incision,  x,  made 
through  the  top  of  the  vagina ;  bl.,  bladder,  the  walls  of  which  are  cut  down  to  the 
insertion  of  the  ureters  into  its  base,  Vag.,  vagina. 

It  presents  three  curves  : — 

1.  Downward,  backward  and  inward  to  the  3d  sacral  vertebra. 

2.  Forward  to  the  apex,  of  the  perineum. 

3.  Backward  to  the  anus. 

The  rectum  is  invested  by  peritoneum  at  its  upper  part. 


\ 


RECTUM.  39 

It  consists  of  a  mucous  and  a  submucous  layer  and  two  muscular 
layers — a  longitudinal  and  a  circular,  the  former  being  external. 

The  mucous  membrane  is  covered  with  columnar  epithelium  and 
contains  numerous  follicles  of  Lieberkiihn. 

At  its  lower  j^ortion  the  mucous  membrane  is  thrown  into  perpen- 
dicular folds  called  columns  of  Morgagni ;  the  depressions  between 
them  being  called  the  sinuses  of  Morgagni. 

There  are  three  oblique  folds  of  importance,  including  not 
only  the  mucous  and  submucous  layers,  but  part  of  the  muscular 
coat. 

One  projects  from  the  anterior  wall  IJ  inches  from  the  anus. 

Another  is  on  the  right  side  near  the  sacral  promontory,  and  a 
third  is  situated  midway  between  the  two,  on  the  left  side. 

The  external  orifice  is  guarded  by  the  sphincter  ani  muscle  which 
surrounds  the  canal,  and  is  inserted  into  the  coccyx  behind  and  the 
perineum  in  front. 

Give  the  vascular  and  nerve  supply  of  the  rectum. 

The  arterial  supply  of  the  rectum  is  from  the  superior,  middle 
and  inferior  hemorrhoidal  arteries.  The  veins  form  a  plexus  beneath 
the  mucous  membrane  which  communicates  with  another  surround- 
ing the  exterior  of  the  canal ;  from  this  spring  veins  corresponding 
to  and  accompanying  the  arteries. 

The  superior  hemorrhoidal  vein  empties  into  the  inferior  mesen- 
teric of  the  portal  system. 

The  middle  and  inferior  hemorrhoidal  empty  into  the  internal 
iliac  of  the  general  venous  system. 

The  lymphatics  terminate  in  the  sacral  glands. 

The  nerves  are  derived  from  the  hypogastric  and  sacral  plexuses. 

Give  the  relations  of  the  rectum. 

At  its  upper  portion  the  rectum  is  surrounded  by  peritoneum  and 
lies  in  direct  relation  anteriorly  with  the  cul-de-sac  of  Douglas. 

At  about  3  inches  from  the  anus  the  peritoneum  leaves  the  rectum, 
which  then  lies  loosely  attached  to  the  posterior  wall  of  the  vagina 
for  IJ  inches. 

The  remainder  is  separated  from  the  vagina  by  the  perineal  body. 

Posteriorly,  the  rectum  is  connected  at  its  upper  part  by  the  meso- 


40  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNiECOLOGY. 

rectum  to  the  sacrum ;   at  its  lower  part  by  fibrous  tissue  to  tbe 
sacrum  and  coccyx. 

On  eacb  side  it  receives  the  insertion  of  the  levatores  ani  and  is 
surrounded  below  by  the  sphincter  ani. 


Pelvic  Floor. 

Describe  the  segments  of  the  pelvic  floor. 

According  to  Dr.  Hart,  the  j^elvic  floor  consists  of  two  segments : 
the  j)ubic  and  sacral ;  the  pubic  consisting  of  the  bladder,  urethra, 
bladder  peritoneum  and  the  anterior  vaginal  wall ;  the  sacral  com- 
prising the  rectum,  perineal  body  and  posterior  vaginal  wall. 

According  to  the  same  authority,  also,  the  pubic  segment  is  made 
up  of  loose  tissue,  loosely  attached  to  the  pubes,  and  is  drawn  up 
duiing  labor  ;  the  sacral  segment  is  made  up  of  dense  tissue,  closely 
attached  to  sacrum  and  coccyx,  and  is  driven  down  during  labor. 

Describe  the  muscles  and  fascia  of  the  pelvic  floor,  as  dis- 
sected from  above. 

On  examining  the  pelvic  floor  from  abo'.e,  we  find  the  pelvic  fascia 
attached  laterally  to  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  to  the  spine  of  the 
ischium  behind,  to  the  lower  j^ortion  of  the  symphysis  pubis  in 
front,  and  to  a  tendinous  band — ' '  white  line  " — joining  the  two  latter 
points.  Behind  the  spine  of  the  ischium  the  pelvic  fascia  is  con- 
tinuous with  a  thin  layer  covering  the  pyriformis  muscle.  At  the 
"white  line"  the  pelvic  fascia  divides  into  the  recto-vesical  fascia, 
which  covers  the  upper  surface  of  the  levator  ani  muscles,  and  the 
obturator  fascia,  covering  the  obturator  muscles.  The  recto-vesical 
fascia  arising  from  the  "white  line "  extends  downward  and  inward, 
and  unites  in  the  median  line  with  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side. 
This  forms  a  fascial  diaphragm  which  is  i^erforated  by  the  rectum 
and  vagina,  to  each  of  which  it  is  firmly  attached  and  famishes  a 
sheath  from  that  point  downward.  The  bladder  and  rectum  also 
receive  ligaments  from  this  fascia. 

On  removing  this  fascial  diaphragm,  we  meet  with  a  muscular 
diaphragm  formed  by  the  levator  ani  and  coccygeus  muscle  of  each 
side  meeting  in  the  median  line. 


PERINEAL  BODY.  41 

The  coccygei  arise  from  the  ischial  spines,  and  are  attached  to  the 
sides  of  the  lower  segment  of  the  sacrum  and  to  the  sides  and  ante- 
rior surface  of  the  coccyx. 

The  levatores  ani  arise  from  the  posterior  aspect  of  the  pubes, 
from  the  spine  of  the  ischium  and  from  the  ' '  white  line ' '  of  the 
pelvic  fascia  connecting  these  points.  They  extend  downward  and 
inward  and  are  attached  to  the  vagina,  the  rectum,  to  each  other 
and  to  the  tip  of  the  coccyx.  This  muscular  diaphragm  surrounds 
both  vagina  and  rectum. 

The  under  surface  of  this  muscular  diaphragm  is  covered  by  a  thin 
layer  of  fascia  which  is  attached  on  each  side  to  the  obturator  fascia. 
On  removing  the  muscular  diaphragm  with  its  upper  and  lower 
fascia,  there  remains,  filling  the  pelvic  outlet,  the  perineal  body,  the 
muscles  of  the  perineum  and  the  ischio-rectal  fossa. 


Perineal  Body. 

Describe. 

The  perineal  body  is  a  mass  of  muscular,  fibrous  and  adipose 
tissue,  somewhat  pyramidal  in  shape,  lying  between  the  lower  ends 
of  the  vagina  and  rectum  ;  it  measures  H  inches  in  height,  li 
inches  in  breadth  and  f  inch  antero-posteriorly.  Its  base  is  covered 
by  skin  which  is  sometimes  wrongly  spoken  of  as  "the  perineum," 
which  should  always  refer  to  the  perineal  body. 

The  muscles  which  are  attached  to  the  perineal  body  are  the 
bulbo-cavernosi,  transversi  perinei,  sphincter  and  levatores  ani. 

Give  the  vascular  and  nerve  supply  of  the  perineal  body. 

The  arterial  supply  of  the  perineal  body  is  from  the  internal 
pudics. 
The  veins  terminate  in  the  pudic  veins. 
The  lymphatics  end  in  the  inguinal  glands. 
The  nerve  supply  is  from  the  pudic  nerve. 

What  are  the  functions  of  the  perineal  body  ? 

1.  To  prevent  vaginal  rectocele. 

2.  To  help  form  a  compact  pelvic  floor. 

3.  To  serve  as  a  fixed  point  for  muscular  attachment. 


42  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

Muscles  of  the  Perineum, 

Name  and  describe  them. 

On  each  side  of  the  vaginal  orifice  we  find  three  muscles  :  bulbo- 
cavernosus,  ischio-cavernosus  or  erector  clitoridis,  and  the  trans- 
versus  perinei. 

The  bulbo-cavemosus  arises  from  the  perineal  body  on  each  side 
of  the  vagina,  with  its  fellow  encircles  the  vaginal  bulbs  and  vesti- 
bule, and  di\ddes  into  three  slips  ;  one  going  to  the  jDOSterior  surface  of 
the  bulb,  another  to  the  under  surface  of  the  corpus  cavemosum  of 
the  clitoris,  and  the  third  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  vestibule. 

The  bulbo-cavernosi  compress  the  bulbs  of  the  vagina. 

The  transversus  perinei  arises  from  the  ramus  of  the  ischium  and 
is  lost  in  the  perineal  body. 

The  ischio-cavernosus  or  erector  clitoridis,  arises  from  the  front  of 
the  tuberosity  of  the  ischium  and  is  inserted  into  the  cms  chtoridis. 

These  muscles  are  supphed  by  the  internal  pudic  artery  and  by 
branches  of  the  pudic  nerve. 

The  veins  enter  the  pudic  veins. 

The  lymphatics  terminate  in  the  inguinal  glands. 

Ischio-reetal  Fossa, 

Give  its  gross  anatomy. 

It  is  a  pyramidal-shaped  area,  largely  filled  with  fat,  situated  on 
either  side  of  the  rectum ;  the  sides  are  formed  by  the  obturator 
intemus  without  and  the  levator  ani  within  ;  the  base  by  the  trans- 
versus perinei  and  the  lower  edge  of  the  gluteus  maximus. 

Describe  the  fascia  covering  the  pelvic  floor  below. 

From  without  inward  we  find  the  superficial  fascia  in  two  layers, 
the  external  being  continuous  with  the  general  superficial  fascia  of 
the  body.  The  deep  layer  is  attached  to  the  border  of  the  pubic 
arch  in  fi'ont  and  laterally ;  posteriorly,  it  passes  around  the  trans- 
versus perinei  muscles  and  is  attached  to  the  base  of  the  anterior 
layer  of  the  triangular  ligament. 

Beneath  the  perineal  muscles  we  find  the  triangular  ligament,  con- 
sisting of  two  layers  of  fascia,  the  anterior  and  posterior,  filling  in 
the  pubic  arch. 


PHYSICAL  EXAMINATION   OF  THE  FEMALE  PELVIC   ORGANS.     43 

Development  of  the  Pelvic  Organs. 

Describe  briefly. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  first  month  there  appear  in  the  foetus, 
on  either  side  of  the  primitive  vertebrae,  the  Wolffian  bodies,  which 
play  the  part  of  temporary  kidneys.  They  soon  wither,  and  by  the 
end  of  the  3d  month  have  largely  disappeared,  but  their  remains  per- 
sist, in  the  female,  in  the  parovarium  and  Graertner's  duct.  At  the 
inner  side  of  the  Wolffian  bodies  there  appears  an  invagination  of 
•ihe  germ  epithelium  ;  this  develops  into  the  duct  of  Mueller,  one 
for  each  Wolffian  body.  These  coalesce  below  to  form  the  uterus 
and  vagina. 

The  ovary  first  appears  as  a  white  ridge  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
Wolffian  body  ;  this  ridge  being  formed  of  connective  tissue  covered 
with  germ  epithelium  ;  from  the  former  is  developed  the  stroma  of 
the  ovary,  and  from  the  latter  are  formed  the  Graafian  follicles  and 
ova. 

Until  the  latter  part  of  the  second  month  of  foetal  life  the  urinary, 
genital  and  intestinal  canals  open  into  a  common  vault — the  cloaca. 
At  about  the  6th-7th  week  this  common  opening  is  divided  into  the 
anal  opening  posteriorly  and  the  uro-genital  anteriorly.  This  sepa- 
ration is  completed  by  the  formation  of  the  perineal  body  at  about 
the  tenth  week. 

The  uro-genital  canal  is  later  divided  into  the  urethra  anteriorly 
and  the  vagina  posteriorly. 

Physical  Examination  of  the  Female  Pelvic 

Organs. 

What  are  the  methods  of  examination? 

I.  Non-instrumental.     II.  Instrumental. 
I.  Non-instrumental. 

a.  Inspection  of  external  genitals. 

h.  External  abdominal  examination. 

c.  Vaginal  examination. 

d.  Bimanual  examination,  with  its  modifications. 

e.  Rectal  examination. 


44  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

What  should  you  notice  on  inspection  of  the  external  gen- 
itals ? 

1 .  Notice  whether  or  not  the  vulva  is  the  seat  of  venereal  sores 
warts,  abscesses,  pediculi,  etc. 

2.  Separate  labia  and  notice  condition  of  hymen  and  perineum, 
whether  intact  or  lacerated  ;  the  shape  of  hymen  if  intact.  If  peri- 
neum lacerated,  notice  whether  through  the  sphincter  ani  or  not ; 
notice,  also,  condition  of  urethra. 

3.  Tell  patient  to  strain,  and  with  labia  still  separated,  notice 
whether  anterior  or  posterior  vaginal  walls  prolapse  or  not,  thus 
forming  cystocele  or  rectocele. 

4.  During  this  inspection  it  is  well  to  pass  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger along  each  labium  majus  to  ascertain  whether  the  vulvo- 
vaginal glands  or  their  ducts  are  enlarged  or  not. 

What  are  the  principal  elements  in  a  complete  external  ab- 
dominal examination  ? 

1.  Position  and  Preparation  of  patient. — Patient  should  be  on 
back  with  knees  drawn  up  ;  the  abdomen  should  be  uncovered  as 
low  down  as  the  pubes  ;  the  latter  not  being  exposed  ;  bladder  and 
rectum  should  be  empty. 

2.  Inspection. — Observe  the  form  and  color;  notice  whether 
irregularities  in  form  are  present  or  not. 

3.  Palpation. — Use  both  hands  ;  they  should  be  warm  ;  use  the 
palms  and  palmar  surface  of  fingers  rather  than  their  tips  ;  employ 
very  little  force.  If  a  tumor  is  present,  notice  whether  it  is  sohd  or 
fluctuating,  whether  fixed  or  mobile  ;  if  possible,  determine  whether 
or  not  it  is  attached  to  one  of  the  pelvic  organs. 

Notice  whether  it  pulsates  or  is  the  seat  of  intermittent  contrac- 
tions. 
Palpate  inguinal  regions  for  enlarged  glands  or  hemiae. 

4.  Percussion. — Patient  should  be  first  percussed  in  usual  manner, 
while  lying  on  back  and  then  when  turned  on  either  side. 

Vaginal  Examination. 

Describe  the  method  of  performing  it. 

Have  the  patient  on  back  ;  knees  drawn  up  ;  if  a  married  woman, 
employ  two  fingers,  if  unmarried,  use  one. 


VAGINAL  EXAMINATION.  45 

Have  the  examining  finger  or  fingers  well  lubricated  and  folded 
into  the  palm  until  you  approach  the  vulva  ;  then  let  them  sweep 
over  the  perineum  and  fourchette  between  the  labia  till  they  enter 
the  vagina,  orifice.  Do  not  pass  from  above  downward  over  the 
clitoris.  After  entering  the  vagina  pass  the  finger  or  fingers  back- 
ward toward  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum. 

What  are  the  contraindications  to  a  vaginal  examination? 

A  vaginal  examination  should  not  be  made  in  an  unmarried 
woman  unless  there  are  strong  reasons  for  suspecting  trouble  with 
the  pelvic  organs,  and  then  only  in  the  presence  of  a  relative  or 
female  friend. 

It  should  not  be  made  during  a  normal  menstruation. 

What  is  the  value  of  a  vaginal  examination  per  se  ? 

The  value  of  a  vaginal  examination  by  itself  is  comparatively 
small ;  and  it  is  rarely  employed  save  as  a  part  of  a  bimanual 
examination. 

One  can,  however,  determine  the  following  points  by  a  vaginal 
examination,  and  they  should  be  carefully  noted  : — 

The  condition  of  peiineum  and  vaginal  orifice. 
Presence  or  absence  of  Painful  Spots  ; 
Spasm  ; 

Enlargement  of  vulvo-vaginal  glands ;  etc. 
Condition  of  vaginal  walls : — 

Heat ; 

Moisture ; 
Presence  or  absence  of 

E-ugae ; 

New  growths ; 

Fistulas ;  etc. 
Projections  of  vaginal  walls  from 

Faeces  in  rectum ; 

Inflammatory  deposits ; 

Tumors  in  the  peritoneal  pouches. 
Condition  of  cervix : — 


Position  ; 

Density ; 

Shape ; 

Mobility ; 

Size ; 

Lacerated  or  not 

46  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Condition  of  os  : — 

Size  ; 

Shape  ; 

Projections  through  it. 

Bimanual  Examination. 

What  is  the  method  of  performing  it  ? 

The  position  of  the  patient  and  the  method  of  introducing  fingers 
are  the  same  as  for  the  vaginal  examination  just  described.  As 
regards  which  hand  shall  be  used  internally,  the  right  is  usually 
employed  first ;  but  to  make  a  complete  bimanual,  it  is  best  to 
employ  internally  the  right  hand  for  the  right  side  of  the  pelvis, 
and  the  left  hand  for  the  left ;  in  this  way  the  pahuar  surfaces  of 
the  internal  and  external  fingers  are  approximated,  and  any  depart- 
ure from  the  normal,  on  either  side,  is  better  mapped  out  than 
when  the  right  hand  alone  is  used  for  the  internal  examination. 

Describe  the  use  of  the  external  hand  in  the  bimanual. 

The  ulnar  sui-face  of  the  external  hand  should  be  used  rather  than 
the  palm ;  it  should  be  api^lied  to  the  abdomen  some  distance  above 
the  pubes  and  steadily  depressed  toward  the  opposing  fingers  within 
the  vagina,  while  the  patient  relaxes  her  abdominal  muscles  and 
breathes  quietly,  with  mouth  open. 

Describe  the  use  of  the  internal  examining  fingers  in  the 
bimanual. 

While  the  ring  and  little  fingers  are  strongly  flexed  into  the  pahn 
and  the  thumb  lies  on  the  jDubes  or  between  the  thighs,  place  the 
middle  examining  finger  on  the  cervix  and  the  index  in  the  anterior 
fornix  and  raise  the  utems  toward  the  external  hand.  The  first 
step  for  the  student  in  acquiring  skill  in  the  bimanual  is  to  feel, 
through  the  abdominal  wall,  a  body  which  transmits  motion  from 
the  external  hand  to  the  finger  on  the  cei-vix.  This,  in  a  normal 
case,  is  the  fundus  of  the  utenis  ;  future  examinations  will  enable 
one  to  map  out  more  and  more  the  shape  of  the  fundus. 

What  is  a  good  order  to  follow  in  making  a  bimanual  exam- 
ination ? 

1.  Determine  the  position  of  the  utems  by  attempting  to  approxi- 


RECTAL   EXAMINATION.  47 

mate  external  and  internal  fingers  ;  the  internal  being  placed  first  on 
ceiTix,  then  in  anterior  fornix  and  then  in  posterior ;  the  external 
hand  exerting  counter  pressure. 

2.  Determine  condition  of  tubes,  ovaries  and  parametria ;  using 
right  hand  internally  for  right  side  of  the  pelvis  and  left  for  left. 

Should  you  normally  feel  a  hard  body  in  any  of  the  four  for- 
nices  of  the  vagina  ?  If  so,  which  one,  and  what  is  it  ? 

Yes,  in  the  anterior  fornix  ;  the  body  of  the  utems. 

Should  you  normally  feel  a  hard  body  in  the  posterior  or 
either  of  the  lateral  fornices  ? 

No. 

What  mass  might  you  feel  in  the  anterior  fornix  ? 

1.  A  fibroid  on  anterior  wall  of  the  uterus. 

2.  Inflammatory  or  blood  efiusions,  rarely. 

What  mass  might  you  feel  in  either  of  the  lateral  fornicea  ? 

Inflammatoiy  deposit  from  celluhtis  or  peritonitis. 

Blood  efiusion. 

Enlarged  tube  or  ovary. 

Body  of  uteiTis  late?  o-flexed. 

Lateral  fibroid. 
What  mass  might  you  feel  in  posterior  fornix  ? 

Displaced  ftmdus. 

Faeces  in  rectum. 

Fibroid  on  wall  of  uterus. 

Peritouitic  or  cellulitic  deposit. 

Hsematocele. 

Displaced  ovary. 

Tumor. 

Rectal  Examination. 

What  are  the  methods  1 

1.  Simple  rectal. 

2.  Abdomino -rectal. 

3.  Simon's  method. 

What  are  the  preliminaries  to  any  rectal  examination  1 
Have  bowels  empty. 
Tell  patient  what  you  are  to  do. 


48  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Have  soap  under  finger-nail. 
Lubricate  finger. 

How  would  you  perform  the  simple  rectal  examination  ? 

Having  observed  the  preceding  preliminaries,  pass  the  finger  for- 
ward, noting  the  presence  or  absence  of  hemon-hoids,  fissures,  polypi, 
stricture,  etc. ,  till  the  cervix  is  felt,  then  pass  along  posterior  wall 
of  the  uterus. 

How  would  you  perform  the  abdomino-rectal  examination  ? 

Passing  the  right  index  finger  into  the  rectum  as  just  described, 
use  the  left  hand  externally,  placed  on  the  abdomen  as  in  the  ordi- 
nary bimanual. 

What  is  Simon's  method  ? 

This  consists  in  passing  the  whole  hand,  shaped  like  a  cone, 
gradually  through  the  anus  into  the  rectum. 

What  is  the  value  of  the  different  methods  of  rectal  exami- 
nation ? 

Both  the  simple  rectal  and  abdomino-rectal  are  of  especial  value 
in  vh'gins,  where  the  ordinary  bimanual  is  painful  or  objected  to. 

By  means  of  a  volsella  forceps  you  may  draw  down  the  cervix,  and 
then,  with  finger  in  the  rectum,  palpate  the  posteiior  surface  of 
uterus,  tubes  and  ovaries. 

The  above  methods  of  rectal  examination  are  of  value  in  any  case 
where  j^ou  wish  to  reach  higher  than  is  possible  with  the  ordinai-y 
bimanual. 

Advantage  is  sometimes  gained  by  making  the  rectal  examination 
with  patient  in  Sims'  position. 

Simon's  method  is  dangerous  and  seldom  justifiable. 


INSTRUMENTS. 
Specula. 

What  are  the  three  classes  of  specula  in  most  common  use  ? 

1.  The  Spatular. 

2.  The  Cylindrical. 

3.  The  Bivalve. 


INSTRUMENTS — SPECULA. 


49 


Give  one  of  the  best  examples  of  the  spatular  variety; 
describe  it. 

The  Sims  speculum  (see  Fig.  5)  is  the  best  example  of  this  class ; 
it  consists  of  two  blades  united  by  a  handle  at  right  angles  to  them, 

the  blades  being  convex  on 

the  sides  facing  each  other, 

concave    on    the    opposite. 

Many  modifications  are  made 

by  which  the  length  of  blade, 

angle  at  which  it  joins  the 

shaft,   and   weight    of  the 

instrument    are    al- 

One  blade  of  the 

speculum    is    usually 

shorter  and    smaller 


Sims'  Speculum 


whole 

tered. 

Sims 

made 

than  the  other. 


What  are  the  advantages  of  Sims'  speculum  ? 

It  does  not  distort  cervix. 

It  gives  a  good  view  of  all  but  the  posterior  vaginal  wall,  and  is 
the  best  suited  for  operations  on  cervix  and  anterior  vaginal  wall. 

What  are  the  disadvantag^es  of  Sims'  speculum  ? 

It  requires  an  assistant  with  some  training  to  hold  it.  - 
It  requires,  in  most  cases,  the  use  of  a  vaginal  depressor,  thus 
employing  one  hand. 

What  is  the  proper  position  of  the  patient  for  the  use  of  Sims' 
speculum  ? 

A  patient  in  the  so-called  "  Sims  position  "  should  lie  on  her  left 
side,  with  left  buttock  on  the  left  corner  of  the  table,  as  you  tkae  it ; 
the  head  being  at  the  right  corner  of  the  head  of  the  table,  the  left 
arm  behind  the  patient ;  the  right  arm  should  lie  over  the  right 
edge  of  the  table,  the  right  shoulder  being  kept  as  near  the  table  as 
possible.  The  knees  should  be  drawn  up,  the  right  a  little  above 
tbe  left. 

How  would  you  introduce  a  Sims  speculum  ? 

Having  placed  the  patient  in  the  correct  Sims  position,  select  the 
blade  you  are  to  use ;  warm  and  lubricate  the  convex  side  of  it ; 
4 


50 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY, 
Fig.  6. 


take  the  speculum  in  tlie  riglit  hand  with  the  index  finger  lying  in 
the  conca^-ity  of  the  blade,  and  introduce  finger  and  blade  together. 
The  breadth  of  the  blade  should  be  in  hoe  with  the  labia  until  it 
has  entered  the  vaginal  orifice  ;  it  should  then  be  rotated  till  the 
convexity  lies  in  apposition  with  the  posterior  vaginal  wall,  which  it 
should  hug  closely  till  the  posterior  fornix  is  reached  and  the  index 
finger  detects  the  cei-vix  in  front  of  it ;  the  speculum  is  then  given 
to  an  assistant  to  hold.  Some  introduce  the  finger  first  and  pass 
the  blade  along  it. 

Fig.  7 


Simon's  Speculum. 

How  would  yon  hold  a  Sims  speculum  ? 

There  are  two  methods  in  conmion  use  : — 

(a)  One  is  to  grasp  the  outside  blade  with  the  right  hand,  the 
angle  between  blade  and  handle  fitting  over  index  finger,  as  seen  in 
Fig.  6  ;  the  thumb  lying  in  the  concavity  of  the  blade  over  the 
angle. 


INSTRUMENTS —SPECULA.  51 

The  riglit  buttock  should  be  raised  with  the  left  hand. 

(b)  The  other  method  is  to  grasp  the  handle  of  the  speculum  with 
the  right  hand,  having  the  convexity  of  the  outside  blade  rest  in 
the  hollow  between  the  thumb  and  index  finger. 

The  right  buttock  being  raised  as  in  the  other  method. 

What  is  a  Simon's  speculum  ? 

A  very  valuable  speculum  of  the  spatular  variety  is  called  Simon's 
(see  Fig.  7.)  It  consists  of  a  common  handle  into  which  fit,  at 
right  angles  to  it,  blades  of  diiferent  sizes  and  shapes.  It  is  of 
especial  value  with  the  patient  in  the  dorsal  position,  for  retracting 
the  perineum  in  curetting  the  uterus  or  operating  upon  the  cervix. 


Fig.  8. 


FerguBson's  Speculum. 


What  is  one  of  the  best  examples  of  a  cylindrical  speculum  ? 
Describe  it. 

The  cylindrical  speculum  of  Fergusson  (see  Fig.  8)  is  probably  the 
best  of  its  class  ;  it  is  a  cylinder  of  glass  or  hard  rubber,  with  one 
extremity  beveled  and  the  other  tnimpet-shaped. 

The  glass  ones  usually  present  a  mirrored  surface  from  within. 

The  beveled  extremity  is  the  one  first  introduced. 

What  are  the  merits  of  the  Fergusson  speculum  ? 

It  is  of  very  limited  use  ;  it  may  be  employed  for  inspecting  the 
cervix  or  making  applications  to  it.  It  is  useless  for  operations  on 
the  cervix  ;  it  is  only  partially  self-retaining,  and  its  introduction  in 
nulliparae  is  painful. 

How  would  you  introduce  a  Fergusson  speculum  ? 

In  this  country  the  Fergusson  speculum  is  usually  employed  with 
the  patient  in  the  dorsal  position. 

Separate  the  labia  with  the  fingers  of  the  left  hand  ;  holding  the 
trumpet-shaped  extremity  with  the  right  hand,  introduce  the 
beveled  extremity  into  the  Vaginal  orifice  having  the  shorter  side 


52 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


anterior  ;  depress  well  the  perineum,  directing  tlie  speculum  toward 
the  hollow  of  the  sacnim  ;  by  slight  vertical,  horizontal  or  rotatory 
motion  of  the  speculum  while  looking  into  it,  the  cervix  is  now 
usually  brought  into  view  without  difficulty.  It  is  occasionally 
convenient  to  draw  the  cervix  more  fully  into  view  by  means  of  a 
tenaculum. 

Some  gynaecologists  use  the  Fergusson  speculum  with  the  patient 
in  Sims'  position. 

Fig.  9. 


A^~-. 


Brewer's  Speculum. 


What  is  one  of  the  best  examples  of  a  bivalve  speculum? 
Describe  it. 

Tbe  Brewer  bivalve  (see  Fig.  9)  is  probably  the  best  speculum 
of  its  class ;  it  consists  of  two  blades,  the  outer  extremities  being 
trumpet-shaped  where  they  are  jointed ;  the  anterior  blade  is  shorter 
than  the  posterior,  and  has  a  slot  in  its  outer  half,  to  avoid  pressure 
on  the  urethra  ;  this  also  facilitates  the  introduction  of  the  sound  or 
probe.  The  speculum  is  opened  by  approximating  the  handles  of 
the  blades  and  held  there  by  a  thumb-screw.  There  are  two  sizes 
of  Brewer's  speculum,  the  long  and  short. 

How  would  you  introduce  a  Brewer  speculum  ? 

Place  patient  in  dorsal  position  ;  pass  speculum  into  vaginal  orifice 
with  the  blades  lateral,  then  rotate  till  they  are  antero-posterior ; 
begin  to  open  blades  just  before  they  reach  the  cervix  ;  when  com- 
pletely open,  hold  with  thumb-screw. 


INSTRUMENTS — SPECULA. 


53 


What  are  the  merits  of  Brewer's  speculum  ? 

For  inspection  of,  and  applications  to,  the  cervix,  it  is  very  valu- 
able ;  it  is  self-retaining,  thus  obviating  the  necessity  of  an  assistant. 

The  long  instrument  is  better  than  the  short,  as  with  it  the 
vaginal  walls  are  not  as  likely  to  obstruct  the  view  by  falling  in  be- 
yond the  blades,  and  at  the  same  time  it  accomplishes  all  that  the 
short  instrument  does. 

What  are  the  disadvantages  of  Brewer's  speculum? 

It  distorts  the  cervix,  obscures  the  anterior  vaginal  wall,  and  can- 
not be  used  for  operations  on  the  cervix  or  vagina. 

What  is  the  best  speculum  for  examination  of  the  interior  of 
the  bladder? 

The  simplest  and  best  speculum  for  direct  inspection  of  the  inte- 
rior of  the  bladder  is  that  devised  by  Dr.  Kelly,  of  Baltimore 

Fig.  9h 


Kelly's  speculum  ready  for  introduction  (a);  b,  speculum  with  obturator  removed. 

(Fig.  9J).     It  is  a  tubular  speculum  with  obturator,  and  comes  in 
several  sizes. 

Describe  its  use. 
The  bladder  is  emptied ;  the  patient  is  placed  in  an  exaggerated 


54 


ESSENTIALS   OP  GYNECOLOGY. 


Fig 


lithotomy  position,  with  hips  elevated  8  to  16  inches  above  the 
table.  One  of  the  smaller  sized  specula  is  introduced,  and  then 
a  larger,  until  the  desired  size  is  reached.  The  obturator  is  then 
withdrawn,  and  air  enters  and  distends  the  bladder.  The  residual 
urine  is  removed  b}^  pledgets  of  cotton  held  in  long  thumb- forceps ; 
light  is  thrown  into  the  bladder  by  means  of  a  forehead  mirror,  and 
by  turning  the  speculum  in  different  directions  nearly  the  whole  of 
the  interior  of  the  bladder  may  be  inspected,  and  through  the  spec- 
ulum the  ureters  may  be  catheterized. 

For  a  thorough  examination  anaesthesia  is 
desirable. 

Sometimes  during  such  an  examination  the 
bladder  will  not  distend  sufficiently  with  air. 
In  such  cases  the  object  can  be  accomplished 
by  putting  the  patient  in  the  knee-chest  posi- 
tion. 

Volsella. 

Describe  it. 

The  Yolsella,  or  vulsellum  forceps  (see  Fig.  10) 
consists  of  a  pair  of  hooks  with  scissor  handles 
and  joint ;  the  hooks  usually  consist  of  two  or 
more  teeth  ;  the  handles  fasten  with  a  catch. 

What  are  the  uses  of  the  Volsella? 

In  all  operations  on  the  cervix,  trachelor- 
rhaphy, dilatation,  etc. ,  the  volsella,  or  one  of 
its  substitutes,  is  almost  indispensable,  to  draw 
down  and  hold  the  cervix. 

For  applications  to,   or  operations  on,  the 

interior  of  the  body  of  the  uterus,  the  volsella  is  also  of  great  value. 

The  use  of  the  volsella  to  draw  down  the  cervix,  in  connection 

with  the  finger  in  the  rectum,  in  the  combined  rectal  examination, 

is  of  great  importance. 

How  would  you  introduce  and  apply  the  Volsella  ? 

If  used  in  operations  on  the  cervix  with  the  patient  in  the  Sims 
position,  it  may  be  introduced  either  without  or  with  the  use  of  the 
speculum  ;  if  without  the  speculum,  the  first  two  fingers  of  the  right 


The  Volsella. 


INSTRUMENTS— UTERINE  SOUND.  55 

hand  are  introduced  till  the  anterior  lip  of  the  cervix  is  felt ;  the 
volsella  is  then  |)assed  along  them  and  applied  to  the  anterior  lip, 
which  is  then  drawn  down. 

The  better  wa}^  is  usually  to  employ  Sims'  speculum  and  apply 
the  volsella  directly  to  the  anterior  lip  by  sight. 

The  volsella  is  also  employed  witli  the  patient  in  the  dorsal  position, 
the  instrument  being  introduced  either  by  touch,  or  sight  aided  by 
a  perineal  retractor. 

What  could  you  substitute  for  a  Volsella  ? 

A  bullet  forceps  with  a  catch  makes  a  very  good  substitute  for  a 
volsella  and  is  getting  to  be  preferred  to  it,  as,  having  but  one  pair 
of  teeth,  it  occupies  less  space  on  the  cervix. 

A  tenaculum,  such  as  Sims',  which  is  a  sharp  hook  on  a  long 
slender  shank,  is  often  of  great  use  in  holding  the  cervix  and  draw- 
ing it  in  any  direction,  and  can  sometimes  be  substituted  for  a  vol- 
sella. 

Uterine  Sound. 

What  are  the  two  sounds  in  most  general  use?  their  descrip- 
tion and  merits  ? 
The  Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson's  sound  and  that  of  A.  R.  Simpson  are 
the  two  in  most  general  use. 

Fig.  11. 


Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson's  Sound. 


They  are  both  rods  of  copper,  nickel-plated,  and  so  pHable  that 
they  can  easily  be  bent  with  the  fingers. 

The  sound  of  Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson  (see  Fig.  11)  is  12  inches  long, 
with  a  notched  knob  2J  inches  from  the  end,  and  notches  at  3J,  4J, 
etc. ,  up  to  8i  inches,     ^ 

The  handle  is  roughened  on  the  side  of  the  concavity  of  the 
curve. 


56 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


The  sound  of  A.  R.  Simpson  (see  Fig.  12)  is  onlj'^  9  inches  long  ; 
it  has  a  prominent  ring  at  2 J  inches  and  two  rings  at  4}  inches ; 
there  are  also  markings  at  3J  and  5|  inches.  This  sound  has  an 
advantage  over  the  preceding  in  that,  being  only  9  inches  long,  the 
handle,  which  is  broad,  can  rest  firmly  on  the  ball  of  the  little  finger 
even  when  the  tip  of  the  index  finger  is  on  the  2|  inch  ring,  thus 
giving  one  a  complete  control  of  the  instrument  when  the  finger  is 
in  the  vagina  with  the  sound.     This  is  impossible  with  the  sound  of 


A.  R.  Simpson's  Sound.    {Hart  and  Barbour.) 


Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson,  as  in  similar  circumstances  the  handle  is  far 
above  the  hand,  and  one  can  only  grasp  the  shank,  which  readily 
rotates.  The  presence  of  the  double  ring  is  also  an  advantage  in  an 
enlarged  uterus. 

What  are  the  contraindications  to  the  use  of  the  sound  ? 

Patient  has  skipped  a  menstraal  period. 
Menstruation  present. 

Acute  inflammation  present  in  uterus  or  neighborhood. 
Malignant  disease  of  uterus. 

What  are  the  preliminaries  to  the  use  of  the  sound  ? 

1.  Thoroughly  sterilize  the  sound. 

2.  Be  sure  that  the  patient  has  not  skipped  a  menstrual  period. 


INSTRUxMENTS — UTERINE  SOUND.  57 

3.  Determine  position  of  uterus  by  a  careful  examination. 

4.  Curve  sound  to  the  curve  of  the  uterus. 

5.  Cleanse  the  vagina  with  an  antiseptic  solution.  This  is  of  im- 
portance to  avoid  carrying  septic  material  from  vagina  to  uterus  by 
the  sound.  I^or  this  reason  it  is  always  wiser  to  introduce  the  sound 
with  the  aid  of  a  speculum,  which  separates  the  vaginal  walls  and 
enables  you  to  reach  the  os  directly. 

6.  Position  of  the  patient : — 

This  is  largely  a  matter  of  choice,  but  in  this  country  the  dorsal 
position  is  usually  selected,  and  it  has  the  advantage  that  in  this 
position  the  bimanual  may  be  easily  combined  with  the  use  of  the 
sound. 

How  would  you  introduce  the  sound  with  patient  in  the  dor- 
sal position  ? 

Having  mtroduced  a  speculum  and  thoroughly  cleansed  the 
vagina,  be  sure  your  sound  is  aseptic  and  then  pass  it  by  sight 
directly  into  the  os.  The  introduction  is  often  most  easily  accom- 
plished if  the  uterine  body  lies  forward  by  starting  the  sound  with 
its  concavity  backward,  then,  when  the  point  is  engaged  in  the  cer- 
vical canal,  turning  the  sound,  not  by  rotating  the  shank,  but  by 
making  the  handle  describe  a  semicircle  from  behind,  to  the  left 
and  forward  ;  the  point  of  the  instrument  remaining  nearly  station- 
ary. By  depressing  the  handle  toward  the  perineum,  the  sound 
will  then  usually  pass  without  trouble.  If  the  point  catches  in  the 
crypts  of  the  cervix,  slight  motion  will  usually  disengage  it. 

What  variation  in  this  procedure  would  you  make  if  the 
fundus  lay  posteriorly? 

Having  introduced  the  sound  into  the  cervix  as  before,  with  con- 
cavity backward,  continue  the  introduction  without  the  semicircular 
motion  of  the  handle= 

In  this  position  of  the  fundus  the  sound  is  sometimes  most  easily 
introduced  by  a  maneuver  similar  to  that  in  the  preceding  case  but 
in  the  opposite  direction,  viz.,  starting  with  the  concavity  of  the 
sound  forward,  make  the  handle  describe  a  semicircle  from  before 
backward. 


58  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

How  would  you  pass  the  sound  in  a  marked  case  of  ante- 
flexion ? 

If  the  uterus  is  anteflexed,  the  introduction  of  the  sound  is  facih- 
tated  by  curving  the  sound  sharply,  and  drawing  down  and  steady- 
ing the  cervix  with  a  bullet  forceps. 

How  would  you  introduce  the  sound  with  patient  in  Sims' 
position  ? 

Here,  as  in  the  dorsal  position  of  the  patient,  the  introduction 
of  the  sound  should  be  preceded  by  the  introduction  of  the  specu- 
lum and  the  cleansing  of  the  vagina  and  cervix  ;  the  sound  rendered 
aseptic  is  then  passed  by  sight  directly  into  the  os  without  being 
allowed  to  touch  the  vaginal  walls ;  in  this  way  the  introduction  of 
sepsis  into  the  uterus  is  avoided.  The  further  introduction  of  the 
sound  may  be  continued  with  the  concavity  forward,  or  starting 
with  the  concavity  backward  the  semicircular  motion  of  the  handle 
from  behind  forward  may  sometimes  be  employed  with  advantage. 

If  the  uterus  lies  posterior,  the  sound  can  usually  be  introduced 
directly  with  its  concavity  backward. 

What  are  the  uses  of  the  uterine  sound? 
(a)  To  determine — 1.  The  length  of  uterine  canal. 

2.  Its  permeability. 

3.  Its  direction. 

4.  Condition  of  endometrium. 

5.  Growths  in  uterus. 

6.  Relation  of  uterus  to  tumors. 
(h)  To  replace  a  displaced  uterus. 

The  mobility  of  the  uterus  and  the  relation  of  cervix  and  body 
should  be  determined  by  the  bimanual,  not  by  the  sound. 
The  sound  is  wisely  much  less  used  now  than  formerly. 

What  are  the  dangers  in  the  use  of  the  sound  ? 

1.  Pelvic  peritonitis  or  cellulitis,  from  introduction  of  sepsis. 

2.  Abortion. 

3.  Hemorrhage,  especially  in  malignant  disease. 

4.  Perforation  of  uterine  walls. 


INSTRUMENTS — TENTS.  59 


Uterine  Probe. 

Give  its  description  and  uses. 

The  uterine  probe  is  usually  a  slimmer  instrument  than  the  sound, 
made  of  silver,  hard  mbber  or  whalebone,  with  end  slightly  bulbous. 
Except  in  cases  of  stenosis,  it  is  harder  to  introduce  than  the  sound, 
and  of  less  general  value.  It  should  be  introduced  by  sight,  while 
cervix  is  steadied  with  a  tenaculum. 


Uterine  Applicator. 

Give  its  description  and  uses. 

It  is  usually  made  of  a  piece  of  flexible  steel  or  copper  wire 
flattened  at  one  end  and  attached  to  a  handle  at  the  other.  It  is 
used  to  apply  medication  to  the  uterine  mucosa.  The  applicator  is 
thrust  into  a  small  piece  of  cotton  held  between  the  thumb  and 
finger.  It  is  then  rotated  until  the  cotton  is  so  firmly  twisted  about 
the  end  that  it  cannot  be  easily  pulled  ofi".  It  is  then  dipped  into 
the  fluid  to  be  used  and  inserted  in  the  same  manner  as  the  uterine 
sound.  As  a  general  rule  it  is  safer  to  make  such  applications  only 
to  the  cervix. 

Dilators. 

What  are  the  methods  of  dilating  the  cervical  canal  ? 

1.  By  tents. 

2.  By  graduated  hard  dilators. 

3.  By  dilators  of  the  glove-stretcher  variety. 

4.  By  elastic  dilators — Barnes'  bag  or  Allen's  pump. 

Tents. 

What  do  you  mean  by  a  tent  as  employed  in  gynaecology  ? 
Give  the  varieties  in  use. 
A  tent  is  a  cone  of  some  expansile  material,  which,  by  absorption 
of  moisture,  expands  after  introduction  into  the  cervix  sufficiently, 
both  in  extent  and  force,  to  dUate  the  canal. 


60  ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

There  are  several  varieties  of  tents  in  use,  named  according  to 
their  material. 

1.  Sponge. 

2.  Sea-tangle  (Laminaria  digitata). 

3.  Tupelo  (Nyssa  aquatilis). 

4.  Cornstalk. 

What  are  the  merits  of  each  ? 

The  sponge  tent  expands  easily,  but  it  is  the  most  dangerous  of 
all,  from  the  fact  that  it  absorbs  so  readily  material  which  easily 
becomes  septic. 

The  sea-tangle  tent  is  less  dangerpus  than  the  preceding,  and 
dilates  well,  but  it  expands  unevenly,  and  its  edges  are  rough  after 
expansion. 

The  tupelo  tent  is  the  best  of  all.  It  expands  evenly  and  smoothly, 
and  is  the  least  liable  to  cause  sepsis. 

The  cornstalk  is  feeble  in  action  and  seldom  used. 

What  are  the  indications  for  the  use  of  tents  ? 

1.  To  dilate  the  cervical  canal  for  purposes  of  diagnosis  or  opera- 
tion. 
2    To  check  hemorrhage. 

What  are  the  merits  of  tents  for  these  uses  ? 

The  employment  of  tents  has  greatly,  and  very  wisely,  diminished 
of  late.  For  diagnostic  purposes  they  are  still  occasionally  employed 
to  dilate  the  cervical  canal,  so  that  the  finger  can  be  introduced,  but 
they  are  dangerous,  slow  and  painful,  and  we  have,  in  most  cases, 
better  means,  in  dilators  of  the  glove-stretcher  variety,  for  accom- 
plishing the  same  result. 

The  use  of  tents  to  check  hemorrhage  was  chiefly  in  abortion  ;  the 
dilatation  of  the  canal  being  sought  for  at  the  same  time.  We  now 
have  better  means. 

What  are  the  preliminaries  to  the  use  of  tents  ? 

All  antiseptic  precautions  should  be  observed.     Patient  should 
have  an  antiseptic  vaginal  douche. 
You  should  determine  accurately  the  position  of  the  uterus. 
Tents  should  be  curved  to  the  direction  of  the  canal. 


INSTRUMENTS— GRADUATED    HARD   DILATORS.  61 

A  string  should  be  passed  through  the  tent,  for  ease  in  with- 
drawal. 
Patient  should  be  in  Sims'  position. 

How  would  you  introduce  a  tent  ? 

1.  Introduce  Sims'  speculum ;  draw  down  cervix  with  volsella, 
then  taking  the  tent  in  a  pair  of  dressing  forceps  or  on  a  tent  car- 
rier, pass  it  into  cervical  canal  by  sight ;  insert  a  tampon  and  give 
an  opium  suppository. 

What  should  be  the  future  treatment  of  the  case  ? 

Tents  should  not  be  left  in  over  6-12  hours ;  sponge  tents  not 
over  6  hours.     In  removing  a  tent,  do  not  rotate  it. 

Patient  must  remain  in  bed  for  24  hours,  and  not  leave  the  house 
for  3-4  days. 

Graduated  Hard  Dilators. 

Describe  them. 

There  are  several  varieties  in  common  use,  among  which  are  Peas- 
lee's,  Kammerer's,  Hank's,  etc. 

The  first  two  resemble  male  sounds,  except  that  the  curve  is  less 
acute,  and  at  2J  inches  there  is  a  bulb. 

Hank's  dilators  consist  of  two  sounds  on  each  handle,  one  at  each 
end.     They  are  often  made  in  sets  of  six  and  of  hard  rubber. 

Ordinary  male  sounds,  Nos.  15  to  18,  French,  may  often  be  sub- 
stftuted  for  the  dilators  just  mentioned. 

What  are  indications  for  the  use  of  graduated  hard  dilators  ? 

1.  By  themselves  to  dilate  a  stenosis  of  the  cervix  causing  dys- 
menorrhoea  or  sterility.  Under  stenosis  here  is  included  that  caused 
by  flexions. 

2.  To  maintain  a  dilatation  produced  by  one  of  the  more  power- 
ful dilators. 

Describe  the  mode  of  employment  of  these  graduated  hard 
dilators. 

Place  the  patient  in  the  dorsal  position ;  thoroughly  cleanse  the 
vagina  and  expose  the  cervix  with  a  speculum  ;  draw  down  and  hold 
cervix  with  a  tenaculum  or  volsella ;  introduce  dilator  by  sight,  as 


62  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNAECOLOGY. 

you  would  the  uterine  sound,  beginning  with  the  smallest  size  and 
increasing  to  the  largest.  Pack  the  vagina  loosely  with  iodoform 
gauze  or  sterilized  gauze. 

In  employing"  these  graduated  dilators  for  stenosis  of  cervix 
causing  obstructive  dysmenorrhoea,  how  often  should 
they  be  introduced  ? 

It  is  usually  necessaiy  to  introduce  them  once  a  week  during  the 
first  Dionth,  and  once  or  twice  a  month  for  a  few  months  afterward  ; 
exercising  each  time  the  same  antiseptic  precautions. 

Describe  the  dilators  of  the  glove-stretcher  variety. 

The  two  chief  styles  of  these  are  the  Sims  and  EUinger's ;  in  the 
latter  of  which  the  blades  are  caused  to  move  parallel,  and  on  the 
handle  there  is  a  graduated  scale.  There  are  numerous  modifica- 
tions of  these  dilators,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  Wylie's  and 
Goodell's. 

What  are  the  indications  for  the  employment  of  these  dila- 
tors? 

The  same  indications  obtain  as  for  the  preceding,  and  in  addition 
where  a  more  complete  dilatation  of  the  cervix  is  desired. 

The  first  and  more  complete  dilatation  is  often  performed  with  a 
dilator  of  this  class,  and  then  the  dilatation  maintained  by  the 
graduated  hard  dilators. 

What  are  the  preliminaries  to  the  use  of  the  glove-stretcher 
dilators  ? 

The  patient  should  have  an  antiseptic  douche,  and  for  complete 
dilatation,  anaesthesia. 

Describe  the  method  of  employing  these  dilators. 

The  patient  is  usually  placed  in  the  dorsal  position.  Retract  the 
perineum  with  a  Simon's  speculum  ;  thoroughly  cleanse  the  vagina 
and  cervix ;  draw  down  and  steady  the  cervix  with  a  bullet  forceps 
and  introduce  dilator  to  the  shoulder,  separate  blades  gradually  to 
the  desired  extent,  being  careful  that  the  instrument  does  not  slip 
suddenly  and  lacerate  the  cervix.  While  most  of  the  dilatation  is 
performed  in  the  lateral-diameter  of  the  cervix,  it  is  often  well  to 
rotate  the  dilator  and  dilate  somewhat  in  other  diameters.     The 


ELASTIC   DILATORS — STEM   PESSARIES.  63 

dilatation  may  also  be  performed  with  the  patient  in  Sims'  posi- 
tion and  with  the  aid  of  Sims'  speculum. 

To  what  extent  should  you  carry  the  dilatation? 

Usually  from  J  to  1  inch. 


ELASTIC  DILATORS. 
Barnes'  Bags,  Allen's  Pump. 

Describe  them  and  the  method  of  using^  them. 

They  consist  of  India-rubber  bags,  of  different  sizes,  the  former 
being  fiddle-shaped,  the  latter  more  elongated.  They  are  intro- 
duced under  strict  antiseptic  precautions,  in  a  collajosed  condition, 
and  are  then  slowly  distended  with  air  or  water,  usually  the  former  ; 
the  Barnes'  bags  by  means  of  a  Davidson's  syringe,  Allen's  by  the 
pump. 

What  are  the  advantages  of  these  elastic  dilators  ? 

Their  method  more  closely  resembles  the  physiological  method  of 
dilating  the  cervix ;  the  dilatation  can  be  made  extensive  ;  the 
danger  of  laceration  of  the  cervix  is  slight. 

What  are  the  dangers  of  mechanical  dilatation  ? 

Laceration  of  the  cervix. 
Endometritis. 
Salpingitis. 
Peritonitis. 

Stem  Pessaries. 

Describe  them  and  their  uses. 

They  consist  of  a  hard-rubber  or  non-corrosive  metal  rod  about  If 
inches  long,  at  one  end  of  which  a  wide  flange  projects  to  keep  the 
pessary  from  slipping  too  far  into  the  uterus.  There  is  usually  a 
groove  in  the  rod  or  else  it  is  hollow  to  allow  the  escape  of  secretion. 
Their  use,  which  is  to  maintain  a  dilatation  of  the  cervix,  accom^ 
plished  in  one  of  the  above-mentioned  waj^s,  is  attended  with  con- 
siderable danger. 


04  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

The  Curette. 

Describe  it. 

The  curette  consists  usually  of  a  loop  of  wire,  either  blunt  or 
sharp,  on  a  rather  long  shank,  used  for  scraping  irregularities  or  new 
growths  from  the  endometrium. 

Occasionally,  it  is  made  like  a  small  cup,  with  a  sharp  edge,  at- 
tached to  a  long  shank.     Simon's  spoon  is  of  this  descrij)tion. 

What  are  the  varieties  in  common  use  ? 

Thomas'  wire  loop,  dull  and  flexible. 
Sims'  curette. 
Recamier  curette. 
Simon's  spoon. 

What  is  the  value  of  the  curette  ? 

It  is  a  very  valuable  instrument,  both  for  diagnosis  and  treatment. 

a.  For  diagnosis,  to  scrape  away  some  of  the  contents  of  the 
uterus  for  examination,  to  determine  the  cause  of  hemorrhage. 

h.  For  treatment,  to  scrape  away  villous  growths,  which,  by  their 
vascularity,  easily  cause  hemorrhage. 

In  malignant  disease  o:^the  utems,  the  curette  is  also  of  value  to 
remove  sloughing  masses. 

What  are  the  preliminaries  to  the  use  of  the  curette  ? 

The  patient  should  be  anaesthetized,  placed  in  the  dorsal  position 
on  a  Kelly's  pad,  and  knees  supported  with  a" leg-holder.  The  va- 
gina should  be  scrubbed  with  soap  and  water ;  an  antiseptic  douche 
should  be  given,  and  all  antisevttic  precautions  should  be  observed 
in  regard  to  instruments,  hands,  etc. 

The  perineum  should  be  retracted  with  a  Simon's  or  Sims'  spec- 
ulum ;  cervix  drawn  down  and  steadied  with  a  bullet  forceps,  then 
dilated. 

A  gentle  curettage  can  sometimes  be  performed  without  anaesthe- 
sia, but  for  the  thorough  operation  anesthesia  is  usually  necessary. 

Describe  briefly  the  method  of  curettage. 

After  dilatation  of  the  cervix,  the  curette  should  be  introduced 
very  gently  until  the  fundus  of  the  uterus  is  reached,  then  with- 
drawn with  the  working  edge  of  the  instrument  pressed  firmly 
against  the  wall  of  the  uterus.  This  process  is  repeated  until  the 
walls  of  the  uterus  feel  smooth.     The  cavity  of  the  uterus  should 


VULVITIS,  65 

then  be  irrigated  with  an  aseptic  or  antiseptic  solution.  If  necessary 
to  check  hemorrhage  or  to  maintain  dilatation  a  strip  of  gauze  may 
then  be  introduced.  As  a  rule,  gauze  packing  in  the  uterus  hinders 
ratlier  than  helps  drainage  of  its  cavity.  The  patient  should  be 
confined  to  bed  for  several  days. 

What  are  the  danglers  of  the  curette  ? 

Perforation  of  the  uterus ;  septic  inflammation  of  the  uterus  or 
its  adnexa ;  peritonitis. 

Vulvitis. 

What  are  the  varieties  ? 

1.  Simple  catarrhal,  acute  or  chronic 

2.  Gonorrhceal ; 
-    3.  Phlegmonous ; 

4.  Croupous; 

5.  Gangrenous ; 
h.  Occurring  in  adults  :  Follicular. 


a.  Occuning    in  both 
children  and  adults  : 


I.  Acute  Simple  Catarrhal  Vulvitis 

What  are  the  causes  ? 

Lack  of  cleanliness  ; 

Stnimous  diathesis  ; 

Discharges  from  cervix,  or  vagina  ; 

InjuHes  or  friction  from  exercise  ; 

^ '^    "i'lrlmtion  ; 

j.^,,.. !,  ai'd,  or  oTOf^'^sivp  .'oifrt^  : 

Pt-t'gnancy ; 

Foreign  bodioir  ; 

Parasites ; 

Acute  exanthemata. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

General  malaise  ;  some  local  pain  and  burning  ;  parts  are  oedema- 
tous,  congested,  covered  with  a  glairy,  mucous,  excoriating  discharge, 
which  may  extend  to  the  urethra. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Rest  in  bed  ;  warm  sitz-baths ;  lead  and  opium  wash  frequently 
apphed  to  the  vulva  ;  Hnt  soaked  m  it  kept  between  the  labia.    Bis- 

5 


66  ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

muth,  starch,  or  borax  may  with  advantage  be  dusted  on  the  vulva 
in  the  intervals  between  the  appHcations  of  the  lead  and  opium 
wash.  If  the  vulvitis  is  from  ascarides,  employ  enemata  of  infusion 
of  quassia,  §  ij-Oj. 

Chronic  Catarrhal  Vulvitis. 

Describe  its  occurrence  and  course. 

Catan'hal  vulvitis  in  children  is  most  apt  to  be  chronic  ;  it  is  seen 
most  frequently  in  strumous  children,  often  with  no  histoiy  of  the 
acute  stage. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

1.  Discomfort  in  walking  and  in  micturition  ; 

2.  Pruritus ; 

3.  Stains  on  hnen. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Build  up  the  constitution  by  tonics  and  fresh  air ;  observe  cleanli- 
ness ;  if  much  discomfort,  use  lead  and  opium  wash,  followed  later 
by  nitrate  of  silver  (gr.  x-^j)  apphed  to  the  vulva  ;  bismuth  or 
borax  being  dusted  on  between  the  lotions. 

II.    GrONORRH(EAL  YULVITIS. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  is  produced  either  directly  by  intercourse  with  one  who  has 
contracted  gonorrhoea,  or  indirectly  by  soiled  hnen,  instruments,  etc. 

ttliat  is  the  diagnostic  value  of  Neisser's  gonococcus,  found 
in  the  discharge  ? 

The  gonococcus  of  Neisser  is  the  sole  cause  of  gonorrhoea,  and  the 
disease  can  only  be  transmitted  through  its  agency. 

Give  an  account  of  the  gonococcus  and  its  inflammations. 

The  gonococcus  is  a  diplococcus  pathogenic  only  for  man.  It  is 
found  in  the  discharges  of  gonorrhoea!  inflammations  and  is  usually 
contained  in  the  cell  body  of  pus  cells. 

It  is  not  stained  by  Gram's  method,  and  grows  only  on  culture- 
media  containing  blood-serum. 


VULVITIS.  67 

Its  usual  inflammations  are  those  of  the  genital  tract,  but  it  may 
cause  conjunctivitis,  synovitis,  or  malignant  endocarditis.  The 
gonococous  very  rarely  produces  a  general  peritonitis. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  it  is  ever  the  direct  cause  of  cystitis. 

It  is  rarely  found  associated  with  other  bacteria  in  its  lesions. 
The  female  genital  organs  most  often  the  seat  of  gonorrhoea  are  the 
urethra,  vulvo-vaginal  glands,  cervical  and  corporeal  endometrium, 
and  the  Fallopian  tubes. 

Upon  what  points  would  you  base  a  diagnosis  of  gonorrhoea 
in  the  female? 

Absence  of  history  of  labor,  abortion  or  use  of  instruments,  sud- 
den onset  of  symptoms,  moderate  rise  of  temperature,  as  a  rule, 
without  chill,  yellow  purulent  discharge,  urethritis.  Bartholinitis,  or 
redness  about  the  orifice  of  its  duct.  Any  or  all  of  these  signs  may 
be  present.  The  diagnosis  becomes  positive  when  the  gonococcus 
can  be  identified.     It  is  best  sought  for  in  the  urethral  pus. 

What  is  the  differential  diagnosis  between  gonorrhceal  vul- 
vitis and  acute  simple  catarrhal  vulvitis  ? 

In  gonorrhoeal  vulvitis,  the  onset  is  more  violent ;  more  fever, 
pain,  and  oedema ;  the  inflammation  extends  up  the  vagina,  urethra, 
and  vulvo-vaginal  glands ;  pus  can  often  be  pressed  out  of  the 
urethra ;  gonococci  can  be  found  in  the  discharge ;  often  warts  or 
buboes  are  present,  and  sometimes  gonorrhoeal  rheumatism. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  gonorrhoeal  vulvitis  ? 

Keep  patient  quiet ;  give  light  diet ;  keep  bowels  open ;  disinfect 
t-he  parts  with  bichloride  1-5000,  or  lysol  1-100  or  200 ;  then  have 
the  parts  irrigated  every  hour  or  two  with  borax  water  3j-0j.  If 
discomfort  is  very  great,  lead  and  opium  wash  may  be  frequently 
applied  to  the  vulva,  and  patient  may  take  warm  sitz-baths.  The 
labia  should  be  kept  separated  with  lint  or  gauze  smeared  with  some 
simple  antiseptic  ointment. 

If  the  vulvitis  tends  to  become  chronic,  apply  nitrate  of  silver, 
gr.  x-xx-^j. 


68  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

m.  Phlegmonous  Vulvitis. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  may  arise  from  the  following  : — 
Traumatism ; 
Irritating  discharges ; 
Acute  exanthemata ; 
Furunculosis. 

What  are  its  pathology  and  symptoms  ? 

It  is  a  circumscribed  or  diffuse  suppurative  process  manifesting 
itself  by  the  following  sj^mptoms : — 

a.  Subjective  :  Heat  and  pain,  increased  by  standing  orwalkingc 

b.  Objective  :    Congestion,  sweUing,  indui'ation ;   later,  suppura- 

tion. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  phlegmonous  vulvitis  ? 

a.  Pudendal  hernia ; 

b.  Dislocated  ovary ; 

c.  Hydrocele  of  round  ligament ; 

d.  Haematoma  of  vulva. 

How  would  you  differentiate  phlegmonous  vulvitis  from  pu- 
dendal hernia  ? 
Phlegmonous  Vulvitis         vs.  Pudendal  Hernia, 

Signs  of  acute  inflammation.  None    unless    strangulated,    or 

injured. 
Dullness  on  percussion.  Tympanitic  on  j^ercussion. 

No  impulse  on  coughing.  ImjDulse  on  coughing. 

Not  reducible.  Usually  reducible. 

History  of  traumatism,  etc.  History  of  strain. 

How  would  you  differentiate  phlegmonous  vulvitis  from  a 
dislocated  ovary  ? 

Phlegmonous  Yidvitis         vs.  Dislocated  Ovary. 

Signs  of  acute  inflammation.  Usually  absent. 

Gradual  development.  Sudden  development. 

No  especial  exacerbation  during      Larger  and  more  sensitive  during 

menstruation.  menstniation. 

No  sense  of  ovarian  compression      Peculiar  sensation  when  pressed. 

when  pressed  upon. 
Not  the  shape  of  an  ovary.  Has  the  shape  of  an  ovaiy. 


VULVITIS.  69 

How  would  you  differentiate  phlegmonous  vulvitis   from 
hydrocele  of  the  round  ligament  ? 

Phlegmonous  Vulvitis  vs.  Hydrocele  of  Round  lAgament. 

Signs  of  acute  inflammation.  No  signs  of  acute  inflammation. 

Opaque.  Translucent. 

Never   communicates  with   ab-       Sometimes  communicates  with 
dominal  cavity.  abdominal  cavity. 

How  would  you   differentiate  phlegmonous  vulvitis   from 
haematoma  of  vulva  ? 

Phlegmonous  Vulvitis  vs.  Pbrniatom^a  of  Vulva. 

Grradual  formation.  Sudden  onset. 

Less    frequent    during   parturi-      More  frequent  during  parturi- 
tion, tion. 

Color,  red.  Color,  purplish. 

First  hard,  then  soft.  First  soft,  then  hard. 

Less  often  preceded  by  varicosi-      More  often  preceded  by  varicosi- 
ties, ties. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  phlegmonous  vulvitis? 
Tonics:  Arsenic,  quinine,  etc. 
Wet  antiseptic  dressings,  as  gauze  soaked  in  cool  aluminium 

acetate  solution.      When  pus  has  formed,  open,  drain,  and  dress 

antiseptically. 

lY.  Croupous  Vulvitis. 

Give  the  etiology,  symptoms,  and  treatment. 

A  vulvar  inflammation  with  the  formation  of  a  false  membrane 

may  be  due  to  diphtheria  or    other  infectious   disease,  including 

r>"'^'*'^'^-'"i    'nfection.      True   diphtheria  may  appear   first   on   the 

the  membrane   resembling   that  of  pharyngeal  diphtheria. 

'     rnt  is  that  of  the  infectious  disease  with  local  use  of 

V.  Gangrenous  Vulvitis. 

Give  the  etiology  and  treatment. 

Gangrenous  vulvitis  is  most  frequently  found  complicating  preg- 
nancy, severe  types  of  acute  exanthemata,  and  very  violent  cases  of 
vulvitis  of  other  varieties.  The  treatment  consists  of  constitutional 
tonics  and  local  antiseptics. 


70  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

VI.  Follicular  Vulvitis. 

Give  the  pathology. 

Follicular  vulvitis  is  an  inflammation  of  the  mucous  and  sebaceous 
glands  and  hair  follicles  of  the  vulva  ;  all  may  be  simultaneously 
affected,  or  one  set  alone  involved. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  occurs  only  in  adults  ;  any  of  the  causes  of  simple  acute  catarrhal 
vuhdtis  may  produce  it ;  among  the  most  common  are  the  follow- 
ing :— 

a.  Lack  of  cleanHness  ; 

h.  Discharges  from  above,  especially  senile  leucorrhoea ; 

c.  Pregnancy ; 

d.  Acute  exanthemata. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

a.  Subjective : — 

Local  heat  and  pain ; 
Pruritus  ; 

Increased  secretion ; 
Hyperaesthesia ; 

Vaginismus  occasionally  present ; 

Vulvar  extremity  of  urethra  is  sometimes  affected,  then  ardor 
urinae  results. 
h.  Objective: — 

The  mucous  membrane  appears  very  red  in  spots,  resembling  the 
papillae  of  the  tongue.  When  the  sebaceous  glands  and  hair  follicles 
are  chiefly  affected,  they  will  be  found  as  little  round  red  papiUae,  scat- 
tered over  labia  and  base  of  prepuce  and  clitoris,  not  on  vestibule ; 
later,  a  drop  of  pus  appears  in  the  apex  of  these  papillae  ;  they  then 
disappear. 

How  would  you  treat  a  case  of  follicular  vulvitis  ? 

Pay  strict  attention  to  cleanliness ;  duiing  the  acute  stage  use 
mild  antiseptic  lotions,  as  borax  water  (3j-0j)  or  alum-acetate  solu- 
tion; later,  apply  nitrate  of  silver  (gr.  x-^j).  Bismuth  or  calomel 
may  be  used  as  a  dusting  powder ;  keep  labia  separated. 


CYST  AND  ABSCESS  OF  VULVO- VAGINAL  GLAND.  /I 

Cyst  and  Abscess  of  Vulvo- vaginal  Gland. 

Cyst  of  Vulvo-vaginal  Gland. 

Give  the  etiology  and  pathology. 

A  cyst  of  the  Barthohnian  or  vulvo-vaginal  gland  is  formed  by  a 
distention  of  the  duct,  or  gland  itself,  caused  by  any  occlusion  of  the 
duct,  especially  from  inflammation,  either  simple  catarrhal  or  gon- 
orrhoeal.  A  cyst  of  the  duct  is  more  elongated  than  of  the  gland 
itself ;  a  cyst  of  the  gland  is  occasionally  multiple. 

Abscess  of  the  Vulvo-vaginal  GtLand. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  causes  of  a  vulvitis  may  produce  abscess  of  the  vulvo-vaginal 
gland  ;   gonorrhoea  is  the  most  common  cause. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Pain  ;  heat ;  swelling  and  redness,  especially  near  orifice  of  duct ; 
it  is  tender  on  pressure  ;  at  first  hard,  later  fluctuating. 

How  could  you  diflferentiate  a  cyst  from  an  abscess  of  the 
vulvo-vaginal  gland  ? 

Cyst  vs.  Abscess. 

Gives  no  signs  of  inflammation.       Shows  inflammation . 
Insensitive  to  pressure.  Sensitive  to  pressure. 

Duration  long.  Duration  shorter. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  a  cyst  of  the  vulvo-vaginal  gland  ? 

The  usual  treatment  is  to  excise  an  elliptical  area  of  mucous  mem- 
brane over  the  sac  on  its  inner  surface  ;  this  exposes  the  sac ; 
now  cut  out  a  large  ellipse  from  it ;  empty  the  sac,  pack  it  with 
iodoform  gauze,  and  apply  an  antiseptic  outside  dressing. 

A  better  plan  is  usually  to  dissect  out  the  whole  sac,  if  possible, 
and  bring  together  the  edges  of  the  wound  with  catgut ;  then  apply 
an  antiseptic  dressing  as  before. 

From  what  may  you  get  considerable  hemorrhage  in  extir- 
pating the  sac  ? 

From  the  transversus  perinei  artery,  and  from  the  bulbs  of  the 
vagina. 


72  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

How  would  you  treat  an  abscess  of  the  vulvo-vaginal  gland  ? 

Before  the  presence  of  pus  is  detected,  keep  the  patient  quiet  in 
bed ;  appl}''  soothing  lotions  like  alum-acetate  solution.  As  soon 
as  pus  is  detected,  proceed  as  with  the  cj'st  till  sac  is  opened, 
then  with  a  sharp  curette  scrape  the  interior  of  sac  wall ;  irrigate 
with  bichloride  (1-1000) ;  pack  with  iodoform  gauze,  and  appl^^  an 
antiseptic  outside  dressing  of  iodoform  gauze,  bichloride  gauze, 
absorbent  cotton  and  a  T- bandage. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  vulvo-vaginal  cyst  or 
abscess  ? 

From  hernia  and  phlegmonous  vulvitis. 

How  would  you  differentiate  vulvo-vaginal  cyst  or  abscess 
from  hernia  ? 

Cyst  or  Abscess  vs.                   Hernia. 

No  impulse  on  coughing.  Impulse  on  coughing. 

Irreducible.  Usually  reducible. 

DuU  on  percussion.  Tympanitic  on  percussion. 

Abscess  shows  signs  of  inflam-  None,   unless    strangulated,   or 

mation.  injured. 

More  circumscribed.  Less  circumscribed. 

How  would  you  differentiate  abscess  of  vulvo-vaginal  gland 
from  phlegmonous  vulvitis  ? 
The  vulvo-vaginal  abscess  is  more  distinctly  circumscribed  and 
globular ;  the  phlegmonous  vulvitis  is  more  diffuse. 


Pudendal  Hernia. 
Describe. 

The  process  of  peritoneum  which  follows  the  round  ligament 

through  the  inguinal  canal  to  its  termination  in  the  labium  majus  is 

usually  obliterated  at  birth  ;  occasionally  this  obliteration  does  not 

occur,  and  this  channel,  called  the  canal  of  Nuck,  furnishes  a  path 

for  hernia.     The  hernia  may  consist  of  intestine,  omentum,  ovary  oi 

bladder.     The  uterus  has  even  been  said  to  follow  this  canal. 

What  are  the  causes  ? 
Blows,  falls,  coughing  or  violent  muscular  exertion. 


PUDENDAL   HEMATOCELE.  73 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  patient  experiences  a  feeling  of  discomfort,  especially  on 
walking,  and  finds  a  swelling,  which,  if  intestine,  presents  the  fol- 
lowing features :  It  gives  an  impulse  on  coughing ;  is  tympanitic 
on  percussion;  can  usually  be  reduced,  and,  unless  strangulated, 
or  injured,  presents  no  signs  of  inflammation. 

If  the  hernia  consists  of  an  ovary,  it  gives  the  ovarian  sensation 
on  pressure,  and  its  size  and  tenderness  are  both  increased  during 
menstruation. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Place  patient  on  her  back,  with  knees  elevated  ;  reduce  by  gentle 
taxis,  if  possible,  and  apply  a  suitable  truss.  If  strangulation  has 
occurred,  a  suro^ical  operation  is  necessary.  If  the  hernia  consists 
of  an  ovary  which  has  become  adherent,  protect  it  from  pressure  by 
a  hollow  pad,  or  if  it  occasions  great  distress,  remove  it. 

Pudendal  Hsematocele. 

What  are  the  synonyms  ? 
Haematoma  or  thrombus  of  vulva. 

Define. 

Pudendal  haematocele  (better  haematomaj  consist  of  an  effusion 
of  blood  into  the  tissue  of  the  vulvo-vaginal  region,  usually  into  one 
labium,  or  into  the  areolar  tissue  surrounding  the  vaginal  walls. 

What  is  the  etiology? 

Pudendal  haematocele  is  predisposed  to  by  any  condition  causing, 
or  accompanied  by,  a  dilatation  of  the  vessels  of  the  vulva  :— 

Pregnancy ; 
Tumors ; 
Varicocele ; 
Labor. 
The  exciting  causes  are  blows,  falls,  muscular  efforts,  etc. 

Describe  the  symptoms  and  course. 
The  patient  experiences  pain  of  a  tearing  character,  which,  if  the 


74  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

effusion  is  large,  may  be  accompanied  by  faintness.  Sometimes  tbe 
effusion  presses  on  the  urethra  and  causes  difficulty  in  micturition. 
The  swelling  is  at  first  soft ;  later,  hard. 

If  small,  it  is  usually  absorbed  ;  it  sometimes  remains  for  a  long 
time ;  sometimes  suppurates. 

How  would  you  differentiate   pudendal  haematocele  from 
hernia  ? 

Pudendal  Hcematocele  vs.  Hernia. 

History.  History. 

No  impulse  on  coughing.  Impulse  on  coughing. 

Dull  on  percussion.  Tympanitic. 

Irreducible.  Usually  reducible. 

First  soft,  then  hard.  More  uniform. 

How  would  you  treat  a  case  of  pudendal  haematocele  ? 

While  effusion  is  in  progress,  apply  ice  and  pressure.  If  the 
effusion  is  large,  occurs  during  labor  and  obstnicts  the  passage  of  the 
head,  incise,  turn  out  the  clots  and  pack  with  iodoform  gauze.  If 
the  effusion  is  small,  apply  soothing  lotions  like  alum-acetate  solution ; 
if  suppuration  occurs  or  if  absorption  is  long  delaj'ed,  incise,  irrigate 
with  an  antiseptic  solution,  and  pack  with  iodoform  gauze. 


Hemorrhage  from  Vulva. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  predisposing  causes  are  the  same  as  for  pudendal  haemato- 
cele and  haematocele  itself   The  existing  causes  are  the  following  : — 
Violent  muscular  efforts ; 
Blows  ; 
Punctures  or  lacerations. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

If  it  is  a  ruptured  haematocele,  incise,  turn  out  the  clots  and  pack  ; 
otherwise,  catch  bleeding  points  and  ligature,  or  apply  pressure, 
assisted  by  a  tampon  in  the  vagina. 


ECZEMA  OF  THE  VtJLVA.  75 

Skin  Diseases  Affecting  the  Vulva. 

What  are  the  most  common? 

Erythema,  eczema,  and  herpes  are  most  frequentlj^  seen  ;  eczema 
may  be  acute  or  chronic. 

Erythema  of  the  Vulva. 

Give  the  etiology,  symptoms  and  treatment. 

Etiology. — Erythema  is  most  apt  to  occur  in  fleshy  people,  espe- 
cially in  hot  weather.     The  exciting  causes  are  : — 

Lack  of  cleanliness ; 
Irritating  discharges  ; 
Exercise. 
Symptoms.- — Tlie  parts  become  red,  sensitive,  often  excoriated  and 
painful,  especially  in  walking. 
Treatment. — Cleanliness ; 

Attention  to  bladder  and  urine  ; 
Desiccating  powders,  such  as  bismuth  subnitrate, 
oxide  of  zinc,  or  calomel. 

Eczema  of  the  Vulva. 

Give  the  etiology. 

Eczema  is  predisposed  to  by  fanctional  disturbance  of  the  gastro- 
intestinal tract,  gout  or  rheumatism  ;  it  is  especially  apt  to  occur  in 
women  near  the  menopause.  The  most  frequent  exciting  cause  is 
an  irritating  discharge  from  the  cervix  or  vagina. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  disease  may  be  acute  or  chronic.  In  the  acute  form,  the  parts 
become  reddened  and  oedematous  ;  vesicles  appear,  break  and  dis- 
charge a  thick,  tenacious  fluid,  which  forms  crusts.  The  subjective 
symptoms  are  severe  burning  and  itching. 

In  the  chronic  form,  the  parts  become  thickened  and  scaly ;  the 
subjective  symptoms  resemble  those  of  the  acute,  but  are  a  little 
less  marked. 


'J'6  ESSENTIALS  OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

In  the  acute  form,  observe  strict  cleanliness  ;  if  the  burning  is  vei-y 
severe,  use  alkaline  sitz-baths  and  sedative  lotions ;  later,  or  at  first 
if  burning  and  itching  are  not  intense,  an  ointment  like  the  follow- 
ing is  very  good: — 

R.    Acidi  salicylici, gr,  xv, 

Zinci  oxidi, ^ij  ss, 

Pulv.  amyli, .  .:^  ij  ss, 

Petrolati, ^j. 

M,    Sig. — Apply  locally. 

In  the  chronic  form,  use  the  same  treatment  during  the  exacerba- 
tions as  for  the  acute  ;  later,  an  ointment  containing  oil  of  cade  will 
be  found  of  value. 

What  are  the  most  common  parasites  found  on  the  vulva  ? 

The  pediculus  pubis,  or  crab  louse,  is  the  parasite  most  often  found 
infecting  the  vulva. 

The  acarus  scabiei,  or  itch  mite,  is  occasionally,  but  rarely,  found 
on  the  vulva  as  part  of  a  general  infection. 

Give  the  etiology,  symptoms  and  treatment  of  infection  with 
pediculi  pubis. 

Etiology. — The  pediculus  pubis  is  almost  always  conveyed  directly 
from  person  to  person,  usually  in  sexual  intercourse. 

Symptoins. — There  is  burning  and  itching ;  often  an  eruption 
resembling  eczema.  The  diagnosis  is  made  by  finding  the  pediculus 
closely  adherent  to  the  roots  of  the  hair. 

Treatment. — Any  one  of  the  following  : — 

Corrosive  sublimate,  1-1000 ; 
Tincture  of  delphinium ; 
Carbohc  5  per  cent,  solution. 

It  is  often  best  to  shave  the  pubes  before  applying  the  lotion  or 
ointment. 

Give  the  etiology,  symptoms  and  treatment  of  scabies  of  the 
vulva. 

Etiology. — The  acarus  scabiei  is  rarely  found  on  the  vulva,  but 
this  occasionally  occurs  as  part  of  a  general  infection. 


POINTED   CONDYLOMATA.  77 

Symptoms. — There  is  an  intense  pruritus,  worse  when  the  body  is 
warm.  The  diagnosis  is  made  by  finding  the  burrows  on  other  parts 
of  the  body,  especially  between  the  fingers. 

Treatment. — A  warm  soap  and  water  bath,  followed  by  an  oint- 
ment composed  of  sulphur  alone,  or  combined  with  balsam  of  Peru. 


New  Growths  of  the  Vulva. 

Mention  the  principal  new  growths  occurring  on  the  vulva? 

a,  Papillomata — 

1.  Simple ; 

2.  Pointed  condylomata ; 

3.  Syphilitic  condylomata. 
h.  Cyst  of  vulvo-vaginal  gland. 

c.  Carcinoma. 

d.  Sarcoma. 

e.  Elephantiasis. 
/  Fibromata. 

g.  Lipomata. 
Ti.  Neuromata. 
^.  Lupus. 


Simple  Papillomata. 

What  is  the  etiology  and  treatment  ? 

Etiology. — A  simple  papilloma,  or  wart,  occurs  rarely  on  the 
vulva  ;  it  is  usually  congenital  and  of  little  importance. 

Treatment. — It  may  be  destroyed  with  nitric  acid,  or  it  may  be 
excised  under  cocaine,  and  the  wound  closed  with  fine  sutures. 

Pointed  Condylomata. 

What  is  the  etiology  and  appearance  ? 

Pointed  condylomata,  or  gonorrhoeal  warts,  are  caused  by  the 
gonorrhoea!  poison ;  they  are  always  multiple,  and  occur  most  fre- 
quently on  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  labia  majora,  on  the  perineum 
and  about  the  anus ;  they  are  of  a  grayish  color  and  often  pediculated ; 


78  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNAECOLOGY. 

their  summit  is  divided  into  pointed  lobules.  When  on  the  skin, 
they  are  sometimes  dry  and  hard ;  on  a  mucous  surface  they  are 
soft.  In  some  cases  pointed  condylomata  appear  to  arise  from  an 
irritating  discharge,  the  gonorrhoeal  character  of  which  cannot  be 
proved. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  pointed  condylomata  ? 

The  best  treatment  is  to  cut  them  off  with  scissors  or  knife  and 
touch  the  base  with  nitric  acid  ;  under  the  use  of  cocaine  this  may 
be  made  practically  painless. 

Syphilitic  Condylomata. 

What  is  the  etiology,  appearance  and  treatment  ? 

Syphilitic  condylomata,  or  mucous  patches,  are  the  result  of  the 
syphilitic  poison.  They  are  broad  and  flat,  situated  most  frequently 
on  the  inner  surface  of  the  labia  majora,  and  usually  covered  with  a 
grayish,  mucus-hke  secretion.  According  to  Duhiing,  they  some- 
times take  on  a  more  warty  growth. 
Treatment. — Cleanhness ; 

Calomel  locally ; 

Constitutional  treatment  for  syphilis. 

Pruritus  Vulvae. 
Define. 

PiTuitus  vulvae,  a  symptom  rather  than  a  disease  per  se,  consists 
of  an  mitation  of  the  nerves  of  the  vulva,  accompanied  by  intense 
itching,  at  first  localized,  later  extending,  from  the  mechanical  irrita- 
tion of  scratching. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  predisposing  causes  ai'e  : — 

a.  Poor  health. 

h.  Disorders  of  the  digestive  tract. 

c.  Anything  producing  congestion  of  the  vulva,  such  as— 

Pregnancy ; 

Tumors  in  neighborhood ; 

Diseases  of  uterus  or  appendages ; 

Menopause. 


PRURITUS  VULV^.  79 

d.  Lack  of  cleanliness. 

The  exciting  causes  are  chiefly  the  following  : — 

1 .  Irritating  discharges  from  cervix,  vagina,  urethra  or  vulva. 

2.  Diabetic  urine. 

3.  Eruptions. 

4.  Parasites. 

5.  Masturbation. 

6.  Vegetations  on  vulva. 

7.  Kraurosis  vulvae.  This  is  an  atrophic  condition  of  the  vulva 
whose  cause  is  unknown.  It  begins  about  the  clitoris,  and  chiefly 
involves  clitoris,  vestibule,  and  labia  minora.  There  is  an  increase 
of  fibrous  tissue  in  the  mucous  membrane,  with  a  disappearance  of 
its  papillae,  giving  the  parts  a  smooth  white  appearance.  It  causes 
an  intense  itching  and  hyperaesthesia. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

An  intense  itching,  at  first  only  at  intervals  after  active  exercise, 
over-indulgence  at  the  table,  \juig  in  a  warm  bed,  or  sexual  inter- 
course. Later,  the  itching  becomes  constant ;  the  desire  to  scratch 
becomes  irresistible,  causing  the  patient  to  avoid  society ;  it  some- 
times leads  to  nervous  depression  and  melancholia. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

First  ascertain  the  cause,  if  possible. 

Build  up  the  general  health. 

Regulate  the  diet. 

ObseiTe  strict  cleanliness. 

Destroy  parasites  if  present. 

If  sugar  present  in  the  urine,  give  salicylate  of  soda. 

Treat  eruptions. 

If  there  is  an  acid  discharge  from  above,  tampon  vagina. 

Let  patient  use  frequent  warm  sitz-baths. 

Apply  any  one  of  the  following  : — 

Hot  lead  and  opium  wash  ; 

Carbolic  solution,  2-3  per  cent. ; 

Bismuth  or  calomel  dusted  on  vulva ; 

Nitrate  of  silver  (gr.  x-^j) ; 

Cocaine,  4  per  cent,  solution. 


80  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

Hyperaesthesia  of  the  Vulva. 
Describe. 

This  consists  of  an  excessive  sensibility  of  the  nerves  supplying  the 
mucous  membrane  of  some  portion  of  the  vulva. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  menopause  seems  to  predispose  to  it ;  also  the  hysterical  and 
melancholic  state.  An  irritable  urethral  caruncle  sometimes  acts  as 
an  exciting  cause.  A  peculiar  atrophic  condition  of  the  skin  of 
nymphse  and  vestibule,  called  krauroses  vulvae,  is  an  occasional  cause. 
Often  no  cause  can  be  assigned. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Hyperaesthesia,  especially  about  the  vestibule  and  labia  minora ; 
there  is  no  pruritus,  and  signs  of  inflammation  are  absent  except 
occasional  eiythematous  spots ;  dyspareunia  is  very  marked ;  the 
shghtest  friction  causes  pain. 

What  is  the  treatment? 
BuUd  up  the  constitution  with  tonics,  change  of  air,  etc. 
Interdict  sexual  intercourse. 
Administer  the  bromides  iaternally. 
Externally  apply  one  of  the  following  : — 

Carbolic  lotion,  2-3  per  cent ; 

Nitrate  of  silver  solution  (gr.  x-xx-^j) ; 

Lead  and  opium  wash  ; 

Four  per  cent,  solution  of  cocaine. 

Vaginismus. 

Define. 

Sims  defined  vaginismus  as  ' '  an  excessive  hyperaesthesia  of  the 
hymen  and  vulvar  outlet,  associated  with  such  involuntary  spasmodic 
contraction  of  the  sphincter  vaginae  muscle  as  to  prevent  coitus. ' ' 

What  is  the  pathology? 

There  are  usually  found  sensitive  papillae  about  the  base  of  the 
hymen ;  an  hypertrophy  of  the  papillae  and  connective  tissue  of  the 
hymen  ;  occasionally  the  lesion  seems  to  be  at  a  distance,  as  in  the 
uterus  or  appendages ;  sometimes  no  lesion  is  visible. 


COCCYGODYNIA.  81 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  predisposing  causes  are — 

1.  A  narrow  vagina. 

2.  A  dense,  thick  hymen. 

3.  Malposition  of  the  vulva. 
The  exciting  causes  are — 

1 .  Disturbances  of  the  sexual  function. 

2.  Masturbation. 

3.  Inability  of  the  male  to  complete  the  sexual  act. 
What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Palliative.  —Forcibly  dilate  the  hymen,  under  aneesthesia,  by  insert- 
ing and  separating  the  thumbs;  then  insert  one  of  Sims'  giass 
vaginal  plugs. 

Radical— 'EiX.d^Q  the  hymen  and  insert  one  of  Sims'  plugs. 

Coccygodynia. 

Define  and  give  the  etiology. 

Coccygodynia,  or  coccyodynia,  is  a  "painful  affection  of  the  mus- 
cles, tendons,  and  neiTes  of  the  coccyx,  with  or  without  disease  of 
the  bone  itself ' '     (Mann ) . 

It  occurs  most  frequently  after  childbirth,  but  is  also  produced  by 
mechanical  causes,  such  as  blows,  falls,  kicks,  etc.  Among  other 
causes  are  disease  of  the  pelvic  organs,  rheumatism  and  gout.  Hys- 
teria largely  predisposes  to  it ;  in  some  cases  no  cause  can  be  assigned. 
What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Pain  in  the  coccygeal  region,  increased  by  motion  bringing  into 
play  the  muscles  attached  to  the  coccyx ;  especially  rising  after  sit- 
ting, defecation,  coitus,  sometimes  even  walking. 

Pressure  on  the  coccyx  elicits  the  characteristic  pain. 

The  condition  must  be  differentiated  from  disease  of  the  rectmij 
or  anus,  and  from  pure  hysteria. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

^    First  attend  to  the  general  condition,  rheumatism,  hysteria,  etc., 
if  this  fails,  we  have  two  operations  : — 

1.  Cutting  the  attachments  of  the  muscles  to  the  coccyx. 

2.  Extirpation  of  the  coccyx. 

6 


82  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

Irritable  Urethral  Caruncle. 

Define. 

An  irritable  urethral  caruncle  is  a  deep  red  mass,  very  vasculai 
and  sensitive,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  urethra,  or  just  withiir 
the  canal ;  it  consists,  according  to  Hart  and  Barbour,  of  dilated  capil- 
laries in  connective  tissue,  the  whole  being  covered  with  squamous 
epithelium. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

But  little  is  known  of  its  etiology ;  it  occui'S  at  all  ages,  and  in 
both  married  and  single  women. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  patient  complains  of  frequent  and  painful  micturition  ;  later, , 
this  dysuria  increases,  and  pain  is  caused  by  walking,  pressure  or 
friction  of  any  kind.     Intercoui'se  causes  both  pain  and  hemorrhage. 
The  neiTOUS  symptoms  are  well-marked  ;  hysteria,  melancholia,  etc. 

On  examination,  one  finds  a  raspberiy-looking  mass  at  the  meatus  ; 
it  is  veiy  sensitive  and  bleeds  easUy ;  it  may  be  single  or  multiple. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  an   irritable   urethral 
caruncle,  and  how  ? 

From  polypi,  venereal  warts  and  prolapse  of  the  urethral  mucous 
membrane. 

Polypi  are  usually  higher  in  the  urethra,  are  less  vascular  and 
less  sensitive. 

Venereal  warts  are  less  vascular,  insensitive,  and  usually  accom- 
panied by  others.     The  history  may  aid. 

Prolapse  of  the  urethral  mucous  membrane  may  resemble  a 
caruncle  in  appearance,  but  it  usually  surrounds  the  meatus  more,  is 
less  vascular  and  less  sensitive,  is  continuous  with  the  urethral 
mucous  membrane,  and  can  usually  be  reduced. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Employ  anaesthesia  ;  cut  off  the  caruncle  and  touch  the  base  with 
nitric  acid  or  the  actual  cautery.     You  may  ligate  before  cutting. 

What  is  the  prognosis  ? 

If  the  growth  is  single  and  near  the  meatus,  the  prcvgnosis  is  good ; 
if  multiple  and  extending  up  the  urethra,  they  may  recur. 


MALFORMATIONS   OF  THE   VULVA.  83 

Prolapse  of  the  Urethral  Mucous  Membrane. 

Describe. 

Prolapse  of  the  urethral  mucous  membrane  may  involve  the  whole 
circumference  of  the  meatus,  or  only  a  portion  ;  if  the  latter,  it  is 
the  lower  portion  which  is  usually  aifected  ;  a  slight  redundancy  at 
the  meatus  is  common  ;  a  prolapse  sufficient  to  form  a  tumor  is  rare. 
At  first  the  exposed  mucous  membrane  is  of  its  normal  pink  color  ; 
later  it  assumes  an  angry  red  color,  often  becomes  excoriated  and 
sensitive  ;  urethritis  and  cystitis  may  accompany  it. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

Frequent  child-bearing,  dilatation  of  the  urethra  and  a  lax  condi- 
tion of  the  tissue,  from  whatever  cause,  undoubtedly  predispose  to 
prolapse  of  the  urethral  mucous  membrane.  The  exciting  causes 
are  usually  vesical  and  rectal  irritation,  accompanied  by  straining. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Frequent  micturition,  which  soon  becomes  painfal,  tenesmus,  and 
if  vesical  tenesmus  previously  existed,  it  becomes  much  aggravated. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

If  the  prolapse  is  recent,  an  attempt  at  cure  may  be  made  by 
reducing  the  mucous  membrane,  keeping  the  patient  quiet  in  bed, 
making  astringent  applications  to  the  urethra  and  removing  the 
cause  of  previous  vesical  or  rectal  tenesmus,  if  present. 

If  these  procedures  fail,  remove  the  prolapsed  portion  by  one  of 
the  following  methods: — 1.  If  small,  hgate  and  excise;  if  more 
extensive,  excise  the  redundancy  and  stitch  mucous  membrane  of 
urethra  to  the  border  of  the  meatus.  2.  Emmet's  "button-hole" 
operation.     The  first  method  is  usually  the  preferable  one. 


Malformations  of  the  Vulva. 

What  are  the  principal  malformations  of  the  vulva  ? 

1.  Absence  of  the  vulva. 

2.  Hypospadias,  in  which  the  posterior  wall  of  the  urethra  is 
defective. 


84  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

3.  Epispadias,  in  which  t'ne  anterior  uretliral  wall  is  defective, 
usually  combined  with  a  defect  in  the  anterior  wall  of  the  bladder. 

4.  The  clitoris  may  be  absent,  rudimentary,  or  hypertrophied. 

5.  The  labia  minora  may  be  absent,  rudimentaiy,  or  greatly  hyper- 
trophied, as  in  the  ' '  Hottentot  apron. ' ' 

6.  Less  often  the  labia  majora  may  be  hypertrophied. 

7.  No  well  attested  case  of  true  hermaphrodism,  i.  e.,  an  indi- 
vidual with  both  ovary  and  testicle,  has  ever  been  reported. 

-  8.  Pseudo-hermaphrodism,  where  the  external  genitals  alone 
resemble  those  of  both  sexes,  is  more  common.  These  individuals 
are  usually  mal-developed  males. 

Diseases  of  the  Vagina. 

Discuss  the  relation  of  the  normal  vagina  to  bacteria. 

The  vagina  normally  contains  a  number  of  bacterial  species  which 
affect  an  entrance  into  it  soon  after  birth.  None  of  these  bacteria 
are  pathogenic.  If  pathogenic  ones  other  than  the  gonococcus  are 
introduced  into  the  vagina  they  disappear  in  a  few  days,  or  if  they 
remain  longer  their  virulence  is  diminished.  A  number  of  factors 
contribute  to  this  result,  the  chief  being  the  acid  reaction  and  an- 
aerobic condition  of  the  vagina  and  the  bactericidal  power  of  the 
serum  of  its  secretion. 

What  are  the  varieties  of  inflammation  of  the  vagina  ? 

1.  Simple  cataiThal  vaginitis,  or  colpitis. 

2.  Gonorrhoeal. 

3.  Ulcerative,  senile  or  adhesive. 

4.  Croupous. 

Simple  Catarrhal  Vaginitis. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  predisposing  causes  are — 

a.  Greneral  bad  health. 

6.  Anything  causing  local  congestion,  as — 

Disease  of  heart  or  lungs  ; 

Disease  of  the  pelvic  organs ; 

Pregnancy. 


SIMPLE  CATARRHAL  VAGINITIS.  85 

The  exciting  causes  are  : — 

a.  Irritating  discharges  from  the  cervix. 

h.  The  use  of  too  hot,  too  cold  or  irritating  douches. 

c.  Awkward  or  excessive  coitus. 

d.  Foreign  bodies,  as  pessaries,  tampons,  etc. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Simple  catarrhal  vaginitis  may  be  acute  or  chronic. 

The  subjective  symptoms  of  the  acute  are  a  feeling  of  heat  in  the 
7agma,  pain  in  the  pelvis,  and  somethnes  vesical  and  rectal  irrita- 
bility. 

The  objective  symptoms  are  a  muco-purulent  vaginal  discharge 
which  may  irritate  the  vulva ;  the  vagina  appears  red,  perhaps  gran- 
ular or  cystic  in  places. 

The  chronic  form  resembles  the  acute  except  in  degree  :  in  it  the 
subjective  symptoms,  save  itching  caused  by  the  leucorrhoea,  are 
usually  absent. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  simple  catarrhal  vaginitis  ? 

In  the  early  stages,  keep  the  patient  quiet ;  keep  the  bowels  open, 
and  give  light  diet ;  keep  the  urine  bland  by  alkahne  diluents.  If 
the  itching  is  severe,  let  the  patient  take  frequent  warm  alkaline 
sitz-baths;  in  addition,  irrigation  of  the  vagina  with  warm  water 
containing  either  of  the  following  will  be  found  of  value :  Liquor 
plumbi  subacet.  3j-0j  ;  borax  5j-0j. 

After  irrigation  it  is  well  to  dust  some  desiccating  powder,  like 
bismuth,  upon  the  vulva. 

^  When  the  vaginitis  becomes  subacute  or  chronic,  make  applica- 
tion to  the  vagina  of  nitrate  of  silver  gr.  x-xxx-^j,  or  pyroligneous 
acid. 

Let  the  patient  use  daily  vaginal  douches  of  hot  water  containing 
borax,  .5j-0j  ;  or  sulphate  of  zinc,  5ss-5j-0j  ;  or  alum,  ^j-Oj. 

The  douches  should  be  taken  while  the  patient  is  in  the  dorsal 
position,  not  sitting. 


86  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Gonorrhoeal  Vaginitis. 

How  does  gonorrhoeal  vaginitis  differ  from  the  simple  catar- 
rhal? 

a.  The  onset  is  usually  more  acute. 

h.  The  discharge  is  more  purulent,  viscid  and  offensive  than  in 
the  simple  catarrhal. 

c.  Urethritis  is  more  common. 

d.  Sometimes  a  history  of  exposure  to  infection  can  he  ob- 
tained. 

e.  Often  gonorrhoeal  warts  or  buboes  are  present. 

f.  The  most  certain  diagnostic  point  is  the  presence  of  gonococcL 

What  are  the  frequent  complications  and  results  of  gonor- 
rhoeal vaginitis  ? 

Vulvitis,  urethritis,  endometritis,  salpingitis,  ovaritis  and  perito- 
nitis. 

The  dangers  of  gonorrhoeal  vaginitis  have  been  greatly  under- 
estimated. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  gonorrhoeal  vaginitis  ? 

Keep  the  patient  quiet ;  attend  to  diet ;  move  the  bowels  with 
salines ;  keep  urine  bland.  During  the  acute  stage,  let  the  patient 
have  bichloride  vaginal  douches,  1-10,000,  three  or  four  times  a  day. 
After  the  acute  stage  has  passed,  thoroughly  disinfect  the  vagina 
with  bichloride,  1-1000,  and  loosely  pack  the  vagina  with  sterile 
gauze  to  keep  the  walls  separated  and  the  labia  apart,  thus  insuring 
drainage.  Repeat  this  process  every  24  hours  until  the  disease  has 
subsided. 

If  the  condition  tends  to  become  chronic,  apply  nitrate  of  silver, 
gr.  xx-xxx-^j,  two  or  three  times  a  week,  letting  the  patient  use 
daily  douches  of  borax  water. 

The  complicating  vulvitis  requires  its  own  treatment. 

Ulcerative  Vaginitis. 

Describe. 

Ulcerative,  senile  or  adhesive  vaginitis  is  present  to  a  greater  or 
less  extent  in  nearly  every  woman  over  60.  It  may  occur  earlier  in 
life. 


PELVIC   PERITONEUM.  87 

There  is  a  desquamation  of  tlie  squamous  epithelium  in  spots,  and 
where  these  raw  areas  he  in  apposition,  adhesion  is  apt  to  occur. 
There  is  usually  a  thin  leucondioea,  which  irritates  the  vulva  and 
causes  pmritis. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

The  treatment  consists  in  the  application  to  the  vagina  of  such 
solutions  as  nitrate  of  silver,  gr.  x-xx-5J,  or  pyroligneous  acid,  and 
the  use  by  the  patient  of  astringent  vaginal  douches,  such  as  sul 
phate  of  zinc  5ss-0j,  alum  3j-0j,  or  borax  3j-0j. 


Croupous  Vaginitis. 

What  is  the  etiology  and  treatment  ? 

Tt  occurs  in  conjunction  with  puerperal  infection,  diphtheria,  and 
severe  forms  of  the  infectious  diseases.  The  treatment  is  the 
general  treatment  of  the  disease  and  the  local  use  of  antiseptics. 


Pelvic  Peritoneum. 

Describe. 

The  pelvic  peritoneum  is  a  continuation  of  that  lining  the  inner 
surface  of  the  walls  of  the  abdomen  ;  it  covers,  more  or  less  com- 
pletely, the  pelvic  organs  (the  ovary  is  regarded  as  not  covered  by 
peritoneum),  lines  the  pelvic  walls  and  also  the  floor  of  the  pelvis. 
Traced  from  before  backward,  in  the  median  line,  it  leaves  the 
anterior  abdominal  wall  about  IJ  inches  above  the  sjmiphysis,  is 
reflected  over  the  fundus  of  the  bladder  and  down  its  posterior 
surface  to  about  the  level  of  the  internal  os  ;  it  then  passes  over 
to  the  uterus,  covers  its  anterior  surface  above  that  jjoint,  passes 
over  the  fundus  and  down  its  posterior  surface  to  the  vaginal 
junction,  thence  down  the  vaginal  wall  for  about  an  inch  ;  it  then 
passes  to  the  rectum,  covers  the  anterior  surface  of  the  middle 
portion,  and  surrounds  the  upper  portion  completely.  The  pelvic 
peritoneum  is  thrown  into  several  folds  and  forms  several  pouches. 

Describe  the  folds  and  pouches  of  the  pelvic  peritoneum. 
The  principal  folds  are  the  broad,  utero-vesical  and  utero-sacral 


88  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

ligaments  (so-called).  The  broad  ligaments,  extending  from  the 
sides  of  the  uterus  to  the  sides  of  the  pelvis,  in  front  of  the 
sacro  iliac  synchondrosis,  divide  it  into  two  fossas,  the  anterior  and 
posterior ;  these  are  also  subdivided,  the  anterior  by  the  utero- 
vesical  ligaments,  the  posterior  by  the  utero-sacral.  The  pouch 
between  the  utero-vesical  ligaments  is  called  the  utero-vesical  pouch ; 
that  between  the  utero-sacral,  the  pouch  of  Douglas,  which  is  the 
deepest  part  of  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

The  pouches  between  the  utero-vesical  and  broad  ligaments  are 
called  the  i3ara-vesical  pouches  ;  those  between  the  utero-sacral  and 
broad  ligaments  are  called  bj''  Polk  the  ' '  retro-ovarian  shelves. ' ' 

Two  other  pouches  are  mentioned,  which  depend  on  the  condition 
of  the  bladder  :  the  vesico-abdominal,  when  the  bladder  is  distended ; 
and  the  utero-abdominal,  when  the  bladder  is  empty  and  contracted. 

What  are  the  boundaries  of  the  utero-vesical  pouch  ? 

It  is  bounded  in  front  by  the  posterior  surface  of  the  bladder, 
behind  by  the  anterior  surface  of  the  uterus,  and  laterally  by  the 
utero  vesical  ligaments. 

What  are  the  boundaries  of  the  pouch  of  Douglas  ? 

It  is  bounded  in  fi'ont  by  the  posterior  sui-face  of  the  uterus  and 
the  upper  portion  of  the  posterior  vaginal  wall,  behind  by  the  rec- 
tum, and  laterally  by  the  utero-sacral  hgaments. 

What  are  the  boundaries  of  the  retro-ovarian  shelves  ? 

They  are  triangular  in  shape,  bounded  in  front  by  the  base  of  the 
broad  hgament,  internally  by  the  utero-sacral  hgament,  and  exter- 
nally by  the  wall  of  the  pelvis. 


Pelvic  Peritonitis. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

The  peritoneum  first  becomes  hyper^emic  ;  it  loses  its  lustre,  and 
exudation  materials  are  poured  out. 

1.  There  may  be  scarcely  any  serum  exuded  ;  the  inflamed  area 
is  coated  with  fibrin,  and  adhesions  form,  binding  together  the  pelvic 
organs  and  intestines. 


PELVIC   PERITONITIS.  89 

2.  The  exudation  may  consist  largely  of  seram,  either  free  in  the 
peritoneal  cavity,  or  encapsulated  by  adhesions. 

3.  The  exudation  in  severe,  especially  septic  cases  is  often  puru- 
lent. 

Hence  the  varieties  : — 

a.  Adhesive, 

h.  Serous. 

d.  Purulent. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

In  a  general  way,  the  etiology  of  pelvic  peritonitis  may  be  stated 
as  an  extension  to  the  peritoneum  of  inflammation  of  the  uterus, 
ovaries  or  tubes  ;  in  a  large  majority  of  the  cases,  inflammation  of 
the  tubes. 

There  is,  usually,  first  an  endometritis,  then  a  salpingitis,  and 
then  a  peritonitis. 

Individual  causes  are  as  follows  : — 

a.  Introduction  of  sepsis  during  parturition,  abortion  or  opera- 
tions. 

h.  Gonorrhoea. 

c.  Introduction  into  the  uterus  of  septic  instruments. 

d.  Injection  of  fluids  through  uterus  and  tubes  into  the  peritoneal 
cavity, 

e.  Catching  cold  during  menstruation. 

/  Tubercular  or  cancerous  disease  of  the  pelvic  organs. 
g.  Tumors  causing  irritation  of  the  peritoneum. 
h.  Pelvic  cellulitis  and  peritonitis  are  often  associated  as  being 
produced  by  the  same  causes. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Pelvic  peritonitis  may  be  either  acute  or  chronic. 

Acute  pelvic  peritonitis  is  usually  ushered  in  by  a  rigor;  this, 
however,  is  not  always  present.  There  are  pain  and  tenderness  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  abdomen  ;  patient  lies  on  the  back,  with  the  knees 
elevated ;  the  pulse  is  small,  wiry  and  rapid  ;  the  temperature  is 
elevated,  1 01  °-l  03°,  sometimes  higher ;  nausea  and  vomiting  are  com- 
mon ;  more  or  less  tympanites  is  present ;  the  bowels  are  constipated ; 
there  is  frequently  irritability  of  the  bladder;  often  menorrhagia. 

Chronic  peritonitis  may  exist  and  present  scarcely  any  symptoms 


90      .  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

save  a  dull  pain  in  tlie  pelvis  ;  usually,  there  is  vesical  and  rectal 
irritability,  dyspareunia,  leucon-lioea,  and  a  disturbance  of  menstrua- 
tion, especially  menorrhagia. 

Chronic  peritonitis  may  follow  the  acute,  or  may  begin  as  chronic. 

Pelvic  peritonitis  is  often  characterized  by  exacerbations. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  of  acute  pelvic  peritonitis  ? 

The  vagina  is  hot  and  dry ;  pressure  in  either  fornix,  or  on  the 
abdomen,  is  intensely  painful ;  the  bimanual  is  impracticable  ;  the 
uteiTis,  tubes  and  ovaries  are  usually  bound  fast ;  the  shghtesl 
attempt  to  move  them  causes  intense  pain.  The  fornices  may  seem 
k)  be  covered  by  a  hard,  flat  roof,  formed  by  a  matting  together  of 
the  pelvic  contents,  often  compared  to  plaster-of-Paris  poured  into 
the  pelvis  and  hardened  ;  you  may  feel  a  tumor  close  to  the  uterus, 
consisting  of  serum  or  pus,  roofed  in  by  adhesions  ;  the  most  com- 
mon situation  of  this  tumor  is  in  the  pouch  of  Douglas. 

What  are  the  common  results  of  pelvic  peritonitis  ? 

Displacement  of  uterus,  ovaries  and  tubes,  the  tubes  being  often 
distorted  and  stenosed  by  the  traction  of  adhesions  ;  as  a  result  of 
these  conditions  we  get  disturbances  of  menstruation,  sterility  and 
ectopic  gestation. 

What  is  the  prognosis  of  pelvic  peritonitis  ? 

Simple  adhesive  peritonitis  often  ends  in  complete  recovery  ;  dis- 
placement of  the  pelvic  organs  may  remain,  however,  and  give  rise 
to  symptoms.     The  prognosis  of  purulent  peritonitis  is  grave. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  pelvic  peritonitis  ? 

In  the  acute  form,  keep  the  patient  quiet  in  bed,  give  fluid  diet, 
apply  cold  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  abdomen,  either  in  the  form 
of  the  ice-bag  or  cold-water  coil.  In  some  cases  hot  applications 
are  more  grateftd  to  the  patient ;  if  there  is  great  pain,  give  a  little 
morphine  ;  after  a  few  days,  move  the  bowels  gently,  as  by  calomel 
gr,  j  every  hour  for  3-4  doses,  assisted,  if  necessaiy,  by  an  enema. 
After  the  acute  stage  has  passed  use  hot  douches,  and  in  chronic 
cases,  iodine  externally  and  per  vaginam,  and  vaginal  tampons  of 
borogb^ceride  or  ichthyol  and  glycerine.  A  wet  towel,  covered  by  a 
dry  one  for  a  protective,  worn  about  the  pelvis  at  night,  is  sometimes 


PELVIC   CELLULITIS.  01 

of  value  in  chronic  peritonitis.  Look  after  the  .t^eneral  health  by 
attention  to  fresh  air,  administering  tonics,  and  regulating  the 
bowels. 

Pelvic  Cellulitis. 

What  are  the  principal  situations  of  the  cellular  tissue  in  the 
pelvis  ? 

1.  Between  the  abdominal  wall  and  peritoneum,  behind  the  pubes 

2.  In  front  of  and  behind  the  cervix. 

3.  In  the  broad  ligaments. 

4.  In  the  utero-sacral  ligaments. 

What  is  the  etiology  of  pelvic  cellulitis  ? 

The  etiology  of  pelvic  cellulitis  may  almost  invariably  be  summed 
up  in  two  words — traumatism  and  sepsis  ;  the  traumatism  being, 
usually,  labor,  abortion,  or  operations  on  the  cervix. 

Pelvic  cellulitis  was  formerly  considered  very  common,  but  in  the 
light  of  recent  experience,  gained  by  laparotomies,  the  "masses," 
"thickenings,"  etc.,  are  most  often  found  to  be  salpingitis  and 
peritonitis. 

In  other  words,  pelvic  cellulitis,  although  it  does  exist,  is  com- 
paratively infrequent. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

There  is  an  exudation  of  serum,  fibrin  and  white  cells  ;  this  may 
resolve,  it  may  form  new  connective  tissue,  cicatricial  tissue,  or  it 
may,  and  often  does,  suppurate.  If  suppuration  occurs,  the  pus 
may  point  above  the  pubes  ;  this  is  especially  common  in  puerperal 
cases.  It  frequently  ruptures  into  the  vagina,  bladder  or  rectum, 
sometimes  into  the  uterus  ;  it  occasionally  makes  its  way  through 
the  sciatic  or  obturator  foramen  ;  rarely,  it  ruptures  into  the  peri- 
toneal cavity. 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  pelvic  cellulitis  ? 

The  disease  is  usually  ushered  in  by  a  rigor,  which  is  often  marked ; 
the  temperature  rises,  103°-105°  ;  the  pulse  is  full  and  rapid  ;  the 
pain  is  not  very  acute  ;  nausea  is  occasionally  present ;  vomiting  is 
usually  absent,  unless  peritonitis  is  a  complication.  If  pus  forms,, 
septic  symptoms  become  pronounced.  There  is  often  irritability  of 
bladder  and  rectum. 


92  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

Chronic  cases  may  present  few  symptoms  save  a  feeling  of  weight 
in  the  pelvis,  irritability  of  bladder  and  rectum,  and  menorrhagia. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

Usually,  there  is  a  tense,  elastic  tumor  bulging  into  the  vagina, 
most  commonly  on  the  left  side,  pushing  uterus  over  to  the  right ; 
it  is  sensitive,  but  not  acutely  so.  Sometimes  the  inflammatory 
process  involves  nearly  all  the  connective  tissue  of  the  pelvis,  and  the 
exudation  can  be  felt  in  the  iliac  fossae  and  above  the  pubes.  When 
pus  forms  you  have  the  physical  signs  of  an  abscess — tenderness, 
fluctuation,  etc. 

From  what  should  you  differentiate  pelvic  cellulitis  ? 

From—  a.  Pelvic  peritonitis, 

h.  Pelvic  hgematocele. 

c.  Fibroid  tumor  of  uterus. 

d.  Impaction  of  faeces. 

e.  Ovarian  tumor. 
/  Salpingitis. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  cellulitis  from  pelvic 
peritonitis  ? 

In  many  cases  it  is  almost  impossible  to  difi'erentiate  the  two ; 
they  frequently  complicate  each  other.  The  chief  points  of  difference 
are  these  :  Pelvic  cellulitis  almost  never  occurs  except  after  labor, 
abortion,  or  operation  on  the  cervix  ;  pelvic  peritonitis  may  arise 
ftom  any  cause  of  inflammation  of  the  uterus  or  its  adnexa,  which 
may  extend  to  the  peritoneum.  Pain  and  tenderness,  as  a  rule, 
are  less  marked  in  cellulitis  than  in  peritonitis.  Cellulitis  is  more 
apt  to  bulge  into  the  vagina  than  is  peritonitis.  CeUulitic  deposits 
are  more  apt  to  suppurate  than  are  peritonitic.  Vomiting  is  less 
frequent  in  cellulitis  than  in  peritonitis. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  cellulitis  from  pelvic 
haematocele  ? 

Chiefly  by  the  history  of  an  haematocele,  i.  e.,  sudden  sharp  pain, 
pallor,  faintness,  and  the  physical  signs  of  a  collection  of  fluid  which 
afterward  coagulates  and  hardens.  The  above  symptoms  of  shock 
and  hemorrhage  are  wanting  in  cellulitis. 


PELVIC   CELLULITIS.  93 

How  would  you  diiferentiate  cellulitic  or  peritonitic  deposits 
from  fibroids  of  the  uterus  ? 

Cellulitic  or  peritonitic  deposits    vs.  Fibroid  tumors. 

History  of  acute  inflauimation.  Slow  growtli. 

Pain  and  tenderness.  Insensitive. 

Less  plainly  outlined.  Outlines  more  distinct. 

Less  intimatel}^  connected  with  Closely     connected     with     the 

the  uterus.  uterus. 

Perhaps  menorrhagia  during  the  Usually  luenorrhagia,   gradually 

acute    stage,    then    irregular  increasing  till  the  menopause. 

menstruation. 

How  would  you  differentiate  impaction  of  faeces  from  pelvic 
peritonitis  or  cellulitis  ? 
In  impaction  of  faeces,  the  mass  is  sausage-shaped,  has  a  doughy 
feel,  is  situated  in  the  position  of  the  rectum,  and  is  less  closely  con- 
nected with  the  uterus  than  an  exudation  of  peritonitis  or  cellulitis ; 
it  is  not  as  tender  on  pressure,  and  gives  no  history  of  acute  inflam- 
mation.    The  diagnosis  is  made  certain  by  clearing  out  the  rectum. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  small  ovarian  tumor  from 
pelvic  peritonitis  or  cellulitis  ? 

There  are  no  signs  of  acute  inflammation  as  in  cellulitis  or  perito- 
nitis ;  the  ovarian  cyst  is  usually  fluctuating  ;  its  multilocular  char- 
acter can  sometimes  be  felt.  The  menstrual  disturbances  common 
in  peritonitis  and  cellulitis  are  usually  absent  in  cases  of  ovarian  cysts ; 
an  ovarian  cyst  gradually  increases  in  size. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  cellulitis  from  salpin- 
gitis ? 

By  a  careful  bimanual,  in  a  case  of  salpingitis,  you  can  generally 
map  out  an  enlarged,  tortuous  tube,  usually  distended,  extending 
from  the  side  of  the  utems.to  the  region  of  the  ovary  ;  if  distended 
with  fluid,  you  may  detect  fluctuation.  It  does  not  bulge  into  the 
vagina  as  does  cellulitis. 

The  history  of  the  case  is  of  value  in  the  diagnosis. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  pelvic  cellulitis  ? 

1.  Prophylactic  : — 

Strict  cleanliness  and  antiseptic  precautions  during  labor,  abortion, 
operations,  etc. 


94  ESSENTLA.LS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

2.  Abortive  : — 

Put  patient  to  bed,  appl}'  cold  to  the  lower  portion  of  abdomen. 

3.  When  exudation  has  occurred  :  — 

Appb"  heat  to  the  abdomen,  administer  hot-water  vaginal  douches, 
move  bowels,  and  attend  to  the  general  health. 

4.  If  the  exudation  suppurates: — 

As  soon  as  pus  is  detected,  incise  under  antiseptic  precautions  and 
drain.  The  two  most  favorable  sites  for  incision  are  through  the 
vagina  and  through  the  abdominal  wall  just  above  Poupart's  liga- 
ment. In  doubtful  cases  it  is  sometimes  advisable  to  open  the 
abdomen  in  the  median  line,  and  then  determine  by  tbe  relations 
of  the  mass,  the  best  mode  of  procedure.  This,  however,  is  rarely 
necessary. 

Pelvic  Haematocele  and  Haematoma. 

Define,  and  give  the  pathology. 

Pelvic  haematocele  is  an  effusion  of  blood  into  the  cavity  of  the 
pelvic  peritoneum. 

Pelvic  haematoma  is  an  effusion  of  blood  into  the  connective  tis- 
sue of  the  pelvis  beneath  the  peritoneum,  usually  between  the  folds 
of  the  broad  ligaments. 

In  a  pelvic  haematocele,  the  effusion  is  usually  into  the  pouch  of 
Douglas ;  if  this  is  closed  by  adhesions,  or  if  the  effusion  is  very 
large,  the  blood  may  flow  over  into  the  utero-vesical  pouch.  The 
former  condition  gives  rise  to  the  name  retro-uterine,  the  latter  to 
ante-uterine  haematocele.  The  blood  is  at  first  fluid  ;  it  then  slowly 
coagulates  and  is  roofed  in  by  peritonitic  exudate  binding  together 
adjacent  structures  : — coils  of  intestine,  omentum,  utems,  etc.  This 
blood  mass,  if  small,  may  be  absorbed ;  usually,  however,  it  is  due 
to  a  ruptured  ectopic  gestation  sac  or  a  tubal  abortion  and  under 
these  circumstances  recurrent  hemorrhages  into  tbe  mass,  sufficient 
to  burst  its  limiting  wall  are  common.  Occasionally,  apparently 
from  proximity  to  the  intestine,  it  suppurates. 

What  is  the  etiology  of  pelvic  haematocele  ? 

Formerly  long  hsts  of  causes  were  given  for  this  condition.  We 
now  know  that  in  most  cases  it  is  due  to  a  ruptured  ectopic  gesta- 
tion sac  or  a  tubal  abortion.  It  is  ])robable  that  exceptions  to  this 
rule  occasionally  occur,  such  as — 


PELVIC    HiEMATOCELE   AND   I1^MAT03IA.  95 

Rupture  from  traumatism  of  vascular  peritonitic  adhesions. 
Oozing  after  removal  of  diseased  tubes  and  ovaries. 
Excessive  haemorrliage  from  the  rupture  of  a  Graafian  follicle. 
Rupture  of  an  ovarian  haematoma. 

What  is  the  etiolog'y  of  pelvic  hsematoma  ? 

Here  again  a  rupture  of  an  ectopic  gesta.tion  sac  is  a  very  com- 
mon cause.  Other  causes,  however,  are  probably  more  frequent 
than  in  the  case  of  pelvic  haematocele,  for  varix  of  the  broad  liga- 
ment, due  to  various  causes  of  venous  congestion  is  common,  and 
when  such  a  varix  exists,  but  a  slight  traumatism  is  needed  for  a 
blood  effusion. 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  pelvic  haematocele  ? 

A  sudden  sharp  pain,  and  symptoms  of  shock  and  hemorrhage. 
The  face  becomes  pallid,  the  expression  anxious  ;  the  pulse  is  rapid 
and  feeble ;  temperature  subnormal ;  surface  covered  with  a  cold 
perspiration :  perhaps  nausea  and  vomiting.  Later  if  the  patient 
survive,  we  have  symptoms  of  peritonitis  and  of  pressure,  either 
from  the  effusion  or  the  displaced  uterus.  The  pain  and  tenderness 
continue  for  several  days ;  there  is  usually  painful  defecation  and 
dysuria ;  usually  metrorrhagia  is  present.  In  a  few  days,  if  sup- 
puration does  not  occur,  the  effusion  diminishes  in  size  and  the 
symptoms  abate.     If  suppuration  occurs,  septic  S3^mptoms  appear. 

The  above  are  the  symptoms  of  a  well-marked  case ;  where  the 
effusion  is  small  the  symptoms  may  be  much  less  severe. 
How  do  the  symptoms  of  pelvic  hsematoma  compare  with 
those  of  pelvic  haematocele  ? 

In  pelvic  haematoma  there  is,  as  a  rule,  less  pain  and  less  shock. 
If  the  effusion  is  large,  however,  there  may  be  the  symptoms  of 
shock  and  hemorrhage.  ^ 

What  are  the  physical  signs  of  pelvic  haematocele  ? 

At  first  no  tumor  is  felt ;  only  an  indistinct  sensation  of  fulness 
in  the  pouch  of  Douglas ;  as  the  blood  coagulates  and  is  roofed  in 
by  adhesions,  one  can  feel  a  boggy  tumor  bulging  downward  in  the 
posterior  vaginal  fornix  and  pushing  the  uterus  forward. 
What  are  the  physical  signs  of  pelvic  haematoma? 

In  this  case  there  is  felt  a  distinct  tumor  even  at  first ;  it  bulges 


96  ES:5ENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

down  on  one  side  of  and  behind  the  cervix ;  pushes  the  uterus  for- 
ward and  to  the  opposite  side ;  seems  attached  to  the  side  of  the 
pelvis  'and  can  be  felt  above  Poupart's  ligament  when  it  has  opened 
out  the  folds  of  the  broad  ligament  and  lifted  up  the  peritoneum 
from  the  pelvis.  A  finger  introduced  into  the  rectum  will  usually 
detect  a  stricture. 

What  is  the  prognosis  of  pelvic  haematocele  ? 

The  prognosis  is  usuall}^  that  of  ruptured  ectopic  gestation  and 
will  be  discussed  under  that  condition. 

What  is  the  prognosis  of  pelvic  hsematoma  ? 

Usually  good.  If  the  effusion  suppurates,  the  prognosis  is  less 
favorable.  It  may  rupture  into  rectum,  vagina,  bladder,  or  rarely 
above  the  pelvic  brim. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  haematocele  from  acute 
pelvic  peritonitis  ? 

Pelvic  Twematocele  vs.  Acute  pelvic  peritonitis. 

History  of  sudden,  sharp  pain,  Less  sudden  in  onset ;  symptoms 

with  symptoms  of  shock  and  of   shock    and    hemorrhage 

hemorrhage.  wanting. 

Absence  of  acute  inflammation  Symptoms  of  acute  inflammation 

at  first.  at  first. 

Uterus    usually    displaced    for-  Uterus  fixed,  not  markedly  dis- 

ward.  placed. 
How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  haematocele  from  a  fibroid 
tumor  of  the  uterus  ? 

Pelvic  Twematocele  vs.  Fibroid  tumor. 

History  of  sudden,  sharp  pain  Of    slow    growth  ;     symptom-s 

and  symptoms  of  shock  and  gradually  developed. 

hemorrhage. 

Soon   followed  by  signs  of  in-  Absence  of  signs  of  inflamma- 

flammation.  tion. 

Less  intimately  connected  with  More  intimately  connected  with 

the  utems.  the  uterus  ;  moves  with  it 

Sensitive  to  pressure.  Insensitive  to  pressure. 

Density  less.  Density  greater. 


PELVIC   HEMATOCELE   AND   HEMATOMA.  97 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  hsematocele  from  a  retro* 
flexed  or  retroverted  uterus  ? 

Pelvic  hcematocele  vs.  Retrojiexed  or  retroverted  uteres. 

Acute  histoiy  of  pain,  stock  and      Usually  a  long  history. 

hemorrliage. 
Fundus   of   uterus   usually  lies      Fundus    backward ;     absent    in 

foi-ward.  front. 

Sensitive  to  pressure.  Less  sensitive,  unless  surrounded 

by  peritonitis. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  hsematocele  from  an 
ovarian  cyst  ? 

Pelvic  hcematocele  vs.  Ovarian  cyst. 

Acute  histoiy  of  pain,  shock  and      History  of  slow  growth,  with  few 

hemori'hage,  general  symptoms. 

More  sensitive  to  pressure.  Less  sensitive  to  pressure. 

First  elastic  and  soft,  then  hard.       Usually  fluctuating  throughout. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  hsematocele  from  im- 
pacted faeces  ? 

By  the  history,  rectal  examination,  and  thorough  emptying  of  the 
rectum. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  haematocele  from  retro- 
uterine carcinoma  ? 

Pelvic  hcematocele  vs.       Retro^uterine  carcinoTna. 

Acute  history  of  pain,  shock  and      History  of  a  chronic  disease. 

hemorrhage. 
Uterus  usually  pushed  forward.      Uterus  but  little  displaced. 

How  would  you  differentiate  pelvic  hsematoma  from  pelvic 
cellulitis'? 

Pelvic  hcernxjutoma  vs.  Pelvic  ceUiditis. 

History  of  sudden,  sharp  pain,  History  of  labor,   abortion,   or 
perhaps  symptoms  of  shock  operation  on  the  ceiTix. 

and  hemorrhage. 

Signs  of  acute  inflammation  ab-  Signs    of    acute    inflammation 

sent  at  first.  from  the  first. 

Less  sensitive.  More  sensitive. 
7 


98  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNiECOLOGY. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  pelvic  haematoma  ? 

Keep  the  patient  quiet  in  bed :  at  first  apply  cold,  later  heat, 
both  externall}^  in  the  form  of  poultices  and  per  vaginam  by  hot 
water  douches.  If  suppuration  occurs,  open  and  drain  through 
the  vagina.  If  repeated  hemorrhages  are  added  to  this  haematoma 
two  courses  are  open  according  to  the  size  of  the  tumor.  If  the 
tumor  is  small  and  low  in  the  pelvis,  incise  through  the  vagina, 
clean  out  clots,  etc.,  and  drain.  If  the  tumor  is  large  and  extends 
high  in  the  pelvis,  it  is  probably  better  to  open  the  abdomen  and 
govern  the  treatment  by  the  condition  found. 

The  treatment  of  pelvic  haematocele  will  be  considered  under 
ectopic  gestation. 


MENSTRUATION. 

Define. 

Menstruation  is  a  periodical  series  of  phenomena,  the  most  marked 
of  which  is  a  discharge  of  blood  from  the  uterine  mucous  membrane, 
beginning,  on  an  average,  in  this  country,  at  fourteen,  and  recurring 
monthly  till  forty-five.  The  relation  of  menstruation  to  ovulation  is 
still  unsettled.  As  a  rule  they  are  simultaneously  present  or  absent, 
but  either  may  be  present  for  a  short  time  without  the  other. 

Describe  the  factors  which  influence  the  onset  of  menstrua- 
tion ;  what  is  the  average  frequency  and  duration  of 
each  period  ? 

In  temperate  climates,  menstruation  usually  appears  at  13-15 
years  ;  it  is  earher  in  warmer  climates,  later  in  cooler ;  it  appears  in 
girls  who  Hve  an  indoor,  city  life,  earlier  than  in  the  country.  The 
periods  nonnally  appear  eveiy  28  days,  but  in  this  there  are  great 
variations ;  some  women  in  perfect  health  menstruate  every  3  weeks, 
some  only  every  5  weeks. 

The  average  duration  of  each  period  is  3-4  days,  but  this  varies 
between  2  and  8.  The  discharge  of  blood  is  usually  slight  at  first, 
reaches  maximum  on  the  second  or  third  day,  then  gradually  dimin- 
ishes. 


MENSTRUATION— AMENORRHCEA.  99 


Disorders  of  Menstruation. 

Amenorrhoea. 

Define. 

Amenorrlioea  is  the  absence  of  menstraation  between  puberty  and 
the  menopause.  It  is  the  normal  condition  during  pregnancy  and 
lactation.  Menstruation  may  be  present,  but  "concealed,"  due  to 
atresia  of  the  lower  part  of  the  genital  tract.  It  may  be  divided 
into : — 

a.  Emansio  mensium — 

Where  menstraation  has  never  appeared. 

b.  Suppresio  mensium — 

Where  menstruation  has  appeared,  but  fails  to  reappear. 

What  is  the  etiology  of  amenorrhcea  ? 

The  most  frequent  cause  is  anaemia,  especially  that  form  called 
chlorosis.  Other  causes  are  phthisis,  or  other  debilitating  diseases ; 
acute  diseases  at  puberty ;  non-development  of  the  generative  organs ; 
atrophy  of  the  generative  organs ;  increasing  obesity ;  removal  of 
ovaries  and  tubes  by  operation. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Amenorrhoea  is  itself  more  a  symptom  than  a  disease,  and  the 
symptoms  which  usually  accompany  amenorrhoea  are  those  of  the 
disease  which  causes  it — most  frequently  anaemia  or  phthisis.  Thus, 
from  anaemia  we  have : — 

Pallor. 

Dyspnoea  and  palpitation  of  the  heart  on  exertion. 

Depraved  appetite. 

Constipation. 

Headache. 

CEdema. 

Murmur  at  the  base  of  the  heart. 

Neuralgic  pains. 

Hysteria. 
From  phthisis  we  get  the  regular  symptoms  of  cough,  emaciation 
and  night  sweats. 


100  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

What  is  the  prognosis  ? 

When  associated  with  simple  anaemia  the  prognosis  is  good. 
When  due  to  non-development  of  the  generative  organs  the  amen- 
orrhoea  usually  continues.  When  associated  with  phthisis  or  other 
wasting  disease,  the  prognosis  is  that  of  the  disease. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  amenorrhoea  ? 

a.  When  due  to  anaemia  : — 

Some  form  of  iron,  as  Blaud's  pills;  oxygen;  nourishing  food; 
fresh  air ;  regulation  of  the  bowels,  and  attention  to  the  mode  of 
life. 

h.  When  due  to  imperfect,  or  non-development  of  the  generative 
organs : — 

Determine,  under  anaesthesia,  whether  ovaries  are  present  or  not ; 
if  absent,  do  not  attempt  to  induce  menstruation.  If  the  ovaries  are 
present,  besides  attention  to  the  general  health,  the  following  methods 
may  be  employed  : — 

Hot  water  vaginal  douches  ; 
Boro-glyceride  tampons  ; 
Electricity  to  uterus  and  over  ovaries. 

c.  When  associated  with  phthisis,  or  other  wasting  disease,  the 
treatment  is  that  of  the  associated  disease. 

In  cases  of  acute  suppressio-mensium,  due  to  exposure  to  cold, 
etc. ,  hot  mustard  foot  baths,  hot  applications  to  the  pelvic  region 
and  diaphoretics  internally,  may  be  used  with  safety "B-nd  advantage. 


Vicarious  Menstruation. 

Describe. 

Vicarious  menstruation  is  a  periodical  discharge  of  blood  from 
some  part  of  the  body  other  than  the  interior  of  the  uterus.  It  may 
occur  with  either  amenorrhoea  or  scanty  menstmation ;  it  usually 
appears  at  about  the  time  of  the  regular  flow.  It  may  come  from 
almost  any  mucous  membrane :  from  the  nose,  mouth,  etc.  ;  it  may 
also  come  from  the  nipple  or  from  an  open  sore ;  it  is  usually  due  to 
a  watery  condition  of  the  blood  and  a  poor  condition  of  the  blood- 
vessels.    Direct  treatment  is  usually  not  required. 


MENSTRUATION — MENORRHAGIA  AND  METRORRHAGIA.       101 

Menorrhagia  and  Metrorrhagia. 

Define. 

Menorrhagia  is  a  prolonged  or  excessive  menstrual  flow. 
Metrorrhagia  is  "uterine  hemorrhage  occurring  independently  of 
the  menses. " 

What  is  the  etiology? 

Menorrhagia  and  metrorrhagia  may  be  produced  by  causes  acting 
at  a  distance,  or  local,  in  or  about  the  uterus  itself.  Acting  at  a 
distance  are  : — 

1.  Obstructed  general  circulation  from  disease  of  heart,  lungs  or 
liver. 

2.  Low  condition  of  blood  and  vessels  in  certain  wasting  diseases. 
Acting  about  the  uterus  are  : — ■ 

1.  Tumors.  / 

2.  Ectopic  Gestation. 

3.  Disease  of  tubes  or  ovaries. 

The  most  common  causes  are  situated  in  the  uterus  itself,  and 
among  them  are  the  following  : — 

1.  Subinvolution  of  the  uterus  ; 

2.  Ketained  secundines  ; 

3.  Submucous,  or  interstitial  fibroids  ; 

4.  Polypi ; 

5.  Carcinoma; 

6.  Fungous  granulations  of  the  endometrium. 
The  last  is  the  most  common  cause  of  all. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  menorrhagia  and  metrorrhagia  ? 

When  due  to  causes  acting  outside  of  the  uterus,  the  treatment  is 
that  of  these  causes  ;  at  the  same  time,  there  will  often  be  found 
iungous  granulations  of  the  endometrium  which  magnify  the  infiu- 
ence  of  the  distant  causes ;  unless  otherwise  contraindicated,  these 
fungosities  need  to  be  removed  by  the  curette  under  antiseptic  pre- 
cautions ;  the  uterine  cavity  is  then  washed  out,  and  an  application 
of  iodine  or  carbolic  acid  or  a  mixture  of  the  two  may  then  be  made 
to  the  endometrium.  In  mild  cases  of  menorrhagia  or  metrorrhagia 
ergot  and  hydrastis  canadensis  are  of  value  even  without  the  use  of 
the  curette,  and  in  nearly  all  except  malignant  cases  after  curetting. 


102  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Diseases  of  the  tubes  and  ovaries  and  ectopic  gestation  require  their 
own  treatment.  Fibroids  may  demand  removal  of  the  tumor  or 
hysterectomy.  Polypi  require  removal.  Carcinoma  indicates  hys- 
terectomy.    Fungous  endometritis  demands  curetting  as  above. 


Dysmenorrhoea. 

Define. 

' '  Dysmenorrhoea  may  be  defined  as  the  occurrence  of  pain  jusi 
before,  during  or  after  the  menstrual  period ' '  (Hart  and  Barbour). 

What  are  the  varieties  of  dysmenorrhoea  ? 

The  following  varieties  are  mentioned,  but  seldom  distinctly 
differentiated  :— 

1.  Obstructive ; 

2.  Congestive; 

3.  Neuralgic; 

4.  Ovarian ; 

5.  Membranous. 

Obstructive  Dysmenorrhcea. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

Both  the  etioi^gy  and  pathology  of  the  difi'erent  varieties  of 
dysmenorrhoea  are  still  far  from  settled,  but  the  conditions  usually 
associated  with  obstnietive  dysmenorrhoea  are  : — 

a.  Flexions  of  the  uterus  ; 

h.  Stenosis  of  os  externum,  os  internum,  or  the  whole  cervical 
canal ; 

c.  Polypi ; 

d.  Fibroids  distorting  uterine  canal ; 

e.  Long,  conical  cervix  ; 

/.    Spasmodic  contraction  of  os  internum. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Intermittent,  cramp-like  pains,  accompanying  the  expulsion  of 
blood  clots  which  have  formed  above  the  obstmction ;  this  expulsion 
is  followed  by  relief  A  sound  passed  between  the  periods  usually 
shows  hyperaesthesia  of  the  internal  os. 


MENSTRUATION— DYSMENORRHCEA.  103 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

During  the  intermenstrual  period  dilate  the  cervical  oanal  with 
one  of  the  dilators  of  the  glove-stretcher  variety.  If  there  seems 
to  be  any  endometritis  present,  curette  the  uterus  and  wash  it  out. 
Pack  the  cavity  with  iodoform  gauze,  and  unless  the  pain  is  severe 
leave  it  for  forty-eight  hours  ;  this  will  maintain  the  dilatation  for 
quite  a  period.  In  order  to  prevent  future  recontraction,  the  occa- 
sional introduction  of  graduated  sounds  is  of  value.  All  this  must 
be  done  under  strict  asepsis.  The  use  of  intra-uterine  stems  had 
better  be  abandoned.  For  the  temporary  relief  of  the  several  vari- 
eties of  dysmenorrhoea  the  preparations  of  viburnum  are  of  value. 

Congestive  Dysmenorrhea. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

"Congestive  dysmenorrhoea  depends  upon  an  advance  of  the 
menstrual  congestion  beyond  the  physiological  limits ' '  (Keeve). 

The  conditions  associated  with  congestive  dysmenorrhoea  are  the 
following : — 

a.  Exposure  to  cold  ; 

h.  Defective  general  circulation ; 

c.  Metritis ; 

d.  Endometritis; 

e.  Displacements  of  the  uterus  ; 
/  Pelvic  tumors ;  m 
g.  Pelvic  peritonitis. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Between  the  periods  there  are  usually  symptoms  of  pelvic  trouble, 
or  defective  general  circulation. 

Just  before  the  flow  begins,  there  appear  feelings  of  weight  and 
heat  in  back  and  pelvis,  headache,  flushing  of  the  face,  and  some 
rise  of  temperature  ;  the  pulse  is  rapid.  The  symptoms  are  usually 
relieved  by  a  free  flow. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

a.  During  the  attack — 

1.  Hot  mustard  foot-baths ; 

2.  Hot  sitz -baths ; 

3.  Diaphoretics,  such  as  Dover's  powder; 

4.  Hot  pelvic  applications. 


104  ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

h.  During  the  intermenstrual  periods — 

1.  Seek  to  remove  the  cause  ; 

2.  Scarify  cervix  occasionally ; 

3.  Employ  glycerine  tampons  ; 

4.  Avoid  excessive  coitus  and  exertion. 
Just  before  the  flow  begins,  use  hot-water  vaginal  douches. 


Neuralgic  Dysmenorrh(ea. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

This  frequently  occurs  in  combination  with  some  of  the  other 
forms  of  dysmenorrhoea,  especially  the  congestive  ;  it  is  most  often 
associated  with  an  indolent,  indoor  life,  anaemia,  malnutrition, 
chronic  malarial  disease  or  hysteria.  Sometimes  no  cause  can  be 
assigned. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Pain,  sometimes  referred  to  uterus,  sometimes  to  ovaries,  some- 
times elsewhere  ;  it  changes  its  situation  ;  is  often  shooting  in  char- 
acter ;  usually  begins  a  little  before  the  flow  ;  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  a  free  flow.  Between  the  periods,  no  pathological  changes  can 
be  detected  in  the  pelvic  organs,  but  patient  suffers  from  neuralgia 
elsewhere — facial,  intercostal,  etc. 

What  is  the  treatment? 

Attention  to  the  mode  of  life ;  fresh  air  ;  exercise  ;  tonics,  espe  • 
cially  iron,  arsenic  and  quinine ;  at  the  onset  of  the  pelvic  pains 
employ  hot  sitz-baths  and  hot-water  vaginal  douches,  and  give  inter- 
nally such  anti-neuralgics  as  phenacetin. 

Ovarian  Dysmenorrhea. 
What  is  the  etiology  ? 

This  is  applied  to  a  class  of  cases  associated  with  disease  of  the 
ovaries,  but  the  etiology  is  far  from  settled,  and  the  class  not  distinct. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Between  the  periods  there  is  pain  and  tenderness  over  the  region 
of  the  ovary,  increased  by  exercise,  defecation  and  coitus ;  these 
symptoms  are  increased  at  the  menstrual  periods. 


MENSTRUATION — DYSMENORRHCEA. 


105 


Membranous  Dysmenorrhcea. 
Describe. 

' '  Membranous  dysmenorrhcea  is  characterized  by  the  expulsion  at 
the  menstrual  periods  of  organized  membranes  either  as  a  whole  or 
in  pieces. ' '  (Reeve. ) 

Fig.  13. 


Sketch  of  a  Dysmenorrhoeal  Membrane  as  seen  under  Water  (Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson). 


What  is  the  etiology  and  pathology  ? 

These  are  both  matters  of  dispute,  but  we  usually  find  in  these 
cases  chronic  endometritis  and  poor  general  health.  The  inner 
surface  of  the  membrane  is  smooth  and  shows  the  openings  of  the 
utricular  glands ;  its  external  surface  is  rough  and  shaggy  (see  Fig. 
13).  Microscopicallj^  it  resembles  the  decidual  membrane  occurring 
in  pregnancy. 

According  to  Hart  and  Barbour,  "  It  is  of  the  greatest  importance 


106  ESSENTIALS   OP   GYNECOLOGY. 

to  remember  tliat  it  is  not  a  product  of  conception,  and  sliould  not 
De  mistaken  for  an  early  abortion. "  It  is  composed  of  the  super- 
ficial layer  of  the  endometrium,  with  increased  connective  tissue ; 
blood  accumulates  under  it  and  dissects  it  off. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Severe  colicky  pain,  usually  recurring  at  each  period ;  the  flow  is 
often  intermittent ;  thus  the  symptoms  resemble  those  of  obstructive 
dysmenorrhoea.     The  course  is  usually  pvotracted. 

How  would  you  differentiate  membranous  dysmenorrhoea 
from  an  early  abortion  ? 
By  the  absence  of  chorionic  vilh  and  by  the  repeated  occurrenc-e 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

a.  Between  the  periods — 

Dilate  the  cervix,  curette  the  uterine  canal,  and  apply  to  the 
endometrium  iodized  phenol,  pure  carbolic,  or  tincture  of  iodine. 
h.  During  the  menstmal  period — 
Use  hot  baths,  hot  appHcations  to  the  pelvis,  and  diaphoretics. 

Malformations  of  the  Vagina. 

What  are  the  important  varieties  ? 

a.  Atresia  vaginae ; 
h.  Double  vagina ; 

c.  Absence  of  vagina. 

d.  Stenosis  of  vagina. 

Atresia  YAGiNiB. 

Give  the  varieties  and  etiology. 

Atresia  of  the  vagina  may  be  either  at  the  hymen,  forming  atresia 
hymenahs,  or  higher  up  in  the  vagina,  forming  atresia  vaginahs. 

Etiology. — Atresia  hymenalis  is  usually  congenital,  from  mal- 
development.  Atresia  vaginahs  is  either  congenital,  or  may  be 
acquired  from  cicatrization  following — 

a.  Sloughing  incident  to  parturition  ; 
h.   Adhesive  vaginitis ; 

c.  Traumatism ; 

d.  Caustics. 


MALFORMATIONS   OF  THE  VAGINA.  107 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  atresia  vag^inae  ? 

They  are  dependent  on  the  accumulation  of  the  menstrual  blood, 
hence  in  congenital  cases  they  are  absent  till  puberty.  The  subjective 
symptoms  of  menstruation  come  on,  but  there  is  no  appearance  of 
blood ;  at  the  next  period  the  subjective  symptoms  are  repeated. 
The  periods  then  usually  come  more  frequently,  and  soon  a  tumor 
forms.  If  the  atresia  is  at  the  hymen,  the  latter  bulges,  and  the 
vagina  is  distended  with  biood,  forming  a  hasmato-colpos. 

In  atresia  hymenalis  the  cervix  is  usually  not  dilated ;  in  atresia 
vaginalis  the  dilatation  may  extend  to  the  uterus  and  tubes. 

If  the  atresia  is  acquired,  of  course  there  will  be  no  symptoms  till 
the  menstrual  blood  is  retained. 

What  are  the  results  of  atresia  hymenalis  if  unrelieved  by 
operation  ? 

If  the  hymen  is  thin,  it  may  rupture  ;  if  thick,  the  vagina  may 
rupture  ;  after  rupture,  septicaemia  may  occur. 

What  are  the  results  of  atresia  vaginalis  ? 

The  vagina  may  rupture. 

The  uterus  and  tubes  may  become  distended,  forming  haemato- 
metra  or  haemato-salpinx,  and  may  rupture. 
The  atresia  may  rupture. 
After  rupture,  septicaemia  may  occur. 

Where  else  in  the  genital  tract  than  in  the  vagina  may 
atresia  occur  ?    Give  the  etiology  and  symptoms. 

Atresia  may  occur  at  the  cervix. 

Atresia  of  the  cervix  may  be  congenital,  or  acquired  from  cicatri- 
zation following  parturition,  the  use  of  caustics,  or  from  a  too  close 
trachelorrhaphy.  Symptoms  appear  when  the  menstrual  blood  ac- 
cumulates behind  the  atresia,  and  resemble  those  of  atresia  vaginae. 
The  amenorrhoea  and  enlargement  of  the  uterus  may  make  one 
suspect  pregnancy. 

What  are  the  results  of  atresia  of  the  cervix  if  unrelieved  by 
operation  ? 

If  it  is  present  during  menstrual  life,  the  uterus  and  tubes  become 
distended,  and  are  liable  to  rupture,  with  the  danger  of  peritonitis 
and  death.  If  it  occurs  for  the  first  time  after  the  menopause,  it 
usually  causes  no  trouble. 


108  ESSENTIALS  OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

What  is  the  character  of  the  retained  fluid  ? 

During  menstrual  life  the  blood  is  of  a  brownish,  chocolate  color ; 
it  is  grumous  and  treacle-like  in  consistency,,  kept  from  clotting  by 
the  mucus. 

After  the  menopause,  the  retained  fluid  is  honey-like. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  atresia  of  the  genital  tract  with 
retention  of  the  menstrual  blood  ? 

Aspirate  slowly ;  under  strict  antisepsis  incise  the  obstruction,  and 
maintain  the  opening  by  iodoform  gauze  or  a  rigid  drainage-tube. 

What  are  the  dangers  of  rapid  evacuation  of  a  haemato- 
metra  ? 

The  tubes  are  probably  distended,  and  have  formed  adhesions ; 
the  rapid  collapse  of  the  uterus  would  tend  to  tear  the  tubes  from 
their  adhesions,  with  the  danger  of  rapture  of  the  tubes,  and  perito- 
nitis. 

Stenosis  op  Vagina. 

Give  its  cause  and  describe. 

It  may  be  acquired  from  cicatrization  of  the  vagina  or  be  congeni- 
tal. The  congenital  stenosis  is  not  infrequent  just  in  front  of  the 
cervix.  It  interferes  with  coitus  and  labor  and  gives  rise  to  vagini- 
tis by  interfering  with  the  drainage  of  the  upper  part  of  the  vagina. 


Malformations  of  the  Uterus. 

What  are  the  principal  varieties  ? 

1 .  Rudimentary  uterus  ; 

2.  Uterus  bipartitus ; 

3.  Uteiiis  unicornis ; 

4.  Uterus  bicornis ; 

5.  Uterus  didelphys ; 

6.  Uterus  septus ; 

7.  Infantile  uterus ; 

8.  Congenital  atrophy  of  the  uterus  ; 

9.  Complete  absence  of  the  uterus,  very  rare. 


MALFORMATIONS    OF   THE   UTERUS.  109 

Describe  the  rudimentary  uterus. 

In  this  case  (see  Fig.  14)  "the  uterus  is  represented  by  a  band  of 
muscular  fibre  and  connective  tissue  on  the  posterior  wall  of  the 
bladder. ' '  (Hart  and  Barbour. ) 

Describe  the  uterus  bipartitus. 

In  the  uterus  bipartitus  (see  Fig.  15)  the  rudimentary  horns  are 
present,  and  are  either  hollow  or  solid  and  cord-like  ;  they  are  con- 
nected to  each  other  and  to  the  vagina  by  the  cervix,  which  is  repre- 
sented by  a  fibrous  band.  The  ovaries,  breasts  and  external  genitals 
may  be  well  developed. 

Describe  the  uterus  unicornis. 

The  body  of  the  uterus  in  this  variety  (see  Fig.  16)  is  long  and 
narrow,  and  is  directed  to  one  side ;  its  fundus  has  attached  to  it  one 
Fallopian  tube  and  ovaiy  ;  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  body  is  seen 
the  representative  of  the  other  horn,  which  is  either  solid  or  hollow ; 
connected  with  this,  and  separated  from  it  by  the  attachment  of  the 
round  ligament,  are  the  tube  and  ovary  of  that  side. 

Describe  the  uterus  bicornis. 

In  this  form  (see  Fig.  17)  the  division  into  two  horns  is  distinctly 
visible  externally ;  the  division  is  usually  seen  also  in  the  interior  o£ 
the  uterus  on  section. 

What  is  the  uterus  didelphys? 

Here  the  two  halves  of  the  uterus  are  separated  throughout  (see 
Fig.  18).     This  condition  is  very  rare. 

Describe  the  uterus  septus. 

Here  the  division  is  entirely  internal  (see  Fig.  19 ) ;  beginning  at 
the  ftindus,  it  extends  a  variable  distance  toward  the  os  externum, 
sometimes  reaching  it.  There  is  no  indication  of  the  division  from 
the  outside. 

What  is  an  infantile  uterus  ? 

In  this  condition  (see  Fig.  20)  the  cervix  is  2-3  times  longer  than 
the  body,  the  relation  of  cervix  to  body  remaining  as  at  birth.  The 
uterus  as  a  whole  is  smaller  than  normal. 

What  is  meant  by  congenital  atrophy  of  the  uterus  ? 

The  relative  lengths  of  cervix  and  body  (see  Fig.  21)  conform  to 
those  of  a  virgin  utems,  but  the  whole  uterus  is  atrophied. 


110 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 
Fig.  14. 


Eudimentary  Uterus  (Veit).     Sa,  sacrum;    U,  solid  rudiment  of  uterus;  A  rudi- 
mentary horn ;  ^.bladder;  0,  ovary;  T,  FaUopian  tube ;  r  round  ligament. 


Fig.  15. 


Uterus  Bipartitus  (Pvokitansky).     F;  vagina;  fT,  uterus;  fc,  rudimentary  horn ;  0, 
ovary;  T,  tube;  r,  round  ligament;  b,  broad  ligament. 


Fig.  16. 


Uterus  Unicornis  (Schroeder).  H,  right  side;  i,  left  side.  The  left  horn  (h)  is  well 
developed  and  communicates  with  the  uterine  cavity.  The  right  horn  is  in  the 
form  of  an  elongated  band;  its  point  of  connection  with  the  Fallopian  tube  is 
indicated  by  the  insertion  of  the  round  ligament,  which  is  hypertrophied.  Othei 
letters  as  in  preceding  diagrams. 


MALFORMATIONS   OF  THE  UTERUS. 


in 


Fig.  17. 


Uterus  Bicornis  Unicollis  (Schroeder).    r,  round  ligament. 


Fie.  18. 


Uterus  Didelphys.  a,  right  cavity ;  6,  left  cavity;  c,  riglit  ovary ;  d,  right  round 
ligament ;  e,  left  round  ligament ;  /,  left  tube ;  g,  left  vaginal  portion  ,  A,  right 
vaginal  portion ;  i,  right  vagina ;  }',  left  vagina :  k,  partition  between  the  two 
vaginae,    (From  Pe  Sinety,  after  Ollivier.) 


112 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 
Fig.  19.  Fig.  20. 


trterus  Septus  in  Vertical  Transverse  Section  (Kuss- 
maul).  [/■(uterus),  placed  on  septum  which  divides 
cavity  intotwo  lateral  portions ;  T,  Fallopian  tubes ; 
F,  vagina  divided  into  lateral  cavities  by  prolonga- 
tion of  septum  downward. 


Infantile  Uterus 
(Schroeder). 


Fig.  21. 


Primary  Atrophy  of  the  Uterus  (Virchow). 


DISPLACEMENTS   OF  THE  UTERUS.  113 

What  is  the  occurrence  of  complete  absence  of  the  uterus? 

It  IS  veiy  rare  indeed,  and  can  only  be  ascertained  by  a  post- 
mortem examination.  Many  cases  of  supposed  absence  of  the  uterus 
are  proved,  on  autopsy,  to  be  cases  of  rudimentary  uterus. 

What  are  the  importance  and  danger  of  uterine  malforma- 
tions ? 

^  Pregnancy  in  such  cases  may  endanger  the  patient's  life.  The 
diagnosis  is  difficult.  Menstruation  may  occur  from  one  half  and 
pregnancy  be  present  in  the  other.  The  pregnant  cornu  may  be 
mistaken  for  a  tumor  or  it  may  rupture  with  symptoms  like  those 
of  ectopic  gestation. 

Displacements  of  the  Uterus. 

What  do  we  mean  by  a  displacement  of  the  uterus  in  a 
clinical  sense  ? 

Changes  in  the  position  of  the  uterus  only  become  displacements, 
in  the  clinical  sense,  when  they  are  more  or  less  stable.  Limitation 
or  hindrance  of  the  normal  movements  of  the  uteras  is  a  main 
characteristic  of  its  displacements."  (Schultze.) 

What  are  the  principal  displacements  of  the  uterus  l 

a.   Anteversion ; 
h.   Anteflexion ; 

c.  Retroversion ; 

d.  Retroflexion  ; 

e.  Prolapse. 

What  is  the  difference  between  a  "version"  and  a  "flexion?" 

Ih  a  "version  "  the  canals  of  the  cervix  and  body  are  in  the  same 
straight  line  ;  in  a  "  flexion ' '  they  make  an  angle  with  each  other. 

Anteversion. 
Discuss  briefly. 

The  uterus  is  sometimes  fixed  in  a  position  of  anteversion  owing 
to  the  pressure  of  encysted  fluids,  tumors,  inflammatory  masses  or 
peritoneal  adhesions.  The  symptoms  are  those  of  the  causal  con- 
dition. The  anteversion,  per  se,  gives  rise  to  no  symptoms,  hence  it 
IS  not  usually  considered  among  uterine  displacements 
8 

\ 


114 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


Anteflexion. 

What  is  the  pathology  ?  u 

In  anteflexion  the  body  of  the  uterus  is  bent  fonvard  on  the 
cervix  (see  Fig.  22) ;  in  order  for  this  to  be  pathological,  there  must 
be  rigidity  at  the  point  of  flexion. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  may  be  congenital  (puerile,  Schultze)  or  acquired. 

The  most  common  causes  of  the  latter  are  a  metritis  occuning  in 
V  ^zz^'^.lx:;  uterus,  or  an  inflammatory  process  occuiTing  in  the  utero- 
sacral  ligaments,  drawing  the  upper  portion  of  the  cei-yix  upward 

Fig.  22. 


Anteflexion  of  the  Uterus  (Schroeder). 

and  backward.  Bandl  thinks  cervical  catarrh  the  first  cause,  ex- 
tending to  the  cervical  tissue,  and  then  to  the  cellular  tissue  in  the 
utero-sacral  ligament. 

It  is  sometimes  caused  by  the  adhesions  of  peritonitis  drawing  the 
upper  portion  of  the  cervix  backward. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

a.  Dysmenorrhoea ; 

b.  Sterility; 

c.  Disturbance  of  bladder  functions — frequent  micturition  , 


DISPLACEMENTS    OF   THE   UTERUS. 


115 


d.  Leucorrhoea ; 

e.  Other  symptoms  are  those  of  the  accompanying  inflammation. 

What  are  the  physical  sig^ns  ? 

The  cervix  lies  rather  high ;  the  os  is  directed  downward  and 
forward ;  as  you  pass  the  finger  up  along  the  anterior  wall  of  the 
cervix,  it  runs  into  a  marked  angle  between  cervix  and  body.  The 
body  can  be  felt  lying  in  front  of  the  cervix,  just  above  the  anterior 
vaginal  wall.  The  cervix  is  often  long  and  the  os  small.  The 
sterility  is  more  dependent  upon  the  long  cervix  plugged  with 
mucus  than  any  actual  stenosis  of  the  internal  os.  The  uterus  is 
sometimes  both  anteflexed  and  retroverted. 

From  what  must  you  diiFerentiate  an  anteflexion  ? 

From— 1 .  A  fibroid  tumor  in  the  anterior  wall  of  the  uterus ; 
2.  An  inflammatory  deposit  in  front  of  the  cervix. 

How  would  you  differentiate  an  anteflexed  uterus  from  a 
fibroid  tumor  in  the  anterior  wall? 

In  an  anteflexion  you  cannot  feel  the  fundus  elsewhere,  and  a 
sound  passes  when  sharply  curved 
into  the  body  felt  in  front  of  the  *'i«-  23. 

cervix. 

In  a  fibroid  in  the  anterior  wall 
(see  Fig.  23)  the  sound  does  not 
pass  into  the  body  felt  in  front  of 
the  cervix,  but  behind  it,  and  the 
fundus  can  be  felt  above  and  behind 
the  fibroid. 


How  would  you  differentiate 
an  inflammatory  deposit 
from  an  anteflexion  ? 

The  former  is  comparatively  rare, 
l>ut  when  present  is  usually  more 
,  sensitive  than  an  anteflexion ;  in 
the  case  of  an  inflammatory  deposit 
■in  front  of  the  cervix,  a  careful 
bimanual  examination  will  usually 
show  the  fundus  elsewhere. 

During  the  acute,  inflammatory  period  the  sound  is  contraindicated. 

1\ 

k  ^  ( 


Sound  passed  to  show  that  a  Fibroid 
of  the  Anterior  Wall  is  not  an 
Anteflexion  (Leblond). 


116  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  anteflexion  ? 

First  treat  all  existing  pelvic  inflammation. by  means  of  hot-water 
douches,  counter-imtation  and  glycerine  tampons.  When  all  inflam- 
matory symptoms  have  subsided,  dilate  the  cei-vix,  under  antiseptic 
precautions,  with  one  of  the  glove-stretcher  dilators,  and  pack 
the  cavity  with  iodoform  gauze  leaving  it  for  forty-eight  hours. 
Maintain  the  dilatation  by  the  introduction  of  the  graduated 
hard  dilators,  or  sounds,  once  or  twice  a  month  for  two  or  three 
months. 

Retroversion  and  Retroflexion. 
Define. 

' '  Retroversion  may  be  defined  as  the  permanent  dislocation  back- 
ward of  the  fundus  uteri,  when  the  form  of  the  uterus  is  such  that 
axis  of  body  and  axis  of  cervix  are  identical.  Retroflexion  denotes 
the  permanent  backward  dislocation  of  the  fundus  uteri,  with  simul- 
taneous flexion  of  the  uterus  over  the  posterior  surface. ' '  (Harrison. ) 

What  is  the  etiology  and  pathology  ? 

Retroversion  (see  Fig.  24)  may  exist  by  itself,  but  with  retroflexion 
there  is  always  more  or  less  retroversion.  Usually  the  uterus  is  first 
retroverted,  and  then  intra-abdominal  pressure  continuing,  if  the 
uteiTis  is  flexible,  the  fundus  is  pushed  backward  and  downward. 
The  combination  of  the  two  is  thus  most  common,  and  is  described 
as  retroversio-flexio  (see  Fig.  25).  Retro versio-flexio  is  most  fre- 
quent in  multiparas  following  parturition,  where  the  ligaments  are 
lax  and  patient  lies  on  the  back,  and  especially  if  the  patient  rises 
before  involution  has  occurred.  It  may  occui',  however,  in  nulliparse 
or  virgins,  from  severe  blows,  falls,  lifting,  straining,  etc. ;  also  from 
inflammatoiy  adhesions,  drawing  the  utenis  backward. 

The  most  common  agent  in  pushing  a  movable  uterus  beliind  the 
perpendicular  is  distention  of  the  bladder ;  intra-abdominal  pressure    , 
may  then  act  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  uterus.     Relaxation  of    | 
the  utero-sacral  ligaments,  and  thickening  and  shortening  of  the 
utero-vesical,  favor  retroversio-flexio. 

Pathologically,  we  usually  find  the  body  of  the  uterus  congested  ' 
and  enlarged,  its  mucosa  hj^perplastic,  and  more  or  less  rigidity  at  | 
the  junction  of  cervix  and  body,  from  development  of  fibrous  tissue. 


DISPLACEMENTS   OF  THE  UTERUS. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

1 .  More  or  less  constant  pain  in  the  back ; 

2.  Symptoms  of  pelvic  inflammation ; 

3.  Constipation  ; 

4.  Irritability  of  the  bladder  ; 

5.  Leucorrhoea ; 

6.  Menorrhagia ; 

7.  Dysmenorrhoea,  especially  when  flexion  is  marked ; 

8.  Abortion ; 

9.  Sterility; 

10.  Keflex  neuroses. 

Fig.  24. 


117 


Retroversion  of  the  Uterus  (Schroeder.) 

What  are  the  physical  sig^ns  ? 

On  making  the  bimanual  examination,  you  find  the  cervix  nearer 
the  vulva  than  normal,  the  fundus  absent  in  front,  and  the  os  pointing 
more  or  less  forward  ;  on  running  the  vaginal  fingers  along  the  pos- 
terior wall  of  the  cervix,  you  find  a  body  which,  in  a  retroversion, 
continues  the  line  of  this  wall,  in  a  retroflexion  makes  an  angle  with 
it.  This  body  moves  as  a  part  of  +he  uterus ;  the  sound  passes 
into  it. 


118 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNuECOLOGY. 


From  what  must  you  differentiate  retroversio-flexio  ? 

1.  Fibroid  tumor  on  posterior  wall  of  the  uterus  ; 

2.  Faeces  in  the  rectum  ; 

3.  Inflammatory  deposits ; 

4.  Prolapsed  ovary  or  small  ovarian  tumor. 

How  would  you  differentiate  retroversio-flexio  from  a  fibroid 
on  the  posterior  wall  ? 

Make  a  careful  bimanual  examination.  In  case  of  a  backward 
displacement  of  the  uterus,  we  find  an  absence  of  the  fundus  in  front, 
the  cervix  points  more  or  less  forward,  and  the  sound,  when  intro- 
duced, goes  backward. 

Fig.  25. 


Ketroversio-flexio. 

In  case  of  a  fibroid  on  the  posterior  wall,  the  ftmdus  may  be  felt 
in  front  of  it,  and  the  sound  passes  forward.  The  tumor  may  feel 
more  irregular  and  harder  than  the  uterus. 

How  would  you  differentiate  the  fundus  uteri  from  faeces  in 
the  rectum  ? 
On  bimanual  examination,  the  fundus  can  often  be  felt  forward, 
and  the  sound  passes  forward  ;  the  faeces  have  a  more  doughy  feel 


DISPLACEMENTS   OF   THE   UTERUS.  119 

than  the  uterus ;  if  doubt  exists,  always  empty  the  rectum  before 
making  a  diagnosis. 

How  would  you  differentiate  the  fundus  uteri  from  inflam- 
matory deposits  in  the  pouch  of  Douglas  ? 

During  the  stage  of  acute  inflammation  this  may  be  very  difficult, 
as  the  sound  is  then  contraindicated.  Finding  the  findus  in  front 
is  the  chief  element  in  the  diagnosis. 

When  acute  inflammation  has  subsided,  introduction  of  the  sound 
will  give  great  assistance. 

How  would  you  differentiate  the  fundus  uteri  from  a  pro 
lapsed  ovary  or  small  ovarian  tumor  ? 

By  making  a  careful  bimanual  examination,  the  uterus  is  found 
lying  in  front  of  the  prolapsed  ovary  or  tumor.  Assistance  may  be 
given  by  the  use  of  the  sound,  or  drawing  down  the  cervix  with  a 
volsella. 

What  are  the  indications  in  the  treatment  of  retroversio- 
flexio? 

1.  To  treat  the  pelvic  peritonitis  or  cellulitis,  if  present,  according 

to  the  regular  methods ; 

2.  To  replace  the  uterus  ; 

3.  To  retain  it  in  place. 

What  are  the  methods  of  replacing  a  retroverted  or  retro- 
flexed  uterus  when  movable  ? 

1.  Place  the  patient  in  Sims'  position ;  introduce  index  and  middle 
fingers  of  the  right  hand  into  the  posterior  fornix  vaginas ;  have 
patient  breathe  deeply  and  slowly ;  during  an  expiration,  raise  the 
body  of  the  uterus  with  the  backs  of  the  vaginal  fingers  till  it  passes 
the  promontory  of  the  sacrum,  then  transfer  one  or  both  fingers  to 
the  front  of  the  cervix,  and  push  that  backward ;  this  throws  the 
fundus  forward. 

2.  Another  method  is  to  replace  the  uterus  while  patient  is  in  the 
dorsal  position,  by  means  of  the  bimanual,  either  vagino-abdominal 
or  recto-abdominal.  In  this  method  the  body  of  the  uterus  is  raised 
by  the  fingers  in  the  vagina  or  rectum  until  it  can  be  grasped  by  the 
external  hand,  when  it  is  then  brought  forward.     In  some  cases  this 


120  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

operation  is  facilitated  by  first  grasping  the  cervix  with  a  volsella 
and  puUing  it  downward  in  the  axis  of  the  vagina,  thus  straightening 
the  uterine  canal,  making  the  fundus  easier  to  reach  by  the  examin- 
ing finger  and  easier  to  lift  above  the  sacral  promontory. 

3.  When  the  body  of  the  uterus  is  very  sensitive,  so  that  pressure 
by  the  fingers  is  very  painful,  the  uterus  may  be  replaced  by  means 
of  the  sound,  as  follows :  Introduce  the  sound  with  the  concavity 
backward ;  then  make  the  handle  describe  an  arc  of  a  circle  from 
behind  forward ;  then  slowly  depress  the  handle  toward  the  perineum ; 
this  throws  the  uterus  forward. 

4.  To  replace  the  gravid  uterus,  the  following  method  is  sometimes 
employed  :  Place  patient  in  the  genu-pectoral  position  ;  draw  down 
cervix  with  the  volsella,  and  press  fundus  uteri  toward  the  bladder, 
with  the  finger  in  the  rectum. 

When  the  uterus  in  a  retroversio-flexio  is  rigid  at  the  angle  of 
flexion,  we  do  not  expect  to  remove  the  flexion,  but  only  to  correct 
the  version. 

What  are  the  methods  of  replacing  a  retroverted  or  retro- 
flexed  uterus  when  fixed  by  adhesions  ? 

If  signs  of  pelvic  inflammation  are  present,  treat  the  inflammation 
by  hot  douches,  sitz-baths,  wet  pelvic  packs,  attention  to  the  bowels, 
etc.  When  the  inflammation  has  subsided,  the  uterus  may  gradu- 
ally be  replaced  by  cautious  manipulation  and  stretching  of  the 
adhesions,  and  gentle  attempts  at  raising  the  utenis,  a  few  moments 
at  a  sitting,  with  the  fingers  in  the  posterior  fornix  vaginae ;  after 
the  manipulation  insert  a  tampon,  to  be  worn  for  twenty-four  hours. 
At  first  the  tampons  are  to  be  pressed  firmly  into  the  posterior  for- 
nix to  exert  an  upward  pressure  on  the  fundus.  Later,  when  the 
fundus  can  be  nearly  replaced,  put  the  tampon  in  the  anterior  fornix 
to  press  the  cervix  backward  and  thus  maintain  the  reposition 
already  accomplished.  The  manijDulations  maj?^  be  assisted  by  hot- 
water  vaginal  douches  between  the  sittings.  It  is  well  to  have  the 
patient  assume  the  knee-chest  position  once  or  twice  daily. 
■  Schultze's  method  of  forcible  reposition  consists  in  placing  the 
patient  under  angesthesia,  in  the  lithotomy  position,  inserting  index 
and  middle  fingers  of  left  hand  high  up  into  the  rectum,  and  with 
these  fingers  forcibly,  but  gradually,  elevating  the  fundus  uteri  and 
breaking  up  the  adhesions ;  the  right  hand  is  placed  on  the  abdo- 


PESSARIES.  121 

men,  and  as  the  uterus  is  elevated,  it  is  grasped  by  this  external 
hand  and  brought  forward. 
This  method  is  rarely  advisable. 

What  are  the  means  for  retaining  the  uterus  in  place  after 
reposition  ? 

1.  Pessaries; 

2.  Operative  procedures. 

Pessaries. 

What  are  the  varieties  in  most  common  use  ? 

1.  The  Albert  Smith  ; 

2.  The  Emmet; 

3.  The  Thomas. 
Describe  them. 

They  are  usually  made  of  hard  rubber;  the  Thomas  pessary,  how- 
ever, is  often  made  of  soft  rubber. 

The  Albert  Smith  (see  Fig.  26)  is  a  modification  of  the  Hodge 
pessary ;  its  anterior  extremity  is  narrow,  the  posterior  broad ;  the 
posterior  extremity  curves  upward  behind  the  cervix,  the  anterior 
downward  away  from  the  urethra. 

The  Emmet  pessary  is  usually  made  of  a  larger  bar  than  the  Albert 
Smith,  and  the  curve  is  much  flattened. 

The  Thomas  (see  Fig.  27)  is  long,  narrow,  and  has  its  posterior 
bar  much  enlarged. 

How  does  a  retroversion  pessary  act  ? 

Not  by  pushing  up  the  body  or  fundus,  but  by  making  the  poste 
rior  vaginal  wall  tense,  thus  drawing  the  cervix  backward,  and  in 
this  way  throwing  the  fundus  forward. 

What  are  the  contraindications  to  the  use  of  a  pessary  ? 

A  pessary  should  not  be  introduced  till  all  pelvic  inflammation  has 
subsided,  and,  as  a  rule,  not  until  the  uterus  can  be  well  brought 
forward;  "but  occasionally,  when  the  uterus  is  elevated  to  about 
the  promontory,  the  pessary  may  be  applied. ' ' 

What  is  the  proper  position  of  a  retroversion  pessary  after 
introduction  ? 

The  broader  extremity  should  lie  behind  the  cervix  and  carve 
upward  ;  the  narrow  in  front  and  curve  downward. 


122 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


How  would  you  introduce  one  of  these  retroversion  pessaries? 

They  may  be  introdiiced  with  patient  either  in  the  dorsal  or  in 
Sims'  position,  preferably  in  the  latter,  and  in  the  foUowing  manner : 
Standing  at  the  side  of  the  table,  near  the  buttocks  of  the  patient, 
separate  the  labia  a  little  with  the  fingers  of  the  left  hand  ;  taking 
the  pessary  by  the  smaller  end  with  the  thumb  and  index  and  middle 
fingers  of  the  right  hand,  introduce  it  between  the  labia,  with  the 
breadth  of  the  pessary  in  the  line  of  the  labia  (see  Fig.  28) ;  depress 
the  perineum  with  the  pessary  as  you  introduce  it  about  half  way, 

Fig,  26, 


Albert  Smith  Pessary. 


Thomas  Pessary. 


then  rotate,  so  that  the  breadth  of  the  pessary  lies  at  right  angles  to 
the  labia ;  now  grasp  the  external  portion  of  the  pessaiy  with  the 
left  hand  ;  pass  the  index  finger  or  index  and  middle  fingers  of  the 
right  hand  in  front  of  the  posterior  bar  (see  Fig.  29)  and  carry  the 
pessary  along  the  posterior  vaginal  wall,  being  careful  that  it  does 
not  slip  up  in  front  of  the  ceiTix. 

What  are  the  precautions  to  be  observed  in  the  employment 
of  a  pessary  ? 
A  patient  after  the  introduction  of  a  pessary  should  be  made  to 
walk  a  little  about  the  room,  then  to  sit  on  a  chair  and  cross  one 
knee  over  the  other,  to  ascertain  if  the  pessary  causes  pain ;  if  it 
does,  it  should  not  be  kept  in.     A  patient  should  always  be  told,  on 


PESSARIES.  123 

leaving,  that  if  the  pessary  causes  her  pain,  she  must  introduce  her 
finger  and  remove  it.  She  should  be  seen  in  a  few  days  after  its 
introduction,  to  ascertain  if  the  pessary  is  in  position  and  is  holding 
the  uterus  in  place.  If  one  is  not  able  to  insert  the  finger  between 
the  pessary  and  vaginal  wall  the  pessary  is  too  large  and  may  cause 

Fig.  28. 


Introduction  of  Pessary,  First  Stage  (Hart  and  Barbour). 

ulceration.  The  pessary  should  be  removed  and  cleaned  as  often  as 
once  a  month  ;  in  the  meantime  the  patient  should  be  instructed  to 
use  a  vaginal  douche  for  cleanliness  two  to  three  times  a  week. 
Always  before  re-inserting  the  pessary  examine  the  posterior  fornix 
through  a  speculum  to  see  that  no  pressure-sore  is  forming. 


124 


ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


What  are  the  operative  procedures  for  holding  a  retroverted 
uterus  in  place  after  reposition? 

CL  Alexander's  operation  ;  h.  HysteroiThaphy.  or  ventral  fixation ; 
c.  Intra-abdominal  shortening  oF  the  round  ligaments. 

Describe  briefly  Alexander's  operation. 

Alexander's  operation  for  shortening  the  round  ligaments  is  per- 
formed as  follows  :  The  skin  about  the  pubes  is  shaved  and  prepared 

Fig.  29. 


Second  Stage :  Pessary  carried  on  by  Finger  (Hart  and  Barbour). 

antiseptically ;  the  pubic  spine  is  taken  as  the  first  landmark ;  an 
incision  is  then  made,  2  inches  long,  from  that  point  upward  and 
outward,  in  the  direction  of  the  inguinal  canal ;  the  incision  is  deep- 
ened until  the  tendon  of  the  external  oblique  is  seen ;  the  external 
abdominal  ring  is  now  visible:  the  intercolumnar  fascia  is  cut 
through  in  the  long  diameter  of  the  ring ;  if  necessary  the  incision 
may  be  continued  up  to  the  internal  ring ;  the  round  ligament  can 


PESSARIES.  125 

usually  now  be  seen,  with  the  genital  branch  of  the  genito-crural 
nerve  along  its  anterior  surface.  The  ligament  is  then  separated 
from  neighboring  structures  and  gently  drawn  out  a  little  to  show 
that  it  is  free.  Alexander  then  leaves  this  side  covered  with  a  clean 
sponge  and  operates  on  the  other  side  in  the  same  way.  The  uterus 
is  then  thrown  forward  by  the  sound  in  the  hands  of  an  assistant 
and  the  ligaments  drawn  out  till  they  are  felt  to  control  the  uterus  ; 
the  ligaments  are  then  given  to  an  assistant  to  hold,  and  they  are 
each  sutured  with  catgut  to  the  pillars  of  the  ring  ;  the  bruised  ends 
are  cut  off  and  the  wound  closed.  The  i)atient  is  kept  in  bed  two 
to  three  weeks,  and  wears  a  pessary  for  several  months. 

What  are  the  indications  for  Alexander's  operation? 

The  field  of  the  operation  is  very  limited.  Where  a  retroverted 
uterus  is  movable,  unaccompanied  by  disease  of  the  appendages, 
and  either  cannot,  with  comfort  to  the  patient,  be  held  in  position 
by  a  pessary,  or  the  patient  is  unwilling  to  wear  a  pessary,  Alexan- 
der's operation  may  be  employed.  Some  men  employ  it  as  a  part 
of  the  operative  treatment  of  prolapsus  uteri. 

What  are  the  advantag'es  of  Alexander's  operation  as  com- 
pared with  hysterorrhaphy  ? 

In  Alexander's  operation  the  uterus  itself  is  only  held  by  liga- 
ments which  normally  hold  it.  It  is  therefore  better  fitted  for 
growth  in  pregnancy  than  where  the  fundus  is  firmly  attached. 

It  is  performed  without  invading  the  peritoneal  cavity,  and  leaves 
the  patient  with  a  moderately  movable  uterus. 

What  are  the  objections  raised  to  Alexander's  operation? 

It  is  not  applicable  unless  the  uterus  is  freely  movable. 

The  ligaments  are  sometimes  difficult  to  find ;  one  or  both  may 
be  poorly  developed. 

Hernia  occasionally,  though  rarely,  occurs. 

The  round  ligaments  are  not  true  ligamentous  structures,  but 
muscular  cords,  and  it  is  doubtful  whether  they  are  to  be  considered 
as  normal  supports  of  the  uterus.  Hence,  when  tension  is  put  upon 
them,  they  are  likely  to  stretch.  -^ 

What  are  the  synonyms  of  hysterorrhaphy  ? 
Ventral  suspension,  ventrofixation,  and  hysteropexy. 


126  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Describe  briefly  the  operation  of  hysterorrhaphy  for  retro- 
versio-flexio. 

The  abdomen  is  opened  in  the  median  hne  as  for  an  ovariotomy ; 
the  adhesions  binding  the  uterus  backward  are  broken  up,  the  fundus 
bro^^ght  forward  and  the  uterus  stitched  to  the  anterior  abdominal 
wall.  The  sutures  are  usually  two  in  number,  of  either  silk  or 
chromicised  catgut,  and  are  inserted  one  just  posterior  to  the  middle 
of  the  fundus  and  the  other  posterior  to  that,  so  that  when  the 
sutures  are  tied  the  uterus  will  be  slightly  anteverted.  These  sutures 
pass  through  aponeurosis,  muscle,  and  parietal  peritoneum  of  one 
side,  then  through  a  portion  of  the  fundus  of  the  uterus,  then 
through  parietal  peritoneum,  muscle,  and  aponeurosis  of  the  other 
side.  These  sutures  are  buried  in  the  closure  of  the  abdominal 
wound. 

Another  method  is  to  pass  the  suture  through  the  entire  thick- 
ness of  the  abdominal  wall,  then  through  the  fundus  and  out  through 
the  abdominal  wall.  This  suture  can  be  removed  later  and  avoids 
the  possibility  of  later  trouble  from  a  non-absorbable  buried  suture. 

The  usual  antiseptic  dressing  is  applied.  A  pessary  is  often 
inserted  for  a  time. 

What  are  the  indications  for  hysterorrhaphy  ? 

Hj^sterorrhaphy  is  indicated  in  a  retro  verted  fixed  uterus,  especially 
where  pregnancy  is  improbable ;  in  a  retroverted  uterus  after  the 
removal  of  both  appendages ;  as  one  stage  in  the  operation  for  pro- 
lapsus uteri.  Kelly  says:  "Suspension  of  the  uterus  should  be 
resorted  to  only  in  cases  of  persistent  retroflexion  which  refuse  to 
yield  to  simple  plans  of  treatment  through  the  vagina,  and  then 
only  when  the  discomforts  of  the  retroflexion  are  sufficient  to  inter- 
fere seriously  with  health. ' ' 

What  are  the  disadvantages  of  hysterorrhaphy  ? 

Experience  shows  that  in  pregnancy  following  hysterorrhaphy  the 
portion  of  the  uterine  wall  behind  the  point  of  suture  is  that  which 
undergoes  the  chief  distention  and  thinning.  Although  obstetric 
accidents  due  to  the  operation  are  rare,  disturbances  of  parturition, 
and  even  rupture  of  the  thinned  posterior  uterine  wall,  may  occur. 
What  modification  has  Kelly  advocated  to  obviate  the  dis- 
advantages of  hysterorrhaphy? 

He  sutures  the  fundus  to  the  abdominal  wall  with  two  silk  sutures, 


PROLAPSUS    UTERI.  127 

both  passed  through  the  posterior  aspect  of  the  uterus  behiiid  a  line 
connecting  the  inner  ends  of  the  Fallopian  tubes.  These  only 
include  with  the  fundus  the  parietal  peritoneum  and  subperitoneal 
connective  tissue.  The  fundus  is  not  so  firmly  secured  as  by  the 
former  method.  It  gradually  recedes  from  the  abdominal  wall  and 
is  connected  with  it  by  a  band  of  adhesions.  In  subsequent  opera- 
tions on  patients  so  treated  Kelly  has  found  this  band  measuring 
three  to  five  centimeters. 

What  is  the  chief  force  in  retaining"  the  uterus  in  a  forward 
position  after  hysterorrhaphy  or  Alexander's  operation  ? 

It  is  intra-abdominal  pressure  now  brought  to  bear  on  the  posterior 
aspect  of  the  uterus. 

Describe   briefly  intra-abdominal  shortening-  of  the  round 
ligaments. 

After  opening  the  abdomen  and  separating  the  adhesions,  the 
uterus  is  brought  forward  into  normal  position  and  held  there  by 
taking  up  the  slack  in  the  round  ligaments.  This  is  done  by  folding 
each  round  ligament  upon  itself  and  suturing  the  folds  in  apposition. 


Prolapsus  Uteri. 

What  is  meant  by  the  expression  ? 

Halt  and  Barbour  define  prolapsus  uteri  as  a  downward  displace- 
ment of  entire  displaceable  portion  of  pelvic  floor,  uterus  and  ap- 
pendages past  entire  fixed  portion,  with  coincident  descent  of  small 
intestine. 

What  is  meant  by  the  * 'entire  displaceable  portion  of  pelvic 
floor  "  ? 

' '  The  entire  displaceable  portion  comprises  bladder,  urethra  and 
vaginal  walls.  It  has  resting  upon  it  the  uteiTis,  broad  ligament, 
Fallopian  tubes  and  ovaries. ' ' 

What  is  the  "  entire  fixed  portion  of  pelvic  floor  "  ? 

That  outside  of  the  entire  displaceable  portion,  i.  e. ,  tissue  attached 
to  the  posterior  surface  of  the  symphysis ;  all  outside  the  inner 
aspect  of  the  levatores  ani ;  the  rectum  and  tissue  attached  to  the 
sacrum. 


128  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNiECOLOGY. 

What  are  the  degrees  of  prolapsus  uteri  ? 

According  to  Thomas  there  are  three  : — 

1.  When  the  organ  has  sunk  in  the  pelvis. 

2.  When  the  cervix  is  at  the  ostium  vaginae. 

3.  When  a  part  or  the  whole  of  the  uterus  lies  between  the  thighs. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  three  elements  in  the  etiology  of  prolapse  are — 

X.  Relaxation  of  the  hgaments  of  the  uterus,  combined  with  lack 

of  tone  in  the  entire  displaceable  portion  of  the  pelvic  floor  and 

"  slackening  of  loose  tissue  around  it. " 

2.  Lack  of  support  in  the  entire  fixed  portion  of  the  pelvic  floor, 
especially  laceration  of  the  perineum. 

3.  Intra-abdominal  pressure. 

The  chief  predisposing  causes  are  parturition,  laborious  occupa- 
tions, anything  increasing  weight  of  the  uterus,  advanced  age.  Pro- 
lapse is  sometimes  produced  acutely  by  blows,  faUs,  heavy  lifting, 
etc. ,  but  is  usually  the  gradual  result  of  the  three  elements  mentioned 
above. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Those  of  the  acute  prolapse  are  sudden,  severe  pain,  vomiting, 
retention  of  urine  and  signs  of  peritonitis.  The  symptoms  of  the 
gradual  prolapse  are  a  dragging  sensation  in  lower  abdomen  and 
back,  and  the  discomfort  from  the  protrusion  and  excoriation  of  the 
parts  ;  difficulty  in  urination  is  sometimes  present. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

These  depend  on  the  degree  of  the  prolapse.  If  the  prolapse  is 
partial,  the  anterior  vaginal  wall  bulges  at  the  ostium  vaginse,  the 
cervix  is  lower  than  normal,  and  if  there  is  marked  laceration  of  the 
perineum  the  posterior  vaginal  wall  also  bulges.  The  uterus  becomes 
more  and  more  retroverted  as  it  sinks  in  the  pelvis.  When  the  pro- 
lapse is  complete,  the  cervix  and  more  or  less  of  the  body  of  the 
uterus  lies  outside  of  the  vulva;  the  anterior  vaginal  wall  and  part  of 
the  lower  bladder  wall  have  prolapsed  with  the  cervix;  the  posterior 
vaginal  wall  with  or  without  part  of  the  anterior  rectal  wall  is  also 
everted.  The  uterus  is  usually  enlarged  and  the  supravaginal  por- 
tion of  the  cervix  elongated. 


PROLAPSUS  UTERI.  129 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  prolapsus  uteri  ? 

1.'  Hypertrophy  of  the  cervix: — 

{a)  Vaginal  portion  ;  {h)  Supra-vaginal  portion  ;  (c)  Intermediate 
portion. 

2.  Cystocele. 

3.  Rectocele. 

4.  Inversion  and  polypi. 

How  would  you  differentiate  prolapsus  uteri  from  a  cysto- 
cele ? 

•  In  prolapse  the  uterus  is  sunken  in  the  pelvis  ;  in  cystocele  the 
uterus  lies  in  nearly  its  normal  position,  and  the  protruding  mass  is 
found,  by  the  introduction  of  the  sound  into  the  bladder,  to  consist 
of  the  anterior  vaginal  and  posterior  vesical  vpall. 

How  would  you  differentiate  prolapsus  uteri  from  a  recto- 
cele? 

In  prolapse  the  uterus  is  sunken  in  the  pelvis ;  in  rectocele,  pure 
and  simple,  the  uterus  lies  in  nearly  its  normal  position,  and  the 
protruding  mass  is  found,  by  the  introduction  of  the  finger  into  the 
rectum,  to  consist  of  the  posterior  vaginal  and  anterior  rectal  wall. 

Both  cystocele  and  rectocele  are  common  complications  of  prolap- 
sus uteri. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  prolapsus  uteri  ? 

1.  By  pessaries;  2.  By  operation. 

If  the  prolapse  is  slight  in  amount,  the  perineum  preserved,  and 
the  anterior  vaginal  wall  protrudes  but  a  little,  a  pessary  like  that 
of  Albert  Smith  may  sufl&ce  to  hold  up  the  uterus.  If  this  fails, 
a  ring  pessary  will  sometimes  answer. 

If  the  prolapse  is  marked,  the  following  combination  of  operations 
or  of  some  of  them  give  good  results  : 

1 .  Curettage  of  the  uterus ; 

2.  x\mputation  of  the  cervix ; 

3.  Anterior  colporrhaphy ; 

4.  Perineorrhaphy ; 

5.  Hysterorrhaphy. 

These  can  all  be  done  at  the  same  sitting.  In  some  cases  1,  2,  or 
3  niuy  be  omitted,  in  others  the  plastic  operations  will  suffice  without 
the  hysterorrhaphy,  but  in  a  well-marked  case  all  five  are  indicated. 

Vaginal  hysterectomy  is  very  seldom  indicated  for  prolapsus  uteri. 


130  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


Laceration  of  Perineum  and  Relaxation  of  Vagi- 
nal Outlet. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  most  common  cause  of  laceration  of  the  perineum  is  child- 
birth, either  natural  or  instnimeutal ;  rarely,  however,  it  may  arise 
I'rom  external  violence,  as  falling  astride  of  some  sharp  object.  This 
occasionally  happens  to  little  children.  Relaxation  of  the  vaginal 
outlet,  aside  from  being  produced  by  these  visible  lacerations,  is 
also  caused  by  submucous  and  subcutaneous  rupture  or  overstretch- 
ing of  the  fibres  of  the  levator  ani  muscle,  or  i  erineal  fascia ;  this, 
too,  occm'S  most  often  during  parturition. 

What  are  the  varieties  of  perineal  laceration  ? 

1.  Median.     They  may  be  : — 

a.  Incomplete,  extending  more  or  less  deeply  into  the  perineal 
body. 

b.  Complete,  extending  through  the  sphincter  ani  and  up  the 
rectum  for  a  variable  distance.  Complete  lacerations  are  less  likely 
to  be  followed  by  relaxation  and  rectocele  than  are  the  incomplete. 

2.  Lateral.  These  result  in  a  separation  of  some  of  the  fibres  of 
the  levator  ani  on  one  or  both  sides  from  their  attachment  into  the 
tendinous  portion  of  the  perineal  body.  Such  tears  may  lie  entirely 
within  the  vagina,  the  "  skin  perineum  "  remaining  intact. 

3.  Perineal  relaxation.  Cases  without  apparent  distinct  tear, 
but  with  all  their  results.  These  are  cases  where  there  has  been 
more  or  less  subcutaneous  rupture  of  levator  ani  fibres  due  to  over- 
stretching. 

What  is  the  importance  of  laceration  of  the  perineum  ? 

It  consists  in  the  fact  that  in  cases  of  marked  laceration,  the  fibres 
of  the  levatores  ani,  the  chief  support  of  the  vaginal  outlet,  are  torn; 
especially  those  fibres  which  are  attached  to  the  rectum  ;  at  the  same 
time  there  is  laceration  of  the  fibres  of  the  perineal  fascia.  These 
conditions  cause  relaxation  of  the  vaginal  outlet,  with  a  tendency  to 
rectocele,  cystocele  and  prolapsus  uteri. 


LACERATION   OF   PERINEUM.  131 

If  the  laceration  is  tlirough  the  sphincter  ani,  incontinence  of 
faeces  usually  results. 

What  are  the  subjective  symptoms  of  laceration  of  the  peri- 
neum with  relaxation  of  the  vaginal  outlet  ? 

The  patient  usually  feels  incapacitated  for  any  great  exertion, 
complains  of  a  dragging  pain  in  the  back  and  the  feeling  of  weight 
in  the  pelvis. 

What  does  a  physical  examination  show  ? 

An  enlarged  vaginal  orifice,  cystocele  or  rectocele ;  the  anns  may 
be  drawn  back  toward  the  tip  of  the  coccyx  by  the  sphincter  ani 
fibres  attached  to  its  tip  and  now  unopposed  by  the  torn  anterior 
fibres  of  the  levator  ani ;  the  depression  between  the  buttocks  at 
the  bottom  of  which  is  the  anus  may  be  less  deep  than  usual  owing 
to  the  relaxation  and  descent  of  the  pelvic  floor. 

How  would  you  determine  relaxation  of  the  vaginal  outlet  ? 

Insert  the  thumbs  or  index  fingers  into  the  vaginal  oiifice  ;  sepa- 
rate the  labia  by  cariying  the  thumbs  or  fingers  backward  and  out- 
ward, at  the  same  time  telling  the  patient  to  strain  ;  the  lax  condi- 
tion of  the  outlet  will  then  be  readily  felt,  and  anterior  and  posterior 
vaginal  walls  will  be  seen  to  protmde. 

What  are  the  principal  operative  procedures  for  repair  of 
lacerated  perineum  or  relaxation  of  the  vaginal  outlet  ? 

The  four  following  operations  are  in  common  use — 

1.  Hegar's  operation. 

2.  Emmet's  operation. 

3.  The  Saenger-Tait  operation. 

4.  Cleveland's  operation. 

Describe  the  Hegar  operation.  (Martin  suture.) 

In  this  as  in  all  perineal  operations,  the  patient's  bowels  should 
be  freely  moved  and  the  vulva  shaved.  Just  previous  to  operation, 
the  vagina  and  vulva  should  be  thoroughly  cleansed  with  soap  and 
water  and  then  irrigated  with  an  antiseptic  solution.    In  the  Hegar 


132  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

denudation  which  is  triangular  in  shape  (see  Fig.  30.)  three  points 
are  taken,  A.  B.  and  C  That  which  is  to  be  the  apex  of*  the  tri- 
angle, A,  is  in  the  median  line  of  the  posterior  vaginal  wall ;  this 
is  seized  with  a  bullet  forceps  or  tenaculum  and  drawn  upward  and 
forward.  The  points  B  and  C,  at  the  extremities  of  the  base  line, 
are  points  on  the  labia  majora  which  when  the  operation  is  com- 
pleted will  form  the  fourchette.  These  points  B  and  C  are  also 
seized  by  bullet  forceps  or  tenacula  and  are  drawn  apart,  thus 
facilitating  the  denudation  of  the  triangular  area  A.  B.  C 

Fig.  30. 

A 


This  denuded  surface  may  either  be  closed  by  sutures  introduced 
from  side  to  side,  or  as  is  usually  done  by  the  author,  it  may  be 
closed  by  a  continuous  catgut  suture  in  tiers  according  to  Martin. 
This  is  similar  to  the  Martin  method  of  suturing  used  in  an  ante- 
rior colporrhaphy.   (See  further  on.) 

When  the  operation  is  completed  the  point  A  is  high  up  in  the 
vagina,  B  and  C  are  in  apposition. 

Hegar's  operation  is  best  suited  to  tears  which  are  median  or  to 
cases  where  time  is  an  important  element,  as  in  prolapse  cases  where 
the  perineon'haphy  is  but  one  of  several  operations  performed  at  a 
sittino;. 


LACERATION    OF   PEUliNEUM.  133 

Describe  Emmet's  operation  for  restoration  of  the  perineum. 

The  patient  is  jorepared  tor  operation  as  usual,  with  antiseptic 
douches,  etc.  She  is  anaesthetized  and  placed  in  the  lithotomy 
position  ;  a  point  is  selected  in  the  centre  of  the  crest  of  the  bulging 
posterior  vaginal  wall,  and  a  point  on  each  labium  majus  correspond- 
ing to  the  lowest  vestige  of  the  hymen.  These  three  points  are  to 
be  brought  together  by  the  completed  operation. 

Between  the  central  point  chosen  and  the  two  lateral  are  two  triangu- 
lar areas,  with  apices  running  into  the  vaginal  sulci  on  each  side  of  the 
columna.  These  triangular  areas  are  first  denuded  as  follows  :  One 
tenaculum  is  inserted  into  the  central  point  chosen,  and  another  into 
one  of  the  lateral  points  ;  these  are  given  to  an  assistant,  who  draws 
the  central  point  forward  and  to  the  side  opposite  the  other  tenacu- 
lum. This  draws  the  apex  of  the  triangle  nearly  in  line  with  the  two 
tenacula  ;  a  narrow  strip  is  then  denuded  with  the  scissors  along  this 
line.  When  the  tension  is  relieved,  the  area  marked  off  is  seen  to 
be  triangular,  as  before.  The  denudation  of  this  triangle  is  then 
completed  by  long  snips  of  the  scissors.  The  lateral  point  on  the 
other  side  is  now  seized  with  the  tenaculum,  and  the  central  point 
drawn  toward  the  denuded  side  ;  this  triangle  is  denuded  as  before, 
also,  as  much  of  the  skin  surface  of  the  perineum  as  is  necessary. 
The  parts  are  now  thoroughly  irrigated  and  the  sutures  introduced 
as  follows :  The  two  triangular  areas  are  to  be  in  the  vagina,  and  are 
sutured  with  either  silkworm  gut  or  catgut.  The  apex  of  one  tri- 
angle is  first  closed,  the  suture  entering  and  emerging  from  the 
vaginal  mucous  membrane  near  the  denuded  surface ;  the  succeed- 
ing sutures  of  this  triangle  are  made  to  enter  the  vaginal  mucous 
membrane  on  one  side,  slant  toward  the  operator,  emerge  at  the 
centre  of  the  denuded  surface,  re-enter,  slant  away  from  the  operator 
and  emerge  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  other  side  a  little  in 
front  of  the  preceding  suture.  This  method  is  repeated  in  the  other 
triangle.  There  then  remains  but  a  small  external  denuded  area  to 
be  closed ;  this  is  best  done  with  silkworm  gut.  The  upper  or  crown 
suture,  entering  the  skin  on  one  side,  passes  through  the  anterior 
extremity  of  the  columna  of  the  posterior  vaginal  wall,  and  emerges 
from  the  skin  on  the  other  side.  The  bowels  are  moved  about  the 
third  day  and  the  sutures  removed  on  the  eighth.  This  is  an 
excellent  operation  for  bilateral  tears.     The  two  triangles  denuded 


134 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


up  into  the  vagina  lie  in  two  depressions  formed  by  the  separation 

of  levator  ani  fibres  from  their  attachment.  Hence  when  the  sides 
of  these  triangles  are  brought  together  the  tendency  is  to  bring  the 
levator  ani  fibres  into  apposition  with  the  perineal  body.  Students 
find  difficulty  in  understanding  this  operation  from  written  descrip- 
tions, but  will  find  it  quite  simj.ile  when  once  tliey  have  seen  the 
triangles  located  on  the  hving  subject. 

Fig.  31. 


Describe  the  Saenger-Tait  operation. 

The  patient  is  prepared  for  operation  by  having  the  bowels  freely 
moved,  the  vulva  shaved,  and  an  antiseptic  vaginal  douche  given. 
She  is  then  anaesthetized  and  placed  in  the  lithotomy  position,  with 


LACERATION   OF  PERINEUM.  3  35 

knees  supported  hy  Clover's  crutch  and  hips  resting  on  Kelly's 
perineal  pad.  The  vagina  and  vulva  are  now  scrubbed  with  soap- water 
and  irrigated  with  an  antiseptic  solution,  and  an  assistant  so  stationed 
that  he  can  allow  a  mild  antiseptic  solution  or  sterilized  salt  solution  to 
trickle  on  the  wound  during  the  operation.  A  tampon  is  inserted  into 
the  rectum,  the  string  left  projecting.  The  index  and  middle  fingers 
of  the  left  hand  are  now  inserted  into  the  rectum,  as  seen  in  Fig.  31 ; 
the  labia  are  separated  by  an  assistant,  the  blades  of  the  scissors  (Tait 
uses  angular  scissors  and  inserts  only  one  blade;  scissors  curved 
slightly  on  the  flat,  with  points  rather  sharp,  and  both  blades  in- 
serted, may  be  used  with  advantage)  inserted  into  the  recto-vaginal 
septum  just  in  front  of  the  anus,  and  the  vaginal  and  rectal  mucous 
membranes  separated  for  some  distance  around  the  point  of  inser- 
tion. A  horizontal  incision  is  now  made  through  the  point  of  inser- 
tion, extending  on  either  side  to  a  perpendicular  through  the  lower 
extremity  of  the  nymphae  ;  an  incision  is  made  with  the  scissors  up 
along  this  perpendicular  to  the  lower  extremity  of  the  nymphae. 
The  flap  so  marked  out  is  then  dissected  up  to  the  crest  of  the 
bulging  posterior  vaginal  wall.     See  Fig.  32. 

The  parts  are  now  freshly  irrigated,  and  the  sutures  of  silver  wire 
introduced  as  follows  :  Either  a  Peaslee's  needle  or  a  long,  straight 
needle  with  a  thread  loop  may  be  used  ;  the  sutures,  3-4  in  number, 
are  inserted  just  within  the  denuded  area  on  one  side,  and  brought 
out  just  within  the  denuded  area  on  the  other.  See  Fig.  33.  The 
tampon  is  removed  from  the  rectum,  the  sutures  twisted  up  and 
either  left  long  or  shotted  and  cut  short.  The  skin  is  now  brought 
into  apposition  by  superficial  silkworm-gut  sutures  introduced  be- 
tween the  wires,  giving  the  result  seen  in  Fig.  34.  An  antiseptic 
dressing  and  a  T-bandage  are  applied,  and  the  patient  is  put  to  bed. 

The  bowels  are  moved  about  the  third  day,  and  the  sutures  re- 
moved on  the  eighth.  This  operation  has  no  advantages  over  the 
Emmet  perineorrhaphy. 

What  is  a  good  method  of  procedure  when  the  laceration 
extends  through  the  sphincter  ani? 

Thoroughly  cleanse  the  vagina  and  lower  portion  of  the  rectum. 
D,enude  a  V-shaped  area  with  apex  up  the  rectum,  representing 
the  torn  wall  of  the  latter,  and  with  the  arms  of  the  V  resting  on 
the  ends  of  the  divided  sphincter  ani  muscle.     The  denuded  sur- 


130 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNAECOLOGY. 


Fig.  32. 


Fig.  33. 


LACERATION    OF  PERINEUM. 


137 


face  had  best  be  a  little  larger  at  these  latter  points.  It  is  well  to 
dissect  out  and  identify  the  torn  ends  of  the  sphincter  to  insure  their 
being  brought  together  by  the  sutures.  Sutures  of  silkworm  gut 
or  chromicized  gut  are  now  introduced  as  seen  in  Fig.  35  with  ends 
in  the  rectum  and  tied.  The  ends  of  the  silkworm  gut  sutures  are 
left  long  and  protruding  from  the  anus.  This  repairs  the  rectal 
rent,  and  now  the  further  restoration  of  the  perineum  may  be 
accomplished  by  any  of  the  ordinary  methods  of  denudation  and 
suturing.  The  Hegar's  denudation  with  Martin's  suture  answers 
admirably  here. 


Fig. 34. 


Fia  35 


Describe  the  Cleveland  operation. 

Dr.  Cleveland  describes  his  method  in  the  following  words — 
"The  usual  broad  denudation,  extending  well  into  the  sulci  having 
been  made,  the  first  suture  is  passed  in  at  the  centre  (see  Fig.  39. 
A^  1.)  of  the  denuded  surface  on  the  patient's  left,  a  quarter  of  an 


138 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY 


inch  from  the  edge,  is  carried  well  back,  deep  under  the  tissues,  to 
embrace  the  retracted  muscles,  across  between  the  denuded  surface 
and  the  rectum,  to  the  centre  of  the  denuded  surface,  then  down 

Fig.  36. 


and  out  a  quarter  of  an  inch  from  the  edge,  at  a  point  (2,  Fig.  36.) 
midway  between  the  centre  of  the  denuded  surface  on  the  patient's 
right,  and  the  posterior  commissure  D.  It  is  then  carried  over 
without  cutting,  and  entered  at  a  corresponding  point  (3,  Fig.  36.) 
opposite  the  point  where  it  was  brought  out;  then  carried  up, 
buried,  to  the  centre  of  the  denuded  surface,  across,  and  out  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  bej^ond  the  centre  of  denuded  edge  (4,  A,  Fig. 
36.),  directly  opposite  the  point  where  it  was  first  introduced.  The 
second  suture,  or  suture  B  in  the  diagram,  is  introduced  just  below 
the  summit  of  the  denudation  on  left  labium  (1,  ^.  Fig.  36.),  and 


LACERATION    OF  PERINEUM.  139 

passed,  buried  close  to  the  denuded  edge,  around  the  angle  in  the 
left  sulcus  to  the  highest  point  of  denuded  surface  on  the  columna, 
at  C,  then  across,  still  buried,  the  angle  of  right  sulcus  and  out  at 
2.  B,  which  is  a  point  midway  between  summit  and  centre  of  denu- 
dation on  right  labium :  then  carried  over  without  cutting  and  is 
entered  at  3.  B,  a  point  corresponding  to  the  one  where  it  was  just 
brought  out,  then  across,  buried,  the  angle  of  left  sulcus  to  the 
point  C,  and  finally  passed  around  the  angle  of  right  sulcus  close 
to  the  denuded  edge  and  out  at  4.  B.  a  point  corresj)onding  to 

1.  b:' 

Dr.  Cleveland  often  introduces  a  third  suture  E.  as  a  protection 
suture.  They  are  usually  of  silk -worm  gut.  The  sutures  are  now 
drawn  up  and  tied  beginning  with  A. 

Describe  the  operation  of  anterior  colporrhaphy. 

This  consists  in  the  denudation  of  an  elliptical  piece  of  mucous 
membrane  from  the  anterior  wall  of  the  vagina,  and  suturing  to- 
gether the  raw  area  thus  formed.  The  ellipse  should  extend  from 
a  little  behind  the  urethral  prominence  to  a  point  just  in  front  of 
the  cervix.  The  denudation  is  usually  best  performed  with  scissors, 
removing  the  mucous  membrane  in  long  strips.  The  strip  to  be 
removed  is  held  taut  with  toothed  thumb-forceps  drawn  toward  the 
operator,  and  the  ridge  thus  formed  is  removed  by  scissors  cutting 
in  the  opposite  direction  and  held  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the 
ridge.  The  suturing  is  best  done,  according  to  Martin's  method, 
by  a  continuous  suture  of  catgut,  as  follows :  A  line  of  suture 
is  first  made  longitudinally  along  the  centre  of  the  denuded  ellipse ; 
this  reduces  its  size  slightly ;  another  tier  of  sutures  is  then  inserted 
back  over  the  first,  uniting  tissue  more  superficial  ;  thus  the  sutures 
are  introduced  tier  upon  tier,  each  narrowing  the  denuded  area  and 
causing  the  edges  of  the  mucous  membrane  to  approach  each  other, 
till  finally  in  the  last  tier  these  edges  are  included. 

In  Stoltz's  method  the  denudation  is  as  described  above,  but  the 
suturing  is  done  by  means  of  a  single  purse-string  suture  which  sur- 
sounds  the  denudation  and,  when  drawn  tight,  puckers  it  together. 

This  operation  may  be  combined  with  any  operation  on  the  peri- 
neum and  posterior  vaginal  wall. 


140  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

Hypertrophy  of  the  Cervix. 

Give  the  varieties  and  etiology. 

Hypertrophy  of  the  cervix  may  involve  either  the  infra-vaginal 
or  supra-vaginal  portions.  Some  authorities  mention  hypertrophy 
of  the  intermediate  jDortion  of  the  ceiTrx. 

Little  is  known  of  the  etiology. 

Hypertrophy  of  the  infra-vaginal  portion  is  usually  congenital. 

Hypertrophy  of  the  supra-vaginal  portion  usually  accompanies 
prolapse  of  the  uterus  or  vaginal  walls. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  and  symptoms  ? 

The  OS  is  nearer  vulva  than  normal ;  it  may  even  project  beyond 
the  vulvar  opening. 

In  hypertrophy  of  the  infra-vaginal  portion,  the  cervix  is  long, 
usually  conical,  with  small  os  ;  the  vaginal  fornices  and  fundus  uteri 
are  in  their  normal  position.  If  the  cervix  protrudes  from  the 
vulva,  it  may  be  ulcerated,  from  friction. 

' '  In  hypertrophy  of  the  supra-vaginal  portion  both  anterior  and 
posterior  fornices  are  obliterated. ' ' 

' '  In  hypertrophy  of  the  intermediate  portion  the  posterior  fornix  re- 
mains, while  the  anterior  fornix  is  obliterated . ' '    (Hart  and  Barbour. ) 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  symptoms  of  hyj^ertrophj'^  of  the  infra-vaginal  portion  are 
chiefly  mechanical  : — 

Leucorrhoea,  from  vaginal  irritation. 
Discomfort  in  exercise. 
Sense  of  weight  in  the  pelvis. 
Sterility. 
The  sjTuptoms  of  hypertrophy  of  the  supra- vaginal  portion  are 
those  of  the  prolapse  of  the  uterus  or  vaginal  walls,  which  it  usually 
accompanies. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  hypertrophy  of  the  infra-vaginal 
portion  of  the  cervix  ? 
Amputation  of  the  cervix. 

The  best  method  is  probably  a  circular  amputation,  proceeding 
in  a  manner  somewhat  similar  to  that  employed  in  amputation  of 
an  extremity,  viz,  cutting  through  and  retracting  superficial  strue- 


HYPERTROPHY    OF   THE   CERVIX. 


141 


tures,  go  through  cervix  higher  up,  thus  making  the  portion  of 
cervix  removed  conical.  The  tissues  retract  so  that  the  stump  left 
also  appears  conical,  but  the  superficial  structures  can  easily  be 
brought  over  it.  The  vaginal  mucous  membrane  opposite  the 
uterine  canal  is  stitched  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  cervi- 
cal canal  both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  care  being  taken  to  make 
the  sutures  include  a  portion  of  the  substance  of  the  cervix  so  as 
to  fasten  the  flaps  down  to  the  stump  to  prevent  oozing  and  pocket- 
ing. At  the  sides  of  the  cervix  the  flaps  will  usually  come  into  easy 
apposition  and  should  be  sutured  together,  taking  care  as  above, 
that  the  sutures  include  the  deeper  structures  and  prevent  oozing. 
The  lines  of  suture  thus  extend  from  the  os  a  little  way  into  each 
lateral  fornix.  Before  the  cervix  is  completely  removed  a  few  of 
the  sutures  may  be  introduced  and  used  as  tractors. 

Another  very  good  method  is  that  of  Simon  and  Marckwald,  in 
which  the  cervix  is  first  divided  by  a  transverse  incision  into  an  an- 
terior and  posterior  lip ;  a  wedge-shaped  piece  is  then  removed  from 

Fig.  37. 


Marckwald's  method  of  splitting  the  cervix  into  an  anterior  and  posterior  lip  and 
then  uniting  cervical  to  vaginal  mucous  membrane  {Schroeder). 

each  (see  Fig,  37),  and  the  flaps  of  each  lip  are  brought  together  with 
sutures,  either  of  silk  worm  gut,  catgut,  or  silver  wire. 


142  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Stenosis  of  the  Cervix. 

What  is  the  etiolog-y  ? 

It  may  be  either  congenital  or  acquu-ed.  Wlien  congenital,  it  is 
usually  associated  with  a  small  uterus,  long  cervix,  and  anteflexion. 
Stenosis  of  the  external  os  is  more  frequent  than  of  tlie  whole  canal. 

Acquired  stenosis  results  from  cicatrization  following  the  use  of 
too  strong  caustics,  endocervicitis,  or  a  too  complete  closure  of  the 
cervical  canal  in  a  trachelorrhaphy. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Dysmenorrhcea  and  sterility  Tlie  stenosis  results  in  an  insufficient 
drainage  of  the  cervical  canal.  The  retained  secretion  gives  rise  to 
an  endocervicitis  which,  rather  than  the  stenosis,  is  to  be  considered 
the  direct  cause  of  the  sterilit}'. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Dilate  the  cei-vix  with  one  of  the  glove-stretcher  dilators  and 
maintain  the  dilatation  by  the  occasional  introduction  of  graduated 
sounds.  Iodoform  gauze  packing  may  be  used  for  the  first  fcAv 
days  foUowing  the  dilatation  of  the  canal. 

Laceration  of  the  Cervix. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

The  usual  cause  is  parturition  or  abortion  ;  it  occasionally  occurs 
as  a  result  of  mechanical  dilatation  of  the  cervix.  It  occurs  in  par- 
turition in  about  32  per  cent,  of  women  ;  especially  in  tedious,  pre- 
cij^itate  or  instrumental  deliveries.  It  is  predisj^osed  to  by  a  rigid 
OS,  faulty  presentation  or  condition  of  the  foetus,  premature  ruptui'e 
of  the  membranes  and  previous  disease  of  the  cervix. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

The  laceration  may  be — 

1.  Complete.    Penetrating  the  whole  thickness  of  the  cervix. 

2.  Partial.     Including  cervical  mucous  membrane,  but  not  ap- 

pearing on  the  vaginal  surface. 

It  may  be — 

(a)  Unilateral  (see  Fig.  38). 

(b)  Bilateral. 

(c)  SteUate  (see  Fig.  39). 

The  iinilateral  laceration  is  most  apt  to  occui*  in  the  fine  of  the 


LACERATION   OF   THE   CERVIX. 


143 


right  oblique  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  i.  e. ,  either  anteriorly  and  to 
the  left  or  posteriorly  and  to  the  right,  especially  the  former.     This 


Fig.  38. 


Single  Laceration.    The  flaps  are  held  apart  with  a  double  tenaculum  {Emmet), 


Fig.  39. 


Multiple  or  Stellate  Laceration  {Emmet). 

is  supposed  to  arise  from  the  greater  frequency  of  the  first  position 
of  the  vertex. 

Bilateral  lacerations  are  usually  more  dangerous  than  those  of  the 
anterior  or  posterior  hp,  because  opening  up  the  cellular  tissue  of  the 
broad  hgaments. 


•144  ESSENTTAI.S   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Stellate  lacerations  are  more  apt  to  be  superficial. 

If  the  surfaces  of  laceration  are  kept  clean,  more  or  less  union 
will  occur.  Usually  there  is  partial  union,  with  eversion  and  pro- 
Hferation  of  the  cervical  mucous  membrane,  hyperplasia  of  the  con- 
nective tissue  and  prohferation  of  the  glandular  structure. 

What  are  the  complications  and  results  ? 

The  most  fi-equent  comphcations  are — 

1.  Celluhtis. 

2.  Peritonitis. 

3.  Endometritis,  especially  cervical  endometritis. 
The  common  results  are — 

1.  Subinvolution. 

2.  Chronic  metritis. 

3.  Displacements  of  the  uterus. 

4.  Sterihty. 

5.  Abortion. 

6.  Epithehoma. 

If  the  laceration  has  extended  through  the  anterior  fornix,  a  vesico- 
vaginal or  vesico -uterine  fistula  may  remain. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  symptoms  are  due  to  the  inflammatory  processes  to  which  the 
laceration  gives  rise. 

The  patient  usually  complains  of  a  feeling  of  weight  in  the  pelvis ; 
leucoiThoea,  disturbances  of  menstruation,  especially  menoiThagia ; 
sterility ;  neuralgia  and  various  reflex  neuroses,  such  as  suboccipital 
headache.  At  the  time  of  the  laceration  there  may  be  considerable 
hemorrhage. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

On  making  a  vaginal  examination  the  cervix  usually  feels  enlarged 
and  more  sensitive  than  usual ;  the  fissure  can,  as  a  rule,  be  readily 
detected  ;  also,  if  present,  the  eversion  of  the  cervical  mucous 
membrane,  which  usually  feels  velvety,  often  granular  or  cystic. 
Sometimes  the  eversion  is  so  extreme  that  one  does  not  notice  the 
fissure,  simply  feeling  the  velvety  or  granular  area  about  the  os. 
The  latter  may  be  so  patulous  as  to  admit  the  finger.  On  making 
the  bimanual  examination  the  uterus  is  often  found  enlarged  as  a 


LACERATION  OF  THE  CERVIX.  145 

whole  ;  cicatrices  may  be  felt  extending  from  the  laceration  iuto  one 
of  the  vaginal  fornices.  With  the  aid  of  the  speculum  one  sees  the 
erosion  on  one  side  of  or  surrounding  the  os,  and  by  drawing  the 
edges  of  the  laceration  together  with  tenacula  the  extent  of  the  tear 
is  visible.  Without  this  latter  procedure,  one  is  greatly  deceived, 
in  some  cases,  as  to  the  degree  of  the  injury. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Opinions  differ  as  to  whether  lacerations  of  the  cervix,  unless 
accompanied  by  hemorrhage,  should  be  immediately  repaired  or  not. 
When  hemorrhage  accompanies  the  laceration,  the  cervix  should  be 
drawn  down  to  the  vulva  and  the  laceration  closed  with  silkworm 
gut  or  catgut  sutures. 

The  treatment  after  the  puerperium  is  as  follows :  The  complica- 
tions, if  present,  are  first  treated,  especially  peritonitis  or  cellulitis,  by 
counter-irritation,  hot-water  vaginal  douches,  glycerine  tampons,  etc. 

The  cervical  endometritis  is  treated  by  pricking  the  cysts,  if  pres- 
ent, and  applying  to  the  cervical  mucous  membrane  carbolic  acid, 
iodized  phenol,  or  alumnol,  10  per  cent,  in  glycerine.  The  corporeal 
endometritis  is  treated  by  the  curette,  if  necessary,  and  applications 
as  in  cervical  endometritis. 

The  growth  of  the  squamous  epithelium  over  the  erosions  is  stimu- 
lated by  astringent  applications,  especially  pyroligneous  acid.  Under 
the  above  procedures  the  uterus  often  returns  to  its  normal  size,  and 
the  symptoms  associated  with  the  laceration  disappear. 

If  the  symptoms  continue  after  the  foregoing  treatment,  and 
neither  peritonitis  nor  cellulitis  is  present,  Emmet's  operation  of 
trachelorrhaphy  is  indicated. 

Describe  briefly  the  operation  of  trachelorrhaphy. 

The  patient,  after  the  usual  preparation  regarding  bowels,  bladder, 
and  antiseptic  vaginal  douche,  is  anaesthetized  and  placed  in  the 
dorsal  position,  with  Kelly's  pad  beneath  the  hips,  and  legs  sup- 
ported with  a  leg-holder.  The  vulva  and  vagina  are  thoroughly 
scrubbed  with  soap  and  water,  and  an  antiseptic  douche  given.  The 
perineum  is  retracted  with  a  speculum ;  the  anterior  lip  of  the 
cervix  is  seized  with  a  bullet-forceps,  and  the  uterus  drawn  down 
and  steadied  by  an  assistant. 

The  edges  of  the  laceration  are  now  pared  with  scissors  or  knife, 
10 


146 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 


giving  the  denuded  area  seen  in  Fig.  40,  and  leaving  enough  mucous 
membrane  in  the  centre  for  the  cervical  canal.  Care  sh.ould  be  taken 
to  excise  the  plug  of  cicatricial  tissue  at  the  angle  of  the  laceration. 
The  parts  are  now  irrigated  with  an  antiseptic  solution,  and  the  sutures 
of  silkworm  gut  or  silver  wire  introduced,  usually  3-4  on  a  side,  begin- 
ning at  the  upper  angle.  Each  is  passed  from  the  surface  of  the 
vaginal  portion,  through  the  thickness  of  one  lip,  emerging  in  the 
edge  of  the  undenuded  mucous  membrane  ;  thence  is  passed  into  the 
edge  of  tlie  undenuded  mucous  membrane  of  the  other  lip,  through 
the  lip's  substance,  and  emerges  on  the  surface  of  the  vaginal  portion. 
The  other  sutures  of  the  same  side  are  introduced  in  a  similar  man- 


FiG.  40. 


Trachelorrhaphy  for  Bilateral  Laceratiou  of  the  Cervix  Uteri.     Sutures  introduced. 


ner,  care  being  taken  to  bring  the  parts  into  close  apposition  and 
leave  no  pockets.  If  the  laceration  is  bilateral,  the  suturing  of  the 
other  side  is  conducted  in  the  same  manner.  The  parts  are  again 
irrigated,  and  the  sutures  tied  or  twisted  up.  A  sterile  dressing  is 
applied  to  the  vulva  and  the  patient  placed  in  bed.  The  sutures 
are  left  8-10  daj'^s  ;  the^^  may  be  left  longer  if  the  peritoneum  is 
repaired  at  the  time  of  the  trachelorrhaphy. 


ENDOMETRITIS.  147 

Endometritis. 

Define  and  give  the  varietie3= 

Endometritis  is  an  inflammation  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
uteras;  it  may  be  either  acute  or  chronic.  Acute  endometritis 
usually  involves  both  cervix  and  body. 

The  chronic  is  often  confined  to  either  cervix  or  body,  and  called 
in  the  former  case  cemcal  endometritis,  endocervicitis,  or  chronic 
cervical  catarrh  ;  in  the  latter  case,  corporeal  endometritis. 

Occasionally,  chronic  endometritis  affects  the  whole  uterus. 

Acute  Endometritis. 
What  is  the  etiolog-y  ? 

Before  imberty  it  is  rare.  The  most  common  causes  are  the  fol- 
lowing : — 

1.  Traumatism  and  sepsis,  especially  from  dirty  instruments. 

2.  Gonorrhoea. 

3.  Catching  cold  during  menstruation. 

4.  Excessive  coitus  near  menstruation. 

5.  Severe  types  of  the  exanthemata. 

6.  It  is  one  of  the  lesions  in  puerperal  septicaemia. 

What  is  its  bacteriology  ? 

It  is  most  often  due  to  the  gonococcus,  less  often  to  the  pyogenic 
streptococci  and  staphylococci. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

Usually  the  endometrium  of  both  body  and  cervix  is  involved, 
but  the  former  more  than  the  latter.  The  mucous  membrane  is 
swollen  and  softened  ;  extravasations  of  blood  into  it  occur  ;  the  epi- 
thehnm  is  in  places  destroyed  and  desciuamated.  The  secretion  is 
first  serous,  later  purulent,  perhaps  bloody. 
What  are  the  complications  ? 

The  most  comnion  are — 

Vaginitis;  Urethritis;  Salpingitis;  Peritonitis. 
What  are  the  physical  sig^s  ? 

The  cervix  is  enlarged,  soft  and  slightly  sensitive  ;  the  endome- 
trium is  veiy  sensitive  to  the  sound  or  probe,  and  these  should  be 
avoided.  There  is  often  an  erosion  about  the  os,  wliich  is  usually 
filled  with  a  ropy  secretion.  The  cervix  sometimes  looks  and  feels 
like  that  of  early  pregnancy. 


.48  ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNiECOLOGY. 

i/yhat  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  characteristic  symptom  is  the  discharge,  which  is  first  watery, 
then  creamy.  In  mild  cases  there  are  usually  no  constitutional 
symptoms  save  a  feeling  of  weight  in  the  pelvis  and  a  slight  malaise. 
In  more  severe  cases  there  is  a  dull  pain  in  the  back  and  pelvic 
region,  irritability  of  the  bladder,  and  a  slight  rise  of  temperature. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Put  the  patient  to  bed ;  give  light  diet ;  move  the  bowels  freely 
with  a  saline  cathartic ;  administer  large  hot  vaginal  douches  (water 
Oviij,  borax  3viij),  temperature  110°-115°,  three  or  four  times  a  day 
for  the  first  24-48  hours.  Later  insert  glycerine  tampons  and  con- 
tinue douches  less  frequently.  Depletion  by  scarification  of  the 
cervix  is  often  of  value.  Hot  applications  to  the  abdomen  usually 
suffice  for  the  relief  of  pain. 

Chronic  Endoimetritis. 

What  are  the  varieties  ? 

(a)  Chronic  cervical  endometritis. 

(b)  Chronic  corporeal  endometritis. 

A.    Chronic  Cervical  Endometritis. 

What  are  the  synonyms  ? 

Chronic  cervical  catarrh  and  endocervicitis. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

Chronic  cervical  endometritis  is  predisposed  to  by  any  low  state  of 
the  system,  from  whatever  cause  produced. 
The  most  common  exciting  causes  are — 

(a)  Laceration  of  the  cervix. 

(6)  Extension  upward  of  a  vaginitis. 

(c)   Extension  downward  of  a  corporeal  endometritis. 

(cZ)  Displacements  of  the  uterus,  especially  flexions. 

(e)    Stenosis  of  the  cervix. 

(/)  Traumatism,  especially  septic. 

{g)  Excessive  coitus. 

Qi)   Catching  cold  during  menstruation. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 
In  mild  cases  the  mucous  membrane  alon .  niay  be  involved,  but 


ENDOMETRITIS.  149 

often  more  or  less  of  the  substance  of  the  cervix  is  affected.  In  a 
well-marked  case  the  epithelium,  glands,  and  interstitial  tissue  are 
all  involved  in  the  change. 

The  cylindrical  epithelium  of  the  canal  proliferates  and  replaces 
the  squamous  epithelium  on  the  vaginal  portion  of  the  cervix.  This 
is  especially  true  where  the  cervix  is  lacerated,  and  the  cervical 
mucous  membrane  is  everted. 

The  glands  of  the  cervix  are  hypertrophied  and  proliferated,  and 
in  addition  to  this,  according  to  Kuge  and  Yeit,  the  surface  of  the 
mucous  membrane  is  thrown  into  numerous  folds^  producing  gland- 
ular recesses  and  processes,  which  may  later  form  cysts. 

The  connective  tissue  of  the  cervix  is  also  increased. 

The  reddened  areas  about  the  os,  where  cylindrical  epithelium  has 
replaced  the  squa^ious,  and  the  glandular  structure  has  increased, 
are  called  erosions,  sometimes  wtongly  spoken  of  as  "  ulcerations. 

What  are  the  so-called  cervi&al  erosions  ? 

The  term  has  been  applied  to  a  number  of  distinct  pathological 
conditions : 

1.  Small  ulcers  without  epithelial  covering. 

2.  A  congenital  ectropion  of  the  uterine  mucosa. 

3.  Pseudo-erosions.  They  are  covered  by  a  single  layer  of  cylin- 
drical epithelium  and  are  due  to  two  distinct  processes :  First,  there 
may  be  an  outgrowth  of  the  mucosa  of  the  cervical  canal  over  the 
exposed  portion  of  the  cervix,  gradually  pressing  back  the  squamous 
epithelium  from  the  external  os.  These  heal  by  a  reversed  process, 
{.  f.,  a  proliferation  of  the  squamous  epithelium,  causing  a  receding 
of  the  cjdindrical. 

Second,  the  irritation  of  secretions  may  cause  a  maceration  and 
desquamation  of  the  superficial  squamous  cells  of  the  cervix,  leaving 
exposed  the  deeper  cylindrical  ones.  Such  erosions  appear  as  red 
spots  scattered  over  the  cervix.  They  heal  by  a  metaplasia  of  their 
epithelium. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  of  chronic  cervical  endome* 

tritis? 
In  nulliparae  the  cervix  may  feel  normal,  save  a  little  swollen  and 
sensitive  ;  sometimes  the  neighborhood  of  the  os  has  a  granular  or 


150 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 


In  multiparae,  especially  where  tlie  cervix  is  lacerated,  the  gran- 
ular area  about  the  os  is  larger,  and  small  cysts  in  greater  or  less 
numbers  can  usually  be  felt. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  characteristic  symptom  is  the  leucorrhoea ;  this  may  irritate 
the  vulva,  causing  pruiitus. 

Pain  in  the  back  and  loins,  especially  on  exertion,  is  usually  present, 
but  may  be  slight. 

Other  symptoms  are  disturbances  of  menstruation,  especially  men- 
orrhagia,  sterility  and  reflex  neuroses. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Attend  to  the  general  health  and  remove,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
causes  of  the  endometritis. 

In  mild  cases,  especially  in  nulliparae,  use  hot-water  vaginal 
douches  containing  an  astringent,  as  sulphate  of  zinc  3j-0j. 

If  more  severe,  remove  the  ropy  mucus  from  the  canal  with  a 
large-mouthed  syringe  and  apply  iodized  phenol. 

When  the  cervix  is  cystic  or  much  congested,  prick  the  cysts  or 
scarify  the  cervix. 

Fig.  42. 


Schroeder's  excision  of  the  cervical  mucous  membrane  in  cervical  catarrh. 


Fig.  41.  Line  of  incision  in  mucous  mem- 
brane. 


Fig.  42.  Mucous  membrane  excised  and 
flap  be  turned  in  on  ab  {Schroeder). 


If  the  above  treatment  fails,  dilate  the  cervix,  curette  thoroughly 
and  drain  the  uterus  with  iodoform  ganze. 

Schroeder's  operation  cr)n?:ists  in  dividing  the  cervix  into  an  ante- 


ENDOMETRITIS.  1 5 1 

rior  and  posterior  lip,  excising  the  mucous  membrane  by  a  Y-shaped 
incision  (see  Fig.  41),  and  turning  in  and  uniting  the  hps  as  seen  in 
Fig.  42. 
When  the  cervix  is  badly  lacerated  trachelorrhaphy  is  indicated. 

B.    Chronic  Corporeal  Endometritis. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  sometimes  follows  the  acute,  more  often  begins  as  clironic. 
The  most  common  causes  are — 

1 .  Parturition,  especially  when  the  secundines  are  not  thoroughly 
removed. 

2.  Displacements. 

3.  Traumatism,  especially  septic. 

4.  Tumors,  especially  fibroids  and  polypi. 

5.  Excessive  coitus. 

6.  Extension  of  inflammation  from  the  cervix. 

7.  Chronic  metritis. 

What  is  its  bacteriolog-y  ? 

The  majority  of  cases  are  not  bacterial  in  origin.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  endometrium  and  secretion  shows  no  bacteria  except 
gonococci  occasionally. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

The  term  chronic  endometritis  as  here  used  is  a  clinical  one  and 
covers  two  distinct  processes  : 

1.  A  chronic  interstitial  inflammation  having  the  features  of  a 
chronic  inflammation  elsewhere,  i.e. ,  a  proliferation  of  the  connective- 
tissue  stroma  cells.  Glandular  changes  are  secondary.  They  may 
be  dilated,  compressed  or  diminished  in  number,  due  to  the  pressure 
of  the  new  connective  tissue. 

2.  Hyperplasia  of  the  endometrium.  This  is  not  a  true  inflam- 
mation, nor  due  to  bacteria,  but  the  result  of  congestion  and  chemical 
irritation.  The  hyperplasia  primarily  affects  the  glands.  The}^  may 
be  increased  in  length  and  tortuous,  penetrating  the  mucosa  in  cork- 
screw fashion.  They  are  frequently  dilated  and  may  form  cysts. 
Many  new  ones  may  be  formed. 

If  all  portions  of  the  endometrium  are  equally  involved,  then  it  is 
uniformly  thickened  and  smooth.     Often  this  is  not  the  case,  and 


152  ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

the  unequal  involvement  of  different  portions  of  endometrium 
results  in  the  formation  of  "  uterine  fungosities  "'  and  "  villous  endo- 
metritis." 

In  some  cases  stroma  and  glands  are  both  affected. 

Chronic  corporeal  and  chronic  cervical  endometritis  are  often 
associated. 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  chronic  corporeal  endometritis  ? 

{a)  LeucoiThoea. 

(h)  Menstrual  disturbances,  especially  menorrhagia. 

(c)  Dysmenorrhoea. 

(d)  Pain  in  back  and  pelvic  region. 

(e)  Sterility. 
(/)  Abortion. 

ig)  Reflex  neuroses. 

What  are  the  physical  sig-ns  ? 

On  bimanual  examination  the  uteras  is  usually  found  more  or  less 
enlarged  ;  perhaps  a  little  tender. 

The  sound,  on  introduction,  shows  the  cavity  enlarged,  and  usually 
detects  iiTcgularities  in  its  mucous  membrane  ;  it  frequently  causes 
shght  bleeding. 

What  are  common  complications  ? 

Metritis. 

Salpingitis. 

Peritonitis. 

Displacements. 

Vaginitis. 

What  is  the  treatment? 

1.  Prophylactw. — Be  careful  that  the  uterus  is  thoroughly  emp- 
tied after  labor  or  abortion.  Avoid  exposure  during  menstraation. 
Observe  strict  cleanliness  and  antisepsis  in  the  use  of  uterine  in- 
struments. 

2.  When  no  IrregiiJarities  of  the  Endometrium  are  Detected. — 
Make  occasional  applications  of  iodized  phenol  to  the  endometrium. 
Administer  internally,  three  or  four  times  a  day,  fifteen  drops  each 
of  the  fluid  extracts  of  ergot  and  hydrastis  canadensis. 

3.  When  Iiregularities  of  the  Endometrium  are  Detected. — If  no 


METRITIS.  153 

acute  inflammation  is  present  in  the  neighborhood,  dilate  tlie  cervix 
and  curette  the  uterus  under  antiseptic  precautions ;  wash  out  the 
uterus  with  an  antiseptic  sohition,  making  use  of  a  double-current 
catheter.  The  curetting,  if  thorough,  is  best  done  under  anaesthesia. 
It  is  well  to  confine  the  patient  to  bed  for  a  week,  and  occasional 
applications  of  iodized  phenol  to  the  endometrium  may  be  necessary. 
Drainage  of  the  uterus  with  iodoform  gauze  for  twenty-four  hours 
after  the  curetting  is  often  of  value. 

Metritis. 

Describe  and  give  the  varieties. 

Metritis  is  an  inflammation  of  the  parenchyma  of  the  uterus,  as 
distinguished  from  that  of  its  mucous  lining  or  serous  covering. 
The  two  varieties  are  the  acute  and  chronic. 

Acute  Metritis. 

What  is  the  etiology? 

Acute  metritis  rarely  if  ever  exists  as  an  independent  condition  ; 
it  is  almost  always  associated  with  an  endometritis  or  peritonitis ; 
especially  the  former. 

The  chief  causes  are — 

1.  Septic  infection  during  or  soon  after  labor,  abortion,  or  opera- 
tion ;  2.  Gonorrhoea. 

Acute  metritis  occasionally  arises  from  exposure  to  cold  during  men- 
struation or  sexual  excess,  but  these  usually  first  produce  endome- 
tritis, secondarily  metritis. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

The  uterus  is  enlarged,  especially  antero-posteriorly,  infiltrated 
with  serum,  soft  and  tender.  The  endometrium  is  also  thickened 
and  congested.  The  peritoneal  investment  is  often  covered  with 
lymph.  "  Microscopically  the  muscular  bundles  are  infiltrated  with 
pus  corpuscles  "  (Hart  and  Barbour).  Circumscribed  abscesses  oc- 
casionally, though  rarely,  occur  in  the  uterine  walls.  These  often 
prove  fatal,  but  sometimes  are  absorbed,  sometimes  become  encap- 
sulated and  cheesy,  and  sometimes  empty  into  the  uterus,  bladder, 
rectum,  vagina,  intestines,  peritoneum,  or  through  the  abdominal 
walls. 


154  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Acute  metritis  may  resolve  at  the  end  of  a  week  ;  it  may  pass  into 
the  chronic  form  ;  if  a  result  of  puerperal  infection,  it  is  often  fatal. 

What  are  the  symptoms? 

They  usually  resemble  those  of  acute  endometritis,  but  are  more 
severe.  The  disease  is  often  ushered  in  with  a  rigor ;  temperature 
and  pulse  rise ;  there  is  pain  in  the  hypogastrium  and  in  pelvis. 
The  uterus  is  very  tender  on  pressure  ;  there  is  nausea,  usually  vesi- 
cal and  rectal  tenesmus,  and  menstruation,  as  a  rule,  is  disturbed, 
sometimes  suppressed  ;  more  often  menorrhagia  is  present. 

What  is  the  treatment? 

If  due  to  sepsis,  try  to  remove  the  cause ;  giving,  if  necessarj^ 
intra-uterine  irrigations  of  bichloride  (1-5000).  Keep  the  patient 
quiet  in  bed  ;  apply  poultices  or  turpentine  stupes  to  the  hypogas- 
trium ;  if  temperature  is  very  high,  use  the  ice  coil.  Empty  the 
bowels  with  saline  cathartics  ;  if  pain  is  very  severe,  allow  opium  by 
suppository.  Later,  employ  long  hot-water  douches  and  glycerine 
tampons.  When  intramural  abscesses  form,  hj^sterectomy  may  be 
necessary. 

Chronic  Metritis. 

What  are  common  synonyms? 

Areolar  hyperplasia  (Thomas).     Chronic  parenchymatous  inflam 
mation  of  the  womb  (Scanzoni).     Diffuse  interstitial  metritis  (Noeg- 
gerath). 

What  is  the  etiology? 

According  to  Hart  and  Barbour,  the  causes  may  be  divided  as 
follows : — 

(a)  Causes  which  operate  through  interference  with  the  normal 
involution  of  the  puerperal  uterus. 

(b)  Causes  which  operate  through  the  production  of  repeated  or 
protracted  congestion  of  the  uterus. 

(J.)  Frequent  causes  of  subinvolution  are— 

1.  Retained  secundines. 

2.  Laceration  of  the  cervix. 

3.  Pelvic  inflammation  following  parturition. 

4.  Rising  too  soon  after  parturition. 

5.  Non-lactation. 

6.  Repeated  miscarriages. 


METRITIS.  ,  155 

{B)  Causing  repeated  or  protracted  congestion  are  the  following — 

1 .  Chronic  endometritis. 

2.  Displacement  of  the  uterus. 

3.  Tumors  near  the  uterus. 

4.  Chronic  pulmonary,  cardiac,  hepatic  or  nephritic  disease. 

5.  Excessive  coitus. 

Chronic  metritis  sometimes  follows  the  acute  but  usually  begins  as 
chronic. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

The  pathological  changes  may  be  divided  into  three  stages — 
1.  Hyperaemic;  2.  Hyperplastic;  3.  Sclerotic. 

In  the  first  or  hyperaemic  stage  the  uterus  is  enlarged,  soft,  tender, 
and  contains  more  blood  than  normal. 

In  the  second  or  hyperplastic  stage  there  is  an  increase  of  the 
intermuscular  connective  tissue,  with  or  without  a  slight  increase  of 
the  muscular  tissue.  The  vascularity  is  decreased  by  the  growth  of 
connective  tissue  around  and  compressing  the  blood  vessels. 

The  third,  or  sclerotic  stage  is  a  result  of  the  former,  the 
uterus  becoming  more  dense,  less  and  less  vascular  and  finally 
atrophied. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Most  of  the  symptoms  are  either  due  to  the  increased  size  of  the 
uterus  or  to  the  complicating  endometritis.  The  symptoms  usually 
date  from  parturition  or  abortion.     The  following  are  common — 

A  feeling  of  weight  in  the  pelvis. 

Pains  radiating  to  the  back,  limbs  and  different  parts  of  the  body. 

Irritability  of  bladder  and  rectum. 

Leucorrhoea. 

Menstrual  disturbances,  especially  menorrhagia,  due  to  the  endo- 
metritis. 

Abortion  in  the  early  stages. 

Sterility,  later. 

Reflex  neuroses. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

The  uterus  in  the  early  stages  is  uniformly  enlarged,  soft  and 
tender  ;  later  harder,  and  in  the  late  stages  irregularities  of  shape 


156  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

maj^  be  detected.  The  canal  is  enlarged  in  all  its  dimensions  and 
the  sound  passes  easily.  The  os  is  usuahy  patulous ;  the  cervix 
may  be  large  and  nodular. 

What  are  common  complications  of  chronic  metritis  ? 

(a)  Chronic  endometritis. 

(b)  Salpingitis. 

(c)  Peritonitis. 

(d)  Ovaritis. 

(e)  Vaginitis. 

(/)  Displacements. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  chronic  metritis  ? 

1.  Prophylactic. — Care  during  and  after  confinement. 

2.  Curative. — 

First  treat  the  complications,  if  present,  especially  endometritis 
and  displacements,  in  the  usual  manner.  Attend  to  the  general 
health,  bowels,  exercise,  etc.  Let  the  patient  rest  a  part  of  each 
day,  especially  at  menstruation ;  limit  coitus.  Weir  Mitchell's 
treatment  of  rest,  over-feeding  and  massage  is  sometimes  of  value. 

Local  treatment. — Prolonged  hot-water  vaginal  douches;  glycer- 
ine or  boroglyceride  tampons ;  tincture  of  iodine  to  cervix  and  fornices 
of  the  vagina  ;  scarification  of  the  cervix  with  Buttle' s  spear. 

Emmet's  operation  of  trachelorrhaphy,  or  amputation  of  the 
cervix  by  the  Simon  and  Marckwald  method  is  sometimes  indicated. 

Atrophy  of  the  Uterus. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  is  the  natural  condition  after  the  menopause,  and  is  produced 
artificially  by  the  removal  of  ovaries  and  tubes.  It  is  sometimes 
associated  with  phthisis  and  other  exhausting  diseases.  It  occurs  as 
a  superinvolution  after  childbirth,  especially  as  a  result  of  metritis, 
peritonitis,  ovaritis  or  salpingitis.  This  superinvolution  is  the  variety 
of  most  importance. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

Amenorrhoea. 
Sterility. 
Keflex  neuroses. 


FIBROID  TUMORS   OF  THE  UTERUS.  157 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ?     ^ 

The  utems  is  small,  both  in  body  and  cervix,  and  the  canal  is 
shortened. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Attend  to  the  general  health. 

Before  the  menopause,  galvanism  of  the  uterus  and  ovaries  may 
be  tried. 
The  treatment  is  generally  unsatisfactory. 

Fibroid  Tumors  of  the  Uterus. 

What  are  common  synonyms  ? 

Fibro-myomata  and  myomata.  Strictly  speaking,  fibro-myomata 
is  the  more  correct  designation,  as  the  tumors  are  composed  of  both 
fibrous  and  muscular  tissue. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

Little  is  known  of  the  cause  of  fibroids-  They  are  much  more 
common  in  the  African  than  in  the  white  race  ;  are  most  frequently 
found  between  the  ages  30-45,  and  are  said  to  be  more  common  in 
manied  than  in  unmamed  women.  They  rarely,  if  ever,  begin  be- 
fore puberty,  and  never  after  the  menopause. 

What  is  their  structure  ? 

Fibroids,  or  fibro-myomata  of  the  uterus,  are  tumors  composed  of 
both  fibrous  and  muscular  tissue,  either  of  which  may  predominate 
over  the  other.     The  fibrous  tissue  is  usually  in  excess. 

Those  composed  chiefly  of  fibrous  tissue  are  usually  more  or  less 
encapsulated  and  of  slow  growth. 

Those  composed  chiefly  of  muscular  tissue  are  rare,  not  encapsu- 
lated, and  are  of  rapid  growth.' 

They  derive  their  blood-supply  from  a  network  of  vessels  in  their 
capsules,  the  central  portions  being  without  large  vessels. 

What  are  their  situations  ? 

They  are  much  more  fi'equent  in  the  body  of  the  uterus  than  in  the 
cervix.  They  are  most  often  found  on  the  posterior  wall,  next  in 
frequency  on  the  anterior  wall,  rarely  on  the  lateral  waUs.  The  soft, 
rapidly-growing  fibroids  are  more  fi'equent  in  the  fundus. 

The  tumors  always  begin  in  the  substance  of  the  uterine  walls ; 


158 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 


tliey  may  continue  their  growth  there ;  may  extend  into  the  uterine 
cavity,  hfting  up  tlie  mucous  membrane,  or  outward,  Ulting  up  the 
peritoneum.     Hence  the  tliree  varieties  : — 

1.  Interstitial.  • 

2.  Submucous. 

3.  Subperitoneal. 

Fig.  43. 


IM.  Interstitial  fibroids. 
SM.  Subiuuooud.    (Schroeder.) 

Describe  the  three  varieties. 

The  interstitial  or  intramural  fibroids  (see  Fig.  43)  are  usually 
multiple  and  are  situated  in  the  substance  of  the  uterine  wall. 
The  submucous  fibroid  (see  Fig.  44)  may  be  either  sessile  or 
attached  by  a  long  pedicle.  In  the  latter  case  it  is  called  a  fibrous 
polypus. 


FIBROID  TUMORS   OF  THE  UTERUS. 


159 


The  subpcrituiieul  or  subserous  fibroids  (see  Figs.  45  and  46)  are 
jften  multiple  ;  may  be  sessile  or  pedunculated  ;  may  grow  upward 
nto  the  abdominal  cavity  and  draw  uterus  up,  or  grow  downward 
nto  the  pelvis,  and  perhaps  become  incarcerated.  They  may  form 
idhesions  with  other  organs,  get  their  nutrition  through  the  adhe- 
sions, and  become  detached  from  the  uterus.  These  are  the  most 
ibrous,  least  vascular,  and  slowest-growing  fibromyomata. 


Fig.  44. 


Fig.  45. 


Submucous  fihroid.     {Schrocder.) 


Suliperitoiical  Fibroid. 


What  changes  may  occur  in  fibroids  ? 

1.  They  may  undergo  softening  due  h)  oedema  or  myxomatous 
degeneration,  rarely  fatty  degeneration.  By  this  softening  fibro- 
cysts  may  be  formed. 

2.  They  may  undergo  hardening,  due  to  {n)  atrophy,  especially 
after  the  menopause,  or  removal  of  ovaries  and  tubes.  The  mus- 
cular tissue  degenerates,  and  the  fibrous  tissue  ccmtracts.  ijj)  Calci- 
f  cation,  with  the  deposit  of  lime  salts,  beginning  usually  in  the  centre, 
sometimes  at  the  periphery. 

3.  Tliey  may  suppurate.  This  occurs  most  often  in  submucous 
fibroids,  especially  after  instrumental  traumatism  ;  rarely  in  the 
subperitoneal  variety  after  torsion  of  the  pedicle. 


160  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY.  | 

4.  Submucous  fibroids  may  become  more  and  more  pedunculated, 
forming  polypi.  They  are  sometimes  extruded  from  the  uterus.' 
Sometimes  the  capsule  ruptures,  and  spontaneous  enucleation 
occurs. 

5.  Cysts  are  formed  by  the  softening  of  tissue  and  by  the  dilation 
)f  lymph-spaces.  J 

6.  Fibromyomatous  uteri  are  occasionally  the  seat  of  carcinomJ 
i)f  their  mucosa.  I 

What  changes  occur  in  the  uterus  ? 

The  muscular  wall  hypertrophies,  especially  in  the  submucous  or 
mterstitial  varieties.  The  mucous  membrane  also  hypertrophies, 
both  in  glands  and  connective  tissue.  Over  the  tumor  the  mucous 
membrane  sometimes  ulcerates. 

Fig.  46. 


Subperitoneal  Fibroid. 

Changes  in  the  position  of  the  uterus  are  often  produced  :— 

1.  It  may  be  drawn  up  into  the  abdomen. 

2.  It  may  be  prolapsed. 

3.  It  may  be  inverted,  especially  from  submucous  fibroids  attached 
to  the  fundus. 

Describe  briefly  fibroids  of  the  cervix. 

They,  too,  may  be  either  interstitial,  submucous  or  subperitoneal ; 
they  are  usually  hard  and  single. 

The  subperitoneal  often  grow  out  between  the  folds  of  the  broad 
ligament. 


FIBROID   TUMORS    OF   THE   UTERUS.  IGl 

The  submucous  and  interstitial  are  apt  to  become  pedunculated 
and  form  polypi.  The  interstitial  fibroid  of  the  cervix  is  sometimes 
mistaken  for  inversion  of  the  uterus. 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  fibroid  tumors  of  the  uterus  ? 

1.  Hemorrhage. — First,  monorrhagia,  later  metrorrhagia  ;  delayed 
menopause  ;  these  occur  especially  in  the  submucous  variet}^ 

2.  Pain. — (a)  Dysmenorrboea,  chiefly  in  the  submucous  variet3^ 

(b)  Pain  due   to  pressure  on  the  pelvic  nerves  or  to 
peritonitis  around  the  tumor. 

3.  Symptoms  due  to  pressure  : — 

On  bladder,  causing  : — 

Irritability. 

Retention. 

Cystitis. 
On  urethra,  causing: — Difficulty  in  micturition. 

Perhaps  retention. 
On  ureter,  causing  : — Hydronephrosis. 
On  rectum,  causing: — 

Constipation. 

Diarrhoea. 

Sometimes  tenesmus. 

Piarely  complete  obstruction. 
On  pelvic  nerves,  causing  : — 

Neuralgia. 

Numbness. 
On  veins,  causing  : —  Varicosities. 

4.  Sterility. 

5.  Abortion. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

Except  in  the  case  of  some  subperitoneal  fibroids,  the  uterus  is 
enlarged. 

If  within  reach,  a  tumor  is  felt,  harder  than  the  muscular  sub- 
stance of  the  uterus,  and  movable  with  the  uterus  unless  it  is  attached 
with  a  very  long  pedicle. 

If  it  is  a  small  fibroid  in  the  cervix  it  may  bulge  into  the  vagina  and 
resemble  inversion  of  the  uterus.  \ 

If  it  is  a  submucous  fibroid,  high  up  in  the  uterus,  the  sound  may 
11 


162  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

detect  it,  but  often  it  is  necessary  to  dUate  the  cervix  and  introduce 

the  finger. 

If  it  is  subperitoneal  and  on  the  anterior  wall,  a  hard  mass  is  felt  in 
the  anterior  fornix  moving  with  the  uterus ;  the  fundus  may  be  felt 
behind  it,  and  the  sound  on  introduction  does  not  pass  into  it. 

If  on  the  posterior  wall,  a  hard  mass  is  felt  in  the  posterior  fornix  ; 
the  bimanual  shows  fundus  in  front  of  it,  and  the  sound  passes  in 
front  of  it. 

If  it  is  a  large  fibroid  extending  into  the  abdomen,  it  is  flat  on  per- 
cussion unless  intestine  overlies  it ;  auscultation  may  detect  the  ute- 
rine souffle,  especially  at  the  sides,  and  the  mass  seems  to  belong  to 
the  uterus. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  a  fibroid  tumor  of  the  uterus  ? 

Chronic  metritis. 
Flexions  of  the  uterus. 
Pregnancy. 
Ovarian  cyst. 
Ectopic  gestation. 
Pelvic  h^ematocele. 
Inflammatoiy  deposits. 
Inversion  of  the  uterus. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  small  fibroid  tumor  from 
chronic  metritis  ? 

Small  Fibroid  vs.  Chronic  Metritis. 

Enlargement  not  uniform,  usually      Enlargement  uniform. 

hard  irregularities. 
Less  sensitive.  More  sensitive. 

Os  usually  unaffected.  Os  usually  everted. 

Both  conditions  may  co-exist. 
The  difi'erential  diagnoses  between  fibroids  and  flexions  of  the 
uterus  have  already  been  given  (see  page  115,  Fig.  23). 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  fibroid  tumor  from  pregnancy  ? 

Fibroid  Tumor  vs.  Pregnanqj. 

Menstruation  continues  ;  usually      Ameuorrhcea  is  the  rule. 

increased. 
Cervix  not  softened.  Cervix  softened. 


FIBROID   TUMORS   OF  THE   UTERUS. 


16^ 


Later. 

Absence  of  positive  signs  of  preg-      Positive  signs  present, 
nancy. 

How  would  you  diJBferentiate  a  fibroid  tumor  from  an  ovariaik 
cyst? 

Fibroid  Tumor  vs.  Ovarian  Cyst. 


Hard  and  firm. 

jMore  intimately  connected  with 

uterus. 
More  central. 
Menorrhagia  common. 


Soft  and  elastic. 

Less  intimately  connected  with 
uterus. 

More  lateral. 

MenstiTiation  normal  or  irregu- 
lar ;  menorrhagia  rare. 


How  would  you  differentiate  a  fibroid  tumor  from  an  ectopic 
gestation  ? 

Fibroid  Tumor  vs. 

No  menstrual  period  skipped. 


Grows  less  rapidly. 

More  central. 

More  intimately  connected  with 

uterus. 
No  decidual  membrane  cast  oif. 
Absence  of  attacks  of  very  severe 

sharp  pain,  with  symptoms  of 

collapse. 


Ectopic  Gestation. 

Menstrual     period    or     periods 

usually  skipped. 
Grrows  more  rapidly. 
More  lateral. 
Less  intimately  connected  with 

uterus. 
Decidual  membrane  cast  oif. 
Such  attacks  occur. 


How  would  you  differentiate  a  fibroid  tumor  from  a  pelvic 
haematocele  ? 


Fibroid  Tumor 
Gradual  development. 
Absence  of  acute  symptoms. 

Insensitive  to  pressure. 
Hard  and  firm. 
Moves  with  uterus. 


vs.  Pelvic  Hoimatocele. 

Rapid  development. 
Symptoms  of  sudden  sharp  pain, 

shock  and  hemorrhage. 
Sensitive  to  pressure. 
First  soft,  later  harder. 
Does  not  move  with  uterus. 


164  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  fibroid  tumor  from  a  pelvic 
inflammatory  deposit  ? 

Fibroid  Tumor  vs.  Injlammatoiy  Deposit. 

Slow  growth  ;  no  history  of  acute      History  of  rapid   development, 

inflammation.  and  acute  inflammation. 

Moves  with  uterus,  and  seems  a      Usually    does   not    move    with 
part  of  it.  uterus,  and  seems  less  a  part 

of  it. 
Insensitive  to  pressure.  Sensitive  to  pressure. 

What  is  the  prognosis  of  fibroid  tumors  ? 

It  will  depend  on  nearness  to  the  menopause,  rapidity  of  growth, 
pressure  symptoms,  and  endometritis ;  the  size  of  the  tumor  is  of 
comparatively  small  importance,  as  a  large  one  may  produce  few 
symptoms. 

Death  results  from  anaemia,  sepsis,  urinary  disease  complicating 
pregnancy,  or  intestinal  obstruction. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

A  fibroid  if  small  may  give  rise  to  no  sj^mptoms  and  need  no 
treatment. 

Treatment,  if  needed,  may  be  (1)  paUiative  or  (2)  curative. 

Palliative  Treatment. — [a)  Drugs. — The  administration  of  ergot 
alone  or  in  combination  with  hydrastis  may  control  the  symptoms  until 
the  menopause  is  reached,  when  the  tumor  usually  diminishes  in 
size ;  the  menopause,  however,  is  often  considerably  delayed. 

(b)  Curettage. — If  the  symptoms  are  chiefly  menorrhagia  or 
metrorrhagia,  a  thorough  curettage  of  the  uterus,  followed  at  inter- 
vals by  astringent  applications  to  the  endometrium,  will  often  give 
marked  relief. 

(c)  Diminution  of  blood-supply. — Ligation  of  the  uterine  arteries 
ftom  the  vagina  has  proven  of  value  in  some  cases,  but  is  uncertain. 

Tait's  operation  of  removal  of  the,  ovaries  and  tubes  has  in  many 
cases  been  not  only  palliative  but  curative  ;  of  late,  however,  it  has 
been  abandoned  in  favor  of  h5^sterectomy. 

Curative  Treatment. — This  consists  of  either  myomectomy  or  hys- 
terectomy. 


FIBROID   TUMORS    OF   THE  UTERUS.  1 G5 

Describe  the  operation  of  myomectomy. 

M3'omectom3'  consists  in  exposing  the  tumor  in  the  uterus,  ehher 
from  the  abdomen  or  vagina,  incising  the  capsule,  enucleating  the 
tumor,  and  closing  its  bed  with  catgut  sutures. 

This  operation  is  indicated  where  the  tumor  can  be  easily  removed 
without  serious  mutilation  of  the  uterus.  The  operation  is  gaining 
in  favor  and  may  be  employed  even  when  the  tumors  are  multiple. 

What  are  the  varieties  of  hysterectomy  ? 

Hysterectomy,  removal  of  the  uterus,  may  be  performed : 

(a)  Through  the  vagina — vaginal  hysterectomy^  indicated  when 

the  uterus  and  tumor  are  small. 

[h)  Through  the   abdomen — ahdommal  hysterectomy,  indicated 

when  the  uterus  and  tumor  are  large. 

Describe  the  operation  of  vaginal  hysterectomy  for  fibro- 
myoma  uteri. 
This  differs  from  the  operation  described  under  carcinoma  uteri 
only  in  the  fact  that  in  cases  where  fibro-myomata  are  large  enough 
to  cause  symptoms  the  uterus  with  its  tumors  is  often  too  large  to 
come  through  the  vagina  without  removing  it  piecemeal,  ■?'.  e.  by 
morcellation.  After  thorough  disinfection  of  vulva  and  vagina,  the 
uterus  is  curetted  and  in'igated  with  a  sterile  solution ;  the  cervix 
is  drawn  down  and  separated  from  its  vaginal  attachments ;  the 
peritoneum  is  opened  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  and  the  uterine 
arteries  are  tied  on  both  sides.  If  the  uterus  is  too  large  to  be 
removed  as  a  whole,  wedge-  or  disc-shaped  pieces  are  removed  from 
its  centre  or  the  uterus  is  divided  in  the  median  line  and  each  half 
removed  separately,  care  being  taken  to  keep  up  traction  on  the 
uterus  by  volsellse  placed  above  the  part  to  be  removed.  The  broad 
ligaments  are  either  ligated  in  section,  or  if  more  convenient  during 
the  operation,  they  may  be  clamped,  and  after  the  uterus  is  removed 
these  clamps  may  or  may  not  be  replaced  by  ligatures  according  to 
the  judgment  of  the  operator.  After  the  removal  of  the  uterus, 
the  pedicles  are  inverted  into  the  vagina  and  sterile  or  iodoform 
gauze  placed  against  them. 

Describe  the  operation  of  abdominal  hysterectomy  for  fibro- 
myoma  uteri. 
The  preceding  operation,  owing  to  the  amount  of  technical  skill 


166  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

required  and  the  difficulty  in  safel}^  handling  intestinal  adhesions, 
has  largely  fallen  into  disrepute  and  given  place  to  one  of  the  two 
following  forms  of  abdominal  h3'sterectomy  : 

a.  In  one  the  cervix  is  removed — total  extirpation.  With  this 
are  associated  the  names  Eastman,  Martin,  Chorbak,  Polk. 

h.  In  the  other  the  cervix  is  left  in  the  abdominal  cavity — 
supravaginal  hysterectomy.     This  is  called  Baer's  method. 

In  both  of  these  methods,  after  opening  the  abdomen,  the  broad 
ligaments  are  tied  in  section  and  cut  close  to  the  uterus. 

In  the  total  extirpation  this  ligation  and  cutting  is  continued 
down  to  the  vagina :  this  is  freed  from  the  cervix  and  the  whole 
uterus  removed. 

In  the  supravaginal  hysterectomy  (Baer)  the  ligation  and  cut- 
ting of  the  broad  ligaments  is  continued  until  the  cervix  is  reached 
and  the  uterine  arteries  are  tied  and  cut ;  the  uterus  is  then  ampu- 
tated at  the  cervix,  and  the  latter  is  left,  the  vagina  not  being 
opened. 

In  each  of  these  methods  flaps  of  peritoneum  are  taken  from 
the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  of  the  uterus  before  its  removal, 
and  before  closing  the  abdomen  these  flaps  are  brought  together 
over  the  pedicles  in  the  bottom  of  the  pelvis. 


Inversion  of  the  Uterus. 

What  is  the  patholog-y? 

In  inversion,  the  utenis  is  turned  more  or  less  completely  inside  out 
(see  Fig.  47). 
It  may  be  either — 

1.  Partial — where  the  depressed  uterine  wall  does  not  extend 
beyond  the  os  externum  ;  or 

2.  Complete — where  the  inverted  body,  covered  with  mucous 
membrane,  hes  outside  of  the  os  externum,  either  in  the  vagina  or 
between  the  labia. 

The  mechanism  of  production  of  the  inversion  is  as  follows  : — 
A  portion  of  the  uterine  wall  loses  its  tone,  is  depressed  into  the 
uterine  cavity,  usually  by  traction  from  below  or  abdominal  pressure 
from  above ;  the  depressed  portion  is  then  grasped  by  the  unde- 
pressed portion  and  forced  toward  or  through  the  cervix. 


INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS. 


167 


The  peritoneum  follows  the  depression  of  the  uterine  wall,  and 
lines  the  cup  thus  formed.  The  appendages  may  or  may  not  lie 
within  the  cup. 

The  inversion  occurring  during  the  puerperium  usually  begins  at 
the  placental  site  ;  when  produced  by  intra-uterine  tumors,  it  usually 
begins  at  the  attachment  of  the  tumor.  The  uterine  mucous  mem- 
brane is  usually  congested  ;  it  may  ulcerate  ;  sometimes  it  becomes 
gangrenous.  Occasionally  it  becomes  covered  with  squamous  epi- 
thelium, and  resembles  skin. 

Fig.  47. 


Inversion  of  Uterus  (half-size,  Barnes  from  Orosse's  essay).  The  fundus  lies  in  the 
vagina;  the  cervix  is  not  inverted;  the  lips  are  flattened  out  to  a  swelling  seen 
below  the  angle  of  inversion.  The  ovaries  (seen  from  behind)  are  not  in  the 
peritoneal  cup. 


What  is  the  etiology  ? 

Inversion  is  predisposed  to  by — 

{a.)  Parturition. 

(6.)  Distention  of  the  uterus  from  any  cause. 

(c.)  Intra-uterine  tumors. 

id. )  Degeneration  of  uterine  walls. 
According  to  the  time  and  cause  of  production,  two  varieties  are 
recognized  : — 

1.  Puerperal. — Produced  during  the  puerperium,  either  by  ab- 


168  ESSENTIALS  OE  GYNECOLOGY. 

dominal  pressure  or  mismanagement  in  the  delivery  of  the  placenta, 
especially  the  latter,  traction  on  the  cord  being  one  of  the  most  fre- 
quent causes. 

2.  Non-puerperal. — Secondary  to  intra-uterine  tumors  ;  especially 
pedunculated  fibroids  growing  from  the  fandus. 

The  puerperal  variety  is  much  more  common  than  the  non-puer- 
peral. The  former  is  usually  rapid  in  development ;  the  latter 
gradual. 

When  the  inversion  is  developed  and  reduced  during  the  puer- 
perium,  it  is  called  acute  ;  otherwise,  chronic  inversion. 

What  are  the*  symptoms  ? 

At  the  time  of  the  occurrence  of  acute  inversion,  there  is  pain, 
hemoiThage,  shock,  a  feeling  as  of  something  giving  way,  and  of  full- 
ness in  the  vagina. 

This  belongs  especially  to  obstetrics. 

The  symptoms  of  the  chronic  inversion  are  hemorrhage,  dragging 
pain  in  the  pelvis,  discomfort  from  the  foreign  body  in  the  vagina, 
leucorrhcea,  anaemia  and  general  malaise.  Rarely  inversion  exists 
with  very  few  symptoms. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

These  depend  on  whether  the  inversion  is  partial  or  complete,  acute 
or  chronic.  In  the  partial  variety  the  cupping  may  be  felt  by  the 
hand  on  the  abdomen,  and  the  inverted  portion  detected  by  the  use 
of  the  sound  in  the  uterus.  In  the  acute,  complete  inversion,  one 
feels  a  soft,  bulging  tumor  in  the  vagina  or  between  the  labia  ;  it 
bleeds  easily,  is  sensitive  and  smaller  above  where  it  is  encircled  by 
the  cervix  ;  it  may  or  may  not  have  the  placenta  attached  to  it.  The 
sound  passes  around  the  tumor,  but  only  a  short  distance  into  the 
ceiTix.  The  hand  on  the  abdomen  detects  the  absence  of  the  fundus 
and  the  presence  of  the  cervical  ring.  The  physical  signs  of  the 
chronic  inversion  are  similar,  save  that  the  mass  in  the  vagina  is 
smaller,  harder,  and  in  the  non-puerperal  variety  perhaps  has 
attached  to  it  the  tumor  which  was  its  cause. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  inversion  of  the  uterus  ? 
From  polypi  and  prolapsus  uteri. 


INVERSION   OF  THE  UTERUS. 


169 


How  would  you  differentiate  inversion  of  the  uterus  from  a 
polypus  ? 

The  diagnosis  of  a  complete  inversion  (see  Fig.  48)  from  a  polypus 
lying  in  the  vagina  (see  Fig.  49)  would  be  made  as  follows : — 


Inversion 

Fundus  not  felt  in  the  abdomen ; 

cervical  ring  felt. 
Sound  passes  all  around  tumor, 

but  only  a  short  distance  into 

the  cervix. 


vs.  Polypus. 

Fundus  felt  in  the  abdomen. 

Sound  passes  into  the  uterus,  at 
the  side  of  the  tumor,  more 
than  2J  inches. 


Fig.  49. 


Fig.  48. 


Inversion  of  Uterus  (after 
Thomas).  A  cup-shaped 
depression  is  in  the  place 
of  the  uterus.  Sound  ar- 
rested at  angle  of  flexion. 


Uterine  Polypus  (after 
Thomas).  The  uterus 
in  its  normal  position. 
Sound  passes  into 
uterine  cavity. 


The  differential  diagnosis  between  a  partial  inversion  and  an  intra- 
uterine polypus  (see  Figs.  50  and  51 )  is  often  quite  difficult.  Careful 
examination  by  the  ordinary  bimanual  and  by  the  abdomino-rectal 
method  may  detect  the  cup-shaped  depression  of  the  partial  inver- 


170 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


sion.     Enlargement  of  the  uterus  rather  favors  the  diagnosis  of 
polypus. 
Both  of  these  conditions  may  rarely  coexist. 

How  would  you  differentiate  inversion  of  the  uterus  from 
complete  prolapse  ? 

This  rarely  causes  difficulty.  It  is  made  by  finding  in  the  latter 
the  external  os,  the  obliteration  of  the  fornices,  and  by  passing  the 
sound  into  the  uterine  canal. 

What  are  the  results  of  an  untreated  inversion  ? 

Yery  rarely  it  reduces  itself  Rarely  the  patient  suffers  little 
inconvenience  from  it. 

Usually  the  patient  dies  from  hemorrhage  or  sepsis. 

Fig.  51. 
Fig.  50. 


Partial  Inversion  of  Uterus 
(after  Thomas). 


Polypus  still  Intra-uterine 
(after  Tliomas). 


What  is  the  treatment  ? 

The  object  sought  is  the  reposition  of  the  fundus  uteri. 

Emmet's  method  (see  Fig.  52)  consists  in  inserting  the  right  hand 
into  the  vagina,  grasping  the  fundus  in  the  palm,  inserting  the 
fingers  into  the  cer^^x  and  pushing  upward  ;  at  the  same  time  sepa- 
rating the  fingers  as  much  as  possible.  The  left  hand  meanwhile 
exercises  through  the  abdomen  counter-joressure  on  the  cervical  ring. 

Noeggerath  begins  the  reposition  by  dimpling  in  one  horn  of  the 
uterus,  and  then  uses  this  as  a  wedge  to  dilate  the  cervix. 


POLYPI. 


ITl 


Instead  of  the  hand  alone,  cup-shaped  repositors  are  often  made 
use  of. 

In  all  these  methods  the  patient  is  usually  best  prepared  for  the 
manipulation  by  the  administration  of  prolonged  hot-water  douches, 
and  the  introduction  of  a  vaginal  elastic  bag,  to  be  distended  with 
air  or  water,  and  worn  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours. 

The  manipulations  are  best  jierformed  under  anaesthesia. 

When  the  above  methods  fail,  hysterectomy  probably  offers  the 

best  result. 

Fig.  52. 


Reposition  of  the  Inverted  Uterus  with  the  Hand  alone  (after  Emmet). 


Polypi. 

What  is  meant  by  the  term  '* uterine  polypus,"  and  what 
are  the  varieties? 
A  polypus  is  a  pedunculated  tumor  attached  to  the  uterine  mucous 
membrane.     The  following  varieties  are  recognized  :— 

1.  Fibrous  polypi. 

2.  Mucous  polypi. 

3.  Pedunculated  Nabothian  follicles. 

4.  Placental  polypi. 

5.  Papillomata  of  the  cervix. 


172 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


Describe  briefly  the  fibrous  polypi. 

Fibrous  polypi  are  submucous  fibroids  whicb  bave  become  pedun- 
culated ;  at  first  lying  witbin  tbe  uterus ;  later,  dilating  tbe  cervix 
and  becoming  vaginal  (see  Fig.  53),  sometimes  even  projecting 
beyond  tbe  vulva. 

They  spring  from  tbe  muscular  wall  of  tbe  utems,  more  often 

Fig.  53. 


Intra-uterine  Submucous  Fibroid  whicb  is  becoming  Yaginal  {Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson). 

from  tbe  body  tban  cervix ;  tbey  are  composed  cbiefly  of  fibrous 
tissue  witb  few  blood  vessels.  Tbeir  presence  sets  up  uterine  con- 
tractions, wbicb  gradually  expel  tbem.  Tbeir  sbaj^e  is  usually 
pyriform  or  ovoid. 

Describe  the  mucous  polypi. 

These  spring  from  tbe  uterine  mucous  membrane,  cbiefly  that  of 
the  cervix.    There  are  usually  more  than  one  (see  Fig.  54)  ;  they  are 


POLYPI. 


173 


small,  soft,  vascular,  and  on  section  present  tlie  structure  of  mucous 
membrane. 

What  are  the  pedunculated  Nabothian  follicles  ? 

They  are  the  glands  of  the  cervical  mucous  membrane  which  have 
become  obstructed,  formed  retention  cysts  and  assumed  the  polypoid 
shape. 

What  are  placental  polypi  ? 
They  are  portions  of  undetached  placenta  which  have  received  nutri- 

FlG.  54. 


Group  of  Mucous  Polypi  growing  in  the  Cervix  Uteri  {Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson). 

ment  from  theh  attachment  to  the  uterus,  have  become  coated  with 
fibrin  and  so  increased  in  size.  By  the  uterine  contractions  they  are 
made  more  pedunculated,  and  may  be  extruded  from  the  cervix. 

Describe  the  papillomatous  variety  of  polypus. 

Papilloma  of  the  cervix  is  almost  always  either  a  malignant  new 
growth  or  tends  soon  to  become  so.  It  is  often  called  a  ' '  cauli- 
flower excrescence"  (Clarke),  (see  Fig.  55),  is  usuaUy  soft,  friable, 
and  bleeds  easily. 


174 


ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 


What  are  the  symptoms  of  polypi  ? 

1.  Hemorrhage. — First  menorrhagia,  then  metrorrhagia,  the 
source  of  the  blooa  being  the  mucous  membrane,  which  covers,  or 
in  the  mucous  variety  forms,  the  substance  of  the  polypus. 

2.  Leucorrhoea. — Due  to  the  accomi)anying  endometritis. 

3.  Pain. — Due  to  the  efforts  of  the  uterus  to  expel  the  tumor. 

4.  Sterility. — Due  to  the  mechanical  obstruction  and  to  the  endo- 

metritis. 
Fi®-  ^■5-  5.  Anaemia  and  general  malaise. — 

Resulting  from    the    foregoing  condi- 
tions. 

What  are  the  physical  sig^ns  ? 

When  the  polypus  has  passed  the  os 
externum,  the  finger  in  the  vagina  de- 
tects a  pyriform  or  ovoid  body,  hard  or 
soft  according  to  the  variety;  it  is 
movable  and  seems  to  come  from  the 
OS.  The  use  of  the  speculum  deter- 
mines its  appearance. 

If  it  is  a  fibrous  polypus,  the  bi- 
manual examination  usually  shows  the 
uteiTis  enlarged,  and  the  sound  proves 
the  cavity  elongated . 

When  the  polypus  is  intra-uterine, 
the  sound  in  some  cases  will  detect  its 
presence ;  in  other  cases  dilatation  of 
the  cervix  and  introduction  of  the  fin- 
ger is  necessary. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

When  the  polypus  is  of  considerable 

size  and  lies  within  or  external  to  the 

OS,  the  best  treatment  is  removal  by  the  wire  ecraseur,  putting  the 

wire  loop  as  near  the  uterine  attachment  of  the  pedicle  as  possible. 

Small  polypoid  projections  may  be  scraped  away  with  the  curette  ; 

cervical  polypi  may  usually  be  twisted  off  with  the  forceps. 

When  the  polypus  lies  within  the  uterus,  dilate  the  cervix  and 
apply  the  ecraseur. 


Cauliflower  Excrescence  growing 
from  the  Cervix  Uteri  {Sir  J. 
Y.  Simpson). 


CARCINOMA  UTERI.  175 

If  the  pedicle  is  small,  blunt,  dull  scissors  may  be  substituted  for 
the  ecraseur.  If  the  pedicle  is  large  or  dilatation  of  the  cervix  is 
necessary,  anaesthesia  is  to  be  employed. 

All  antiseptic  precautions  are  to  be  used. 


Carcinoma  Uteri. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

Carcinoma  may  begin  in  the  cervix  or  body,  being  five  times  more 
frequent  in  the  former.  That  of  the  cervix  is  of  several  forms.  It 
may  begin  in  the  squamous  cells  of  the  vaginal  surface ;  this  is  the 
epithelioma  or  cauliflower  excrescence  of  the  cervix.  Microscopically 
it  consists  of  plugs  of  epithelial  cells  extending  deeply  into  the 
cervical  tissue.  Epithelial  pearls,  common  in  epithelioma  of  the 
skin,  are  rarely  seen  here. 

Carcinoma  of  the  cervical  canal  originates  from  the  epithelium 
lining  the  canal  or  from  that  of  the  glands.  These  growths  break 
down,  forming  necrotic  ulcers  with  indurated  edges.  The  vagina 
and  body  may  become  involved  by  direct  extension  and,  through 
the  agency  of  the  lymphatics,  the  musculature  and  broad  ligaments 
are  involved.     Involvement  of  lymph-nodes  is  a  late  occurrence. 

Carcinoma  of  the  uterine  body  arises  from  the  lining  epithelium 
of  the  cavity  or  from  its  tubular  glands,  and  presents  the  appearances 
common  to  adeno-carcinomata.  The  occurrence  of  primary  squa- 
mous-celled  carcinoma  of  the  body  of  the  uterus  is  admitted  by 
Amann  and  others.  Carcinoma  of  the  body  is  diffuse,  circumscribed, 
or  polypoid. 

What  is  the  etiology? 

The  etiology  of  cancer  of  the  uterus  is  still  unsettled.  The  factors 
which  favor  its  development  are  age,  heredity,  parturition,  laceration 
of  the  cervix,  with  erosion  and  depreciation  of  the  vital  powers- 

1.  Age. — It  occurs  most  frequently  between  the  ages  of  40-50, 
but  may  occur  as  early  as  25. 

2.  Heredity. — Although  regarded  as  of  less  importance  than  for- 
merly, its  influence  seems  to  be  exemplified  in  some  cases. 

3.  Parturition. — Frequent  child-bearing  apparently  creates  a 
marked  predisposition. 


176  ESSENTIALS    OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

4.  Laceration  of  the  Cervix,. — Cancer  of  the  cervix  seems  often  to 
arise  from  a  laceration,  with  erosion  and  cervical  endometritis. 

5.  Depreciation  of  the  Vital  Powers. — Poor  surroundings,  poor 
food  and  ah  and  hardships  of  any  kind  seem  to  predispose  to  cancer. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

1.  Hemorrhage. — This  is  usually  the  first  symptom.  If  hemor- 
rhage occurs  after  the  menopause,  always  suspect  cancer, 

2.  Offensive  Discharge. — Does  not  occur  until  ulceration  begins. 

3.  Pain.  — When  the  cervix  is  alone  involved,  pain  is  usually  ab- 
sent. When  the  disease  has  extended  to  the  ceUular  tissue  or  peri- 
toneum, or  involves  the  body   of  the  uterus,  pain  is  common. 

4.  Cachexia. — This  is  always  present  to  a  greater  or  less  extent 
in  the  later  stages. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

If  the  disease  affects  the  vaginal  portion  of  the  cervix,  the  exam- 
ining finger  detects  a  rough,  ulcerated  and  indurated  area,  or  perhaps 
a  fungoid  mass.  On  withdrawal,  the  finger  is  usually  stained  with 
blood  and  emits  a  foul  odor.  The  speculum  gives  us  the  appearance 
of  the  growth. 

Wlien  the  cervical  canal  is  the  point  of  origin  one  may  feel  a 
nodular  cervix  or  more  commonly  a  hollowed  out  canal,  the  walls  of 
which  break  down  under  the  examining  finger. 

Carcinoma  of  the  body  of  the  uterus  enlarges  it  and  may  be 
detected  by  the  sound. 

What  is  the  prognosis  ? 

It  is  better  in  cancer  of  the  corpus  uteri  than  of  the  cervix,  but 
is  bad  in  both.  Many  have  passed  the  operable  stage  when  first 
applying  for  treatment.  It  can  be  improved  by  earlier  diagnosis 
made  by  microscopical  examination  of  curettings  in  all  suspected 
cases. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  carcinoma  of  the  uterus  ? 

1.  Radical. — 

When  the  disease  is  limited  to  the  uterus,  either  cervix  or  body, 
vaginal  hysterectomy  is  indicated.  Aside  from  the  appearance  of 
the  diseased  area  viewed  through  a  speculum,  the  mobility  of  the 
uterus  largely  determines  whether  or  not  the  disease  has  extended 


CARCINOMA   UTERI.  177 

beyond  it.  If  the  uterus  is  fixed  in  the  pelvis,  hysterectomy  is 
usually  contraindicated. 

The  combined  abdominal  and  vaginal  method  offers  some  advan- 
tages. Werder  ligates  both  broad  ligaments  through  the  abdomen, 
and  continues  his  dissection  downward  till  the  upper  part  of  the 
vagina  is  separated  from  its  attachments. 

The  patient  is  then  put  into  the  lithotomy  position,  a  circular 
incision  is  made  through  the  vaginal  wall  some  distance  below  the 
cervix,  and  the  mass,  consisting  of  uterus,  appendages,  and  part  of 
the  vagina,  is-  removed  through  the  vagina. 

2.  Palliative. — When  a  radical  operation  is  contraindicated,  the 
following  methods  of  treatment  are  of  value  : — 

If  hemorrhage  is  a  marked  symptom,  and  sloughing  masses  are 
present  at  the  seat  of  ulceration,  thoroughly  curette  the  surface  and 
apply  carbolic  acid,  iodized  phenol,  or  a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc. 
Frequent  insertions  of  iodoform  gauze  soaked  in  a  4  per  cent,  solu- 
tion of  chloral  will  be  found  to  act  as  an  antiseptic  and  anaesthetic  to 
the  ulcerated  surface. 

For  the  foul  discharges,  vaginal  douches  of  a  weak  solution  of  creo- 
lin  are  valuable. 

The  pain  and  distress  in  the  later  stages  demand  opium. 

Attention  to  the  general  health  is  of  course  indicated. 

Describe  briefly  the  operation  of  vaginal  hysterectomy. 

Different  operators  differ  somewhat  in  the  details  of  the  operation. 
The  main  features  of  the  operation  are  as  follows:  The  vulva  is 
shaved,  and  the  vagina  and  vulva  thoroughly  disinfected.  The 
uterus  is  drawn  down  and  held  by  an  assistant;  a  semicircular 
incision  is  made  around  the  cervix  in  the  anterior  fornix,  and  the 
cervix  is  separated  from  the  bladder  up  to  the  utero-vesical 
pouch  of  the  peritoneum.  The  cervix  is  drawn  forward  and  the 
po&terior  fornix  opened  by  a  semicircular  incision  about  the  cervix, 
w^hich  is  then  freed  up  to  the  pouch  of  Douglas.  The  pouch  of 
Douglas  may  now  be  opened,  and  a  clean  sponge  with  a  long  piece  of 
silk  attached,  introduced  to  keep  back  the  intestines.  The  uterus  is 
I'reed  from  the  lower  portion  of  the  broad  ligaments  by  ligaturing 
in  section,  and  then  cutting  with  scissors  close  to  the  uterus.  The 
latter  may  now  be  retroverted  through  the  opening  in  the  pouch  of 
Douglas,  and  freed  from  the  upper  portion  of  the  broad  ligaments 
12 


178  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

by  ligaturing,  and  cutting  close  to  the  uterus.  It  is  well  to  draw 
the  ovaries  into  the  ligature,  so  that  they  will  be  removed  with  the 
uterus.  The  anterior  reflection  of  peritoneum  may  now  be  divided, 
or,  as  practiced  by  many  operators,  this  may  be  done  before  retro- 
verting  the  uterus.  All  hemorrhage  is  checked  and  the  parts  are 
cleaned  ;  the  peritoneum  is  stitched  to  the  vaginal  wall ;  and  a  single 
suture  unites  the  anterior  and  posterior  vaginal  walls  in  the  median 
line.  Two  small  strips  of  iodoform  gauze  are  placed  in  contact  with 
the  stumps  of  the  broad  ligaments  and  their  ends  brought  out 
through  the  vagina. 

Some  use  clamps  throughout  the  operation  instead  of  ligatures. 

Sarcoma  of  the  Uterus. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

Sarcoma  of  the  uterus  is  a  growth  usually  originating  in  the  con- 
nective tissue  of  the  mucosa  and  early  appearing  as  a  diffuse  infiltra- 
tion of  it,  and  later  extending  to  the  uterine  muscle.  It  may,  how- 
ever, begin  as  a  nodule  in  the  musc-uiar  wall.  It  usually  affects  the 
body  of  the  uterus,  being  rare  in  the  cervix.  The  masses  are  usuallj'- 
grayish  in  color,  soft  and  brain-like ;  occasionally  the  circumscribed 
masses  are  firm  and  resemble  fibroids,  but  have  no  capsule.  They 
usually  do  not  ulcerate  as  rapidly  or  deeply  as  carcinoma,  but  form 
larger  tumors,  and  metastases  are  less  common. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

Little  is  known  concerning  it.  It  is  most  frequent  between  the 
ages  forty  to  fifty,  but,  unlike  carcinoma,  often  occurs  in  nulliparous 
women. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

1.  Hemorrhage. 

2.  Watery  discharge. 

3.  Pain. 

4.  Cachexia. 

Thus  the  symptoms  are  similar  to  those  of  carcinoma.  Some 
authors  claim,  however,  that  the  discharge  is  less  offensive  than  in 
carcinoma,  because  there  is  less  tissue  necrosis. 


DEGIDUOMA   MALTONUM.  179 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

The  uterus  is  usually  enlarged ;  the  sound,  when  introduced, 
detects  great  irregularity  of  the  endometrium,  and  usually  causes 
bleeding.  If  the  curette  is  used,  a  grayish,  brain-like  material  is 
removed. 

With  what  are  sarcoma  and  carcinoma  of  the  hody  of  the 

uterus  most  likely  to  be  confused,  and  how  is  the 

diagnosis  made  ? 

They  are  chiefly  to  be  confiised  with  villous  endometritis,  sloughing 

polypi  or  retained  secundines.     The  diagnosis  is  made  by  removing 

fragments  with  the  curette,  knife  or  scissors,  and  subjecting  them  to 

microscopical  examination.     Marked  angemia  and  emaciation  would 

lead  one  to  suspect  malignant  disease,  yet  severe  endometritis  or  a 

vascular  polypus  may  cause  similar  symptoms. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Hysterectomy  gives  us  the  only  prospect  of  cure. 

The  palliative  treatment  consists  in  curetting  and  applying  caustics 
to  the  interior  of  the  uterus,  keeping  the  vagina  clean  with  anti- 
septic douches,  as  weak  creolin,  and  relieving  pain  with  opium. 


Deciduoma  Malignum. 

What  are  its  synonyms  ? 

Chorio-epithelioma,  decidual  celled  sarcoma,  and  syncytial  car- 
cinoma.    These  terms  have  been   applied  to  a  fairly  well  defined 
group  of  cases  of  malignant  uterine  disease,  whose  pathological 
appearances  have  varied  somewhat  in  different  cases. 
Give  its  pathology. 

The  tumors  consist  of  masses  of  cells  often  surrounding  spaces 
filled  with  blood  and  fibrin.  The  cells  are  round,  spindle,  or  polyg- 
onal, depending  on  how  closely  they  are  packed  together.  Further- 
more they  contain  irregular  masses  or  streaks  of  protoplasm  with 
nuclei  scattered  through  them,  but  with  no  division  of  the  proto- 
plasm into  cells.  Different  writers  have  thought  that  they  originate 
in  the  following  structures : 


IgO  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

a.  Decidual  cells ;  hence  a  tumor  of  maternal  connective  tissue 
origin ;    a  deciduoma. 

b.  Langhans'  layer  of  cells  of  the  chorionic  villi ;  hence  foetal  m 
origin ;  a  chorio-epithelioma. 

c.  The  syncytial  layer  of  the  villi.  This  is  the  prevalent  view  and 
is  based  on  the  close  resemblance  of  the  protoplasmic  masses  in  the 
tumor  to  syncytium.  Syncytium  is  an  epithelial  structm-e,  but 
whether  maternal  or  foetal  is  disputed. 

Give  its  course  and  symptoms. 

It  occurs  most  often  between  the  age  of  twenty  and  thirty-fave 
years.  It  always  follows  a  pregnancy,  and  in  nearly  half  the  cases 
has  followed  hydatidiform  mole.  Hemorrhage,  watery  discharge, 
and  pain  rapidly  appear.  Metastases  are  early  and  numerous. 
The  vagina  and  valva  are  often  involved  by  extension  or  metastasis 
and  before  death  a  number  of  abdominal  and  thoracic  organs  will 
show  tumors  whose  microscopic  appearances  closely  imitate  those 
of  the  uterine  growth.  Death  will  follow,  as  a  rule,  within  six 
months  of  the  termination  of  the  preceding  pregnancy. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

If  a  diagnosis  can  be  made,  with  the  help  of  the  microscope, 
before  metastases  have  occurred,  immediate  hysterectomy  is  indi- 
cated. 

Salpingitis. 

What  is  the  pathology "? 

In  salpingitis  there  is  usually  first  a  catarrhal  or  suppurative 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  tube  ;  this,  extending 
to  the  peritoneum,  sets  up  a  localized  peritonitis  which  usually  closes 
the  fimbriated  extremity,  and  often  by  adhesions  distorts  the  tube. 
From  the  closure  of  the  outer  extremity  and  the  narrowing  of  the 
lumen  in  difi'erent  places  by  the  traction  of  peritonitic  adhesions, 
the  secretions  are  retained  and  distend  the  tube.  This  distention 
is  favored  by  the  softening  arising  from  the  inflammation.  Other 
portions  of  the  tube  may  be  thickened,  partly  from  inflammation 
of  the  tube  itself  and  partly  from  the  neighboring  peritonitis.  The 
closure  of   the  abdominal   ostium  is  accomplished  either  by  an 


SALPINGITIS.  181 

adhesion  to  adjacent  structures  or  the  swelhng  of  the  muscular  rin.ij 
at  the  outer  end  of  the  tube  constricts  it ;  the  swollen  fimbriae  are 
thus  compressed,  then  adhere  and  retract  into  the  tube,  or  rather 
they  remain  of  the  same  length  and  the  swollen  muscular  wall 
extends  out  over  them.  The  uterine  ostium,  as  a  rule,  is  made  com- 
pletely impermeable  by  the  swelHng  of  the  tube,  but  is  not  obliterated. 
The  varieties  of  salpingitis,  named  according  to  the  tubal  contents, 

are — 

1.  Hydrosalpinx. 

2.  Haematosalpinx. 

3.  Pyosalpinx. 

What  is  the  etiology  of  salpingitis? 

It  usually  arises  from  an  extension  to  the  tube  of  an  inflammation 
of  the  endometrium,  and  its  etiology  is  that  of  the  endometritis, 
especially — 

1.  Sepsis  during  parturition  or  abortion. 

2.  The  use  of  septic  instruments. 
S.  Gonorrhoea. 

What  is  the  bacteriology  of  salpingitis  ? 

The  normal  tube  is  free  from  bacteria.  The  most  frequent  inciter 
of  salpingitis  is  the  gonococcus,  after  this  organism  and  about  in  the 
order  of  frequency  in  which  they  are  found  are  the  tubercle  bacillus, 
streptococcus,  staphylococcus,  bacterium  coli  commune,  and  pneumo- 
coccus.  Mixed  infection  is  very  rare.  After  a  time  bacteria  die 
out  in  a  pyosalpinx,  so  that  a  majority  of  such  tubes  examined  have 
been  found  sterile. 

What  are  the  characteristics  of  a  hydrosalpinx  ? 

In  a  hydrosalpinx  the  tube  is  distended  with  serum,  the  result  of 
a  catarrhal  inflammation.  The  softening  of  the  walls  easily  allows 
the  distention,  which  varies  in  position  according  to  the  traction  of 
peritonitic  adhesions.  Hydrosalpinx  is  occasionally  associated  with 
fibroids  of  the  uterus  and  is  probably  not  then  of  bacterial  origin. 

What  are  the  characteristics  of  a  haematosalpinx  ? 

Here  the  tube  is  distended  with  blood,  which  may  have  one  of 
three  sources: — 


1^2  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

1.  It  most  often  occurs  as  a  result  of  a  tubal  pregnancj'. 

2.  It  ma}^  be  exuded  from  the  tubal  mucous  membrane  as  a  re- 
sult of  the  catarrhal  inflammation. 

3.  It  may  occur  as  an  extension  of  a  hpematometra  due  to  atresia 
of  vagina  or  cervix. 

The  tube  is  usually  first  hypertrophied,  later  thinned,  and  it  may 
rupture ;  this  accident  is  usually  delayed  by  peritonitic  thickening 
about  the  tube.     The  blood  is  generally  thick  and  tarry. 

What  are  the  characteristics  of  a  pyosalpinx? 

The  tube  is  usually  more  thickened  and  surround  id  by  more  peri- 
tonitic adhesions  than  is  hydrosalpinx. 

The  pus  may  be  slight  in  amount,  or  the  tube  may  be  immensely 
distended  with  very  fetid  pus. 

The  mucous  membrane  of  the  tube  maj^  be  fairly  well  preserved 
and  the  seat  of  suppurative  inflammation,  or  may  be  replaced  by 
granulation  tissue.  Pus-tubes  may  be  drained  b}^  rupture  into  hol- 
low viscera  or  intraperitoneal  rupture  may  occur,  resulting  in  pelvic 
abscess  or  general  peritonitis. 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  salping^itis  ? 

The  patient  usually  suffers  from  a  burning  and  dragging  pain  in 
the  region  of  the  affected  tube,  especially  on  standing  and  walking. 
Dysmenorrhoea  is  common  ;  repeated  attacks  of  peritonitis  are  not 
infrequent.  In  the  case  of  pyosalpinx  septic  symptoms  may  be  pres- 
ent. There  is  tenderness  on  pressure  in  the  lateral  vaginal  fornix, 
and  on  making  a  bimanual  examination  an  elongated  cystic  mass  can 
usually  be  detected  at  the  side  of  the  uteras. 

What  are  the  results  of  salpingitis  ? 

A  hydrosalpinx  or  hoematosalpinx  occasionally  subsides  so  as  to 
cause  few  symptoms ;  they  may  become  purulent  and  form  pyo- 
salpinx. 

A  haematosalpinx  may  rupture  into  the  peritoneum  or  into  the 
broad  ligament,  forming  an  hgematocele  in  the  former  case,  and  a 
hasmatoma  in  the  latter. 

A  pyosalpinx  if  unrelieved  by  operation  may  continue  for  years, 
producing  chronic  invalidism,  or  may  rupture  and  cause  septicaemia 
or  peritonitis. 


TUBERCULAR  SALPINGITIS.  183 

What  is  the  treatment  of  salping-itis  ? 

1 .  Fi'ophylactic.  — Cleanliness  and  antisepsis  during  the  puerperium 
and  in  the  use  of  all  instruments. 

2.  Palliative. — During  the  acute  stage  of  invasion,  rest  in  bed, 
poultices,  laxatives,  and,  if  much  pain  is  present,  allow  opium. 

When  the  case  becomes  subacute,  i.  e. ,  when  fever  has  entirely 
subsided,  applj^  counter-irritation  to  vaginal  fornix  over  the  affected 
tube  or  tubes,  and  employ  tampons  of  boric  acid  and  glycerine  and 
hot-water  vaginal  douches. 

3.  Radical. — If  the  distention  and  thickening  of  the  tube  fail  to 
subside  under  the  foregoing  treatment,  remove  the  tube  and  ovary 
of  the  side  affected.  Often  both  sides  are  involved  and  require 
removal.  A  salpingitis  is  often  favorably  effected  by  curetting  the 
uterus. 

Tubercular  Salpingitis. 

Give  its  pathology. 

The  infection  may  reach  the  tube  either  through  the  blood,  lymph- 
channels,  endometrium,  or  peritoneum.  It  is  usualh^  secondary  to 
a  general,  pulmonary,  or  peritoneal  tuberculosis.  Rarely  the  bacilli 
enter  through  the  vagina  and  thus  cause  a  primary  genital  tuber- 
culosis. The  tubes  are  much  more  frequentl}'  affected  than  other 
parts  of  the  genital  tract.  The  tubercular  lesions  are  most  marked 
near  the  abdominal  ostia,  and  both  tubes  are,  as  a  rule,  affected. 

Williams  describes  three  varieties : 

1 .  Miliary  tuberculosis. 

2.  Chronic  diffuse  tuberculosis. 

3.  Chronic  fibroid  tuberculosis. 

The  abdominal  ostia  may  or  may  not  be  occluded.  The  tubes  vary 
in  their  degree  of  distention  with  pus  or  cheesy  material.  The  lesion 
may  be  confined  to  the  mucous  membrane  or  involve  the  entire 
thickness  of  the  tubal  wall. 

What  are  the  predisposing"  causes  ? 

The  disease  occurs  from  infancy  to  old  age,  but  is  most  frequent 
between  the  ages  of  twenty  and  forty,  and  seems  predisposed  to  by 
child-bearing  and  the  puerperal  state.  It  has  followed  sexual  inter- 
course when  the  male  genitals  were  tubercular. 


184  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

Upon  what  would  you  base  a  diagnosis  of  tubercular  salpin- 
gitis ? 

Absence  of  other  causes  of  pj^osalpinx,  as  gonorrhoea  or  infection 
following  labor  or  abortion. 

Evidence  of  other  tubercular  lesions. 

Pallor,  emaciation,  and  cough. 

Physical  examination,  as  a  rule,  reveals  two  large  sausage-shaped 
masses  lying  close  to  the  uterus,  firmly  adherent  and  less  sensitive 
than  is  the  rule  with  pyosalpinx. 

Presence  of  tubercle  bacilli  in  the  uterine  discharge. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

The  usual  climatic  and  medicinal  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  In 
many  cases  this  is  the  only  treatment.  If,  however,  the  tube  or 
tube  and  peritoneum  alone  arc  tuberculous,  cceliotomy  is  indicated. 
The  ovaries  and  tubes  are  removed  and  with  them  the  uterus.  The 
cervix  may  be  left,  as  it  is  rarely  diseased.  The  abdominal  incision 
is  closed  without  drainage. 

Affections  of  the  Ovaries. 

Hemorrhage  into  the  Ovaries. 

Discuss  briefly. 

A  small  amount  of  hemorrhage  into  a  follicle  at  the  time  of 
rapture  is  normal.  Interstitial  hemorrhage  or  apoplexy  of  the  ovary, 
as  it  is  called,  results  from  congestion  due  to  general  circulatory  dis- 
turbances or  local  inflammations.  When  hemorrhage  occurs  there 
is  pain,  and  if  hemorrhage  is  excessive,  which  is  rarely  the  case, 
the  symptoms  may  resemble  those  of  a  ruptured  ectopic  gestation. 

Ovaritis. 

What  is  the  pathology  ? 

Ovaritis  or  inflammation  of  the  ovary  may  be  acute  or  chronic. 
Tubercular  ovaritis  is  usually  described  separately. 
Acute  ovaritis  may  be  follicular  or  interstitial ;  the  two  are  often 
combined.     In  the  follicular  form,   the  epithelium  of  the  follicles 
degenerates,  the  liquor  folliculi  becomes  purulent,  and  the  ovum  is 
destroyed. 


AFFECTIONS   OF  THE  OVARIES.  185 

In  the  interstitial  form,  tlie  stroma  is  infiltrated  witli  serum  and 
leucocytes  and  the  connective  tissue  cells  are  increased ;  abscesses 
often  form  between  the  bundles  of  fibers ;  sometimes  gangrene 
occurs. 

Chronic  ovaritis,  often  the  result  of  the  acute,  may  exhibit  3 
forms — 

1.  The  atrophic. 

2.  The  hyperplastic. 

3.  The  cystic. 

In  the  atrophic  form  the  ovary  is  small,  hard,  and  nodular  ;  the 
tunica  albugiuea  is  much  thickened. 

In  the  hyperplastic*"  form,  the  ovary  is  enlarged,  hard,  and  com- 
paratively smooth  ;  it  usually  prolapses  from  the  increased  weight. 

In  the  cystic  variety,  the  change  is  not  confined  to  the  follicles,  but 
the  stroma  is  involved  as  well. 

The  atrophic  form  maybe  present  in  one  part  of  the  ovary  and  the 
hyperplastic  in  another ;  the  tunica  albuginea  is  thickened  and 
prevents  rupture  of  the  cysts.  Ovaries  the  seat  of  ovaritis  are 
often  more  or  less  surrounded  by  peritonitis. 

What  is  the  etiology  of  ovaritis  ? 

It  occasionally  occurs  in  severe  cases  of  the  infectious  diseases  or 
metallic  poisoning,  but  is  most  often  secondary  to  disease  of  the 
tubes  or  peritoneum.  It  is  predisposed  to  by  anything  causing  con- 
gestion of  the  ovary,  such  as  displacement  of  the  uterus,  or  ovary  or 
excessive  veneiy.  A  salpingitis  with  its  own  etiology  is  the  most 
frequent  c?Mse  of  ovaritis.  Among  individual  causes,  the  following 
are  especially  to  be  mentioned  : — 

iSepsis  during  labor,  abortion  or  operations. 

Gonorrhcea. 

Catching  cold  during  menstruation. 

Whac  are  the  symptoms? 

The  symptoms  of  acute  ovaritis  are  usually  mingled  with  those 
of  the  accompanying  salpingitis  or  peritonitis.  There  is  generally 
sharp  pain  in  the  ovarian  region  or  regions,  radiating  to  the  back ; 
often  pain  in  micturition  and  defecation,  and  various  reflex  neuroses. 
If  an  abscess  forms,  septic  symptoms  may  be  present. 

In  the  chronic  form  the  symptoms  are  usually  less  marked ;  there 


186  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

.1.5  dull  pain  in  the  ovarian  region,  increased  by  walking.  There  is 
dyspareunia  and,  especially  if  the  ovary  is  prolapsed,  painful  defe- 
cation. 

What  are  the  physical  sig^ns  ? 

These  may  be  obscure,  from  the  fact  that  the  ovary  and  tube  are 
bound  together  by  peritonitic  adhesions  into  one  indistinct  mass. 

When  definable,  we  feel,  on  making  a  bimanual  examination,  a 
round  body  at  the  side  of  the  uterus,  but  separated  from  it  by  a 
slight  interval ;  it  is  sensitive  to  pressure,  producing  pain  of  a  sick- 
ening character ;  it  may  or  may  not  be  movable.  When  the  ovai-y 
is  prolapsed,  this  round,  tender  mass  may  be  felt  in  the  pouch  of 
Douglas. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  an  inflamed  ovary  ? 

From —  Salpingitis. 

Peritonitic  deposit. 

Exudation  into  the  broad  ligament. 

Fibroid  tumor. 

Faeces  in  the  rectum. 

How  would  you  differentiate  ovaritis  from  salpingitis  ? 

This  is  often  very  difficult,  from  the  fact  that  the  two  conditions 
frequently  coexist.  The  chief  features  in  the  differential  diagnosis 
are  found  in  the  phj^sical  signs,  as  follows  : — 

Ovaritis  vs.  Salpingitis. 

Lies  farther  fi'om  the  uterus ;      Lies  nearer  the   uterus ;    more 

more  globular  in  shape.  elongated. 

The  ovary  cannot  be  felt  else-      The  ovary  can  often  be  felt  sepa- 

where.  rate  from  the  mass. 

More  sensitive.  Less  sensitive. 

How  would  you  differentiate  an  ovaritis  from  an  exudation 
in  the  broad  ligament  ? 

Ovaritis  vs.  Exudation  in  Broad  Ligament. 

More  circumscribed.  Less  circumscribed. 

Less  closely  related  to  vaginal      More  closely  related  to  vaginal 

vault.  vault. 

Less  fixity  of  the  utems.  More  fixity  of  the  uterus. 


AFFECTIONS   OF  THE  OVARIES.  187 

How  would  you  differentiate  ovaritis  from  a  lateral  uterine 
fibroid  ? 

Ovaritis  vs.  Lateral  Fibroid. 

Sensitive  to  pressure.  Insensitive  to  pressure. 

Less  intimately  connected  with      More  intimately  connected  with 

the  uterus.  the  uterus ;  moves  with  it. 

Density  less.  Density  greater. 

Menorrhagia  less  common.  Menorrhagia  more  common. 

How  would  you  differentiate  ovaritis  from  faeces  in  the 
rectum? 

Ovaritis  vs.                      Fceces. 

More  sensitive.  Less  sensitive. 

Globular.  Elongated  in  shape. 

Does  not  indent  on  pressure.  Lidents  on  pressure. 

Found  after  emptying  rectum.  Disappears  on  emptying  rectum. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  ovaritis  ? 

During  the  acute  stage  keep  patient  quiet  in  bed;  apply  hot 
poultices  to  the  lower  abdomen ;  keep  bowels  open  and  faeces  soft ; 
give  an  anodyne,  if  necessary.  Later,  apply  counter-irritation  by 
means  of  iodine  to  the  vaginal  fornix  over  the  affected  organ,  and 
support  the  ovary  with  a  tampon.  An  excellent  method  is  to  soak 
a  roll  of  gauze  in  a  solution  of  iodoform  1  part,  chloral  1  part,  and 
glycerine  4  parts,  and  place  this  about  the  cervix,  especially  on  the 
affected  side.  After  the  withdrawal  of  this  support,  which  may  be 
left  in  twelve  to  twenty -four  hours,  a  hot-water  vaginal  douche  may 
be  used  with  advantage. 

As  a  last  resort,  after  a  faithful  trial  of  the  above  palliative 
measures  for  months  without  avail,  and  if  the  patient  is  a  great 
sufferer,  removal  of  the  offending  organ  is  indicated. 

If  abscess  of  the  ovary  is  present,  early  operation  is  indicated. 

An  ovary  the  seat  of  ovaritis  may  be  removed  through  the 
vasrina. 


188  essentials  of  gynecology. 

Prolapse  of  the  Ovary. 

What  is  the  etiology  and  pathology  ? 

Prolapse  of  the  ovary  may  occur  either  as  a  result  or  cause  of 
disease.  From  the  increase  in  size,  due  to  congestion  or  inflamma- 
tion, the  ovary  is  aj)t  to  prolapse. 

In  a  retroversion  or  retroflexion  of  the  uterus,  the  ovaries  also  are 
usually  drawn  backward,  and  from  their  disturbed  circulation  become 
congested  and  diseased.  In  their  descent  they  usually  first  lie  on 
the  retro-ovarian  shelves,  and  may  then  further  descend,  especially 
the  left,  into  the  pouch  of  Douglas. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

They  are  those  of  ovaritis  and  of  ovarian  compression  ;  the  latter 
being  most  marked,  viz.  :  painful  defecation  and  dyspareunia.  (The 
differential  diagnosis  has  been  given  under  ovaritis. ) 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

{a)  PaUiatwe. — If  due  to  a  displacement  of  the  uterus  and  both 
uterus  and  ovaries  are  movable,  replace  the  uterus  and  maintain  it  in 
position  by  means  of  a  pessary. 

When  the  ovaiy  alone  is  displaced,  if  movable,  support  it  at  first 
with  a  tampon  ;  later  a  pessary  may  perhaps  be  worn. 

When  the  ovary  is  fixed  by  adhesions,  an  attempt  should  be  made 
to  cause  resolution  of  the  adhesions  by  counter-in-itatiou,  glycerine  or 
boroglyceride  tampons,  hot- water  douches  and  gentle  massage. 

(5)  Radical— h t\^Q  palliative  measures  fail  and  the  symptoms 
are  severe,  operation  is  indicated,  either  to  remove  the  prolapsed 
ovary,  or,  if  the  uterus  is  displaced  backward,  to  break  up  the  adhe- 
sions and  fasten  the  uterus  forward  by  hysterorrhaphy  or  by  short- 
ening the  round  hgaments. 

Tumors  of  the  Ovary. 

What  are  the  chief  causes  of  enlargement  of  an  ovary? 

[a]  Inflammation.  [d)  Carcinoma. 

[1]  Cysts.  (e)    Fibroma, 

(c)  Papilloma.  (/)  Sarcoma. 

[g]  Tuberculosis. 

Discuss  ovarian  sarcoma  and  fibroma. 

Sarcomata  are  chiefly  of  the  round-celled  variety,  but  may  be 


AFFECTIONS   OF  THE   OVARIES.  189 

spindle-celled.  They  occur  at  all  ages,  and  not  infrequently  in 
children ;  both  ovaries  are  often  affected,  and  they  frequently  give 
rise  to  ascites.     Hemorrhagic  cysts  may  be  formed  in  the  large  ones. 

Fibromata,  as  a  rule,  are  not  so  large  as  sarcomata,  grow  slowly, 
and  do  not  cause  ascites. 
Discuss  ovarian  papilloma  and  carcinoma. 

Papillomata  occasionally  originate  on  the  surface  of  the  ovary,  but 
more  begin  in  the  wall  of  a  cyst,  whose  wall  they  penetrate  and  then 
spread  over  the  ovary  and  peritoneum.  They  resemble  warts  else- 
where, and  may  be  the  starting  point  of  carcinoma. 

The  ovaries  become  the  seat  of  carcinoma  rarely  primarily,  but 
often  from  extension  or  metastasis.      A  cyst-adenoma  or  ovarian 
papilloma  may  become  carcinomatous. 
What  are  the  varieties  of  ovarian  cyst  ?    Describe  them. 

The  varieties  of  ovarian  cyst  are — 

ol  \jiaAk  ^.^""^^''^  ^"^^""'  ''^^^• 
I  Simple  follicular. 

%/)     ji  /I      (  Cyst-adenoma. 

<^^^^^^-'^'^-]  Proliferating  papillary. 

Dermoid. 

Corpus  luteum  cysts  rarely  attain  the  size  of  a  child's  head.  They 
have  no  epithelial  lining  and  contain  thick  brown  fluid,  whose  color 
is  derived  from  blood-pigment. 

The  simple  follicular  cysts  are  often  multiple,  and  originate  in 
distended  Graafian  follicles.  They  are  lined  by  a  single  layer  of 
epithelium  and  contain  clear  serous  fluid. 

The  cyst-adenomata  of  the  ovary  form  its  largest  cysts.  They  are 
the  ordinary  multilocular  cysts,  and  may  attain  a  very  great  size. 
^They  are  adenomata  whose  alveoli  become  distended  with  fluid,  and 
by  breaking  through  of  partition  walls,  cavities  of  several  quarts' 
capacity  are  formed.  Protruding  into  the  larger  loculi  several 
smaller  "secondary"  or  "  daughter  "  cysts  are  often  seen.  Their 
fluid  is  viscid,  gelatinous,  sometimes  blood-stained,  and  contains 
pseudomucin. 

The  proliferating  papillary  cysts :  Any  ovarian  or  parovarian  cyst 
may  have  warty  growths  on  its  inner  surface,  but  there  is  a  variety 
of  cyst  which  usually  contains  them  and  is  thought  to  originate  in 
the  portions  of  the  Wolffian  ducts  which  are  imbedded  in  the  hilum 


190  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

of  the  ovary.  The  presence  of  ciliated  epithelium  in  many  of  them 
makes  this  origin  probable. 

The  dermoid  cyst  on  its  interior  seems  lined  with  skin.  It  may 
contain  hair,  sebaceous  matter,  teeth  or  irregular  fragments  of 
bone,  etc. 

The  present  accepted  idea  as  to  the  origin  of  dennoid  cysts  is  that 
they  are  caused  by  an  abnormal  inclusion  of  the  epiblast ;  i.  e. ,  that 
certain  misplaced  embryonic  cells  grow  within  the  ovary  and  produce 
the  tissue  to  which  they  were  destined. 

What  is  the  etiolog'y  of  ovarian  cysts  ? 

Concerning  this  little  is  known.  They  occur  most  freciuently  be- 
tween the  ages  of  20-50,  but  are  found  both  in  the  young  and  old. 

Simple  ovaritis  or  injury  of  the  ovary  are  said  by  some  to  predis- 
pose to  the  formation  of  a  cyst. 

What  changes  may  occur  in  an  ovarian  cyst  ? 

The  principal  changes  are  the  following  : — 

It  may  rapture,  usually  from  traumatism. 
Hemorrhage  may  occur  into  it. 
It  may  become  gangrenous  or  may  suppurate. 
The  hemorrhage,  gangrene  and  suppuration  are  usually  the  result 
of  torsion  of  the  pedicle. 

Supi3uration  may  also  arise  from  the  introduction  of  sepsis  if  the 
tumor  is  tapped,  as  formerly  practiced. 

What  are  the  symptoms  of  an  ovarian  cyst  ? 

They  are  chiefly  those  of  pressure.  There  may  be  difficulty  in  urina- 
tion and  defecation ;  in  the  later  stages  the  patient  is  greatly  ex- 
hausted by  the  great  weight,  and  often  suffers  with  dyspnoea. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  of  an  ovarian  cyst  ? 

These  vary  with  the  location.  When  small  and  in  the  pelvis  we 
get  a  tense  elastic  mass,  usually  fluctuating  and  insensitive  to  pres- 
sure. The  multilocular  variety  may  seem  hard.  The  uteras  is  dis- 
placed by  the  tumor. 

When  the  cyst  has  extended  to  the  abdomen,  we  get  distention  of 
the  abdomen  and  dullness  on  percussion  over  the  tumor.  Fluctua- 
tion can  usually  be  detected. 

What  is  the  relation  of  ovarian  cysts  to  the  uterus  ? 

When  small  the  cyst  prolapses  from  its  own  weight  into  Douglas' 


AFFECTIONS    OF   THE   OVARIES.  191 

cul-de-sac ;  hence  the  uterus  will  lie  in  front  of  the  tumor.  When 
the  tumor  is  too  large  to  lie  in  the  pelvis  it  rises  into  the  abdomen, 
the  uterus  then  retroverts  and  lies  under  the  tumor.  Double  ovarian 
cysts,  even  of  large  size,  may  continue  to  lie  behind  the  uterus  and 
displace  it  forward. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  an  ovarian  cyst  when 
small  and  situated  in  the  pelvis  ? 

From  (a)  Distended  tube. 

(b)  Peritonitic  exudation, 

(c)  Inflammatory  exudation  into  broad  ligament. 

(d)  Extra-uterine  gestation. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  small  ovarian  cyst  from  a  dis- 
tended tube  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.  Distended  Tube. 

No  inflammatory  history;  gradual      History  of  acute  inflammation: 

development ;  little  if  any  pain.  pain  usually  prominent. 

More  globular.  More  elongated. 

Less  intimately  connected  with      More  intimately  connected  with 

the  uterus.  the  uterus. 

Insensitive  to  pressure.  Sensitive  to  pressure. 

Less  fixity.  More  fixity. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  small  ovarian  cyst  frem  a  peri- 
tonitic exudation  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.  Peritonitic  Exvdatiov. 

No  history  of  acute  inflammation.       History  of  acute  inflammatiDn. 
Insensitive.  Sensitive  to  pressure. 

More  mobile.  Fixed. 

More  lateral.  Usually  in  pouch  of  Douglas. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  small  ovarian  cyst  from  an  in- 
flammatory exudation  into  the  broad  ligament  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.      Inflammatory  Exudation. 

Absence  of  history  of  inflamma-      History  of  inflammation  follow- 
tion.  ing  labor,  abortion,  or  opera- 

tion. If  a  haematoma,  history 
of  sharp  pain,  shock,  perhaps 
symptoms  of  hemorrhage. 


192 


ESSENTIALS   OK   GYNAECOLOGY. 


More  mobile. 

Induration  of  parametrium  want- 
ing. 
Insensitive. 
Bulges  less  into  vagina. 


Fixed. 
Induration  present. 

Sensitive  to  pressure. 
Bulges  moi'o  into  vagina. 


How  would  you  differentiate  an  ovarian  cyst  from  an  extra- 
uterine pregnancy  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.       Extra- uterine  Pregnancy . 

81ow  growth. 
No  symptoms  of  pregnancy. 

Menstruation    usually    not    far 

from  normal. 
More  mobile. 

Uterus  usually  not  enlarged. 
Pain   only   from    pressure ; 

acute  attacks. 


no 


Grrowth  more  rapid. 

Constitutional  symptoms  of  preg- 
nancy. 

Amenorrboea  usually  followed  by 
menorrhagia. 

More  fixed. 

Uterus  enlarged. 

Attacks  of  pain  ;  finally  a  severe 
attack,  symptoms  of  shock  and 
hemorrhage. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  a  large   ovarian  cyst 
occupying  the  abdomen? 

From  (rt)  Pregnancy. 
(6)  Ascites. 

(c)  Fibroid  tumor  of  the  uterus. 
(cZ)  Distended  bladder. 
(e)  Heematometra. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  large  ovarian  cyst  from  a 
pregnant  uterus  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.  Pregnant  Uterus. 


More  lateral. 
Menstruation  continues. 
Positive  symptoms  of  pregnancy 

absent. 
Uterus    small,    separate    from 

tumor ;  cervix  not  softened. 
Fluctuating. 


More  central. 

Amenorrhoea  the  rale. 

Positive  symptoms  of  pregnancy 

present. 
Uteras  forms  the  tumor  ;  cervix 

softened. 
Less    fluctuating ;    foetal    parts 

felt. 


AFFECTIONS   OF   THE   OVARIES.  193 

Intermittent  contractions  absent.    Intermittent  contractions  present. 
Growth  less  rapid.  Growth  more  rapid. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  large  ovarian  cyst  from 
ascites  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.  Ascites. 

Patient  on  back  : —  Patient  on  back  : — 

Swelling  central  or  unilateral.  Swelling  bilateral. 

Dullness  in  front.  Tympanitic  in  front. 

Tympanitic  on  the  sides.  Dullness  on  the  sides. 

Percussion  note  varies  httle  on  Percussion  note  varies  greatly  in 

turning  patient  from  side  to  turning  from  side  to  side. 

side. 

Circumscribed.  DiiFuse. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  large  ovarian  cyst  from  a 
large  fibroid  tumor  of  the  uterus  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.  Fibroid. 

Fluctuating.  Firm,  non-fluctuating. 

Less  intimately  connected  with      More  intimately  connected  with 

the  uterus.  .        the  uterus ;  moves  with  it. 

Menorrhagia  uncommon.  /^:  Menorrhagia  common. 

Uterus  usually  not  enlarged.        '     litems  usually  enlarged. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  large  ovarian  cyst  from  a 
distended  bladder  % 

Ovarian  Cyst  vsT  Distended  Bladder. 

More  lateral.  Central. 

Enlargement  slow.  Enlargement  rapid. 

Remains  after  patient  is  cathe-  Disappears    when     patient     is 
terized.  catheterized. 

How  would  you  differentiate  a  large  ovarian  cyst  from  a 
hsematometra  ? 

Ovarian  Cyst                vs.  Hcematometra. 

Menstrual  flow  appears.  Menstrual  blood  retained. 

More  lateral ;  separate  from  the  Central ;  tumor  formed  by  the 

uterus.  distended  uterus. 

Pain  only  from  pressure.  Periodical  attacks  of  pain,  due  to 

23  increase  of  contents. 


194  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNAECOLOGY. 

Atresia  absent.  Atresia    of   vagina    or    cervix 

present. 

What  is  the  treatment  of  an  ovarian  cyst  ? 

The  onl}'^  treatment  is  removal.  If  large,  through  abdominal 
coeliotomy ;  if  small,  it  can  often  be  easily  removed  through  the 
vagina. 

Parovarian  Cysts. 
Describe  briefly. 

They  are  cysts  developed  in  the  broad  ligament  from  the  parova- 
rium, the  remains  of  the  Wolffian  body.  These  cysts  are  usually 
unilocular ;  the  contents  colorless,  thin  and  waterj^  The  cyst  wall 
is  usually  thin,  and  fluctuation  very  distinct.  As  the  cyst  grows,  it 
opens  up  the  folds  of  the  broad  ligament,  and  obliterates  the  meso- 
salpinx. The  Fallopian  tube  lies  stretched  out  over  its  upper  sur- 
face. 

How  would  you  distinguish  between  an  ovarian  and  par- 
ovarian cyst? 

Ovarian  Cyst  vs.  Parovaman  Cyst, 

Has  a  pedicle.  No  pedicle. 

Somewhat  movable.  Deep-seated   in   pelvis  and 

immovable. 
Uterus  in  front  when  small ;  behind      Uterus   pushed  to  opposite 
when  large.  side  when  small ;  forward 

against    sj^mphj^sis   when 
large. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

Removal  by  coeliotomy  is  the  best  treatment.  The  broad  ligament, 
which  is  spread  out  over  the  tumor,  is  incised  near  to  and  parallel  to 
the  tube,  and  the  tumor  is  enucleated  from  its  bed.  The  cavity  in 
the  broad  ligament  is  then  either  closed  so  as  to  leave  no  pockets,  or 
the  edges  of  the  broad  ligament  are  brought  to  and  stitched  in  the 
lower  angle  of  the  abdominal  wound  and  the  cavity  drained.  The 
former  practice  is  usually  preferable. 


AFFECTIONS   OF   THE   OVARIES.  195 

What  are  the  chief  points  in  the  technique  of  an  abdominal 
cceliotomy  for  the  removal  of  the  uterine  appendages 
or  a  cyst  ? 

Have  the  bowels  of  the  patient  thoroughly  emptied  and  let  her 
take  a  thorough  warm  bath.  On  the  evening  before  the  operation, 
place  upon  the  abdomen  a  towel  soaked  in  a  solution  of  soft  soap  to 
be  left  until  the  following  morning.  On  the  day  of  the  operation, 
the  abdomen  and  pubes  are  shaved,  scrubbed  with  soap  and  water, 
washed  with  alcohol,  and  then  with  bichloride  1-1000. 

All  antiseptic  precautions  must  be  observed  in  regard  to  instru- 
ments, hands,  sponges,  etc. 

The  patient  having  been  anaesthetized,  a  final  cleansing  of  the 
abdomen  with  alcohol  and  bichloride  is  performed.  An  incision, 
about  three  inches  long,  is  made  in  the  median  line,  beginning  just 
below  the  umbilicus ;  this  incision  is  deepened  to  the  peritoneum 
and  bleeding  points  are  clamped.  The  peritoneum  is  raised  with 
thumb  forceps,  one  held  by  the  operator,  the  other  by  an  assistant, 
and  the  peritoneum  cut  between  the  forceps ;  the  incision  is  length- 
ened with  the  scissors,  cutting  on  the  finger  to  the  length  of  the 
abdominal  wound.     The  latter  may  be  lengthened,  if  necessary. 

If  the  operation!  is  for  the  removal  of  the  appendages,  the  fundus 
of  the  uterus  is  felt  for  as  a  landmark  ;  the  ovary  and  tube  of  the 
afiected  side  are  brought  into  the  abdominal  wound  and  surrounded 
by  warm  sponges  or  pads.  The  broad  ligament  is  tied  in  section 
beneath  the  aiDpendage  and  the  parts  outside  the  ligature  cut  away, 
leaving  just  enough  to  prevent  the  ligature  from  slipping.  The  first 
ligature  should  be  placed  external  to  the  ovary  including  the  infun- 
dibulo-pelvic  ligament,  which  contains  the  ovarian  artery.  The  liga- 
ture placed  at  the  proximal  end  of  the  tube  should  include  the  anasto- 
motic branch  between  the  uterine  and  ovarian  arteries.  The  ligature 
is  then  cut  short  and  the  stump  dropped  back  into  the  abdominal 
cavity.     The  other  side  is  treated,  if  necessary,  in  the  same  way; 

If  the  operation  is  for  an  ovarian  cyst,  after  opening  the  abdomen 
the  cyst  is  punctured  with  a  trocar,  the  emptied  sac  drawn  out  of 
the  abdominal  wound,  the  adhesions  separated,  if  necessary,  the 
pedicle  tied,  and  the  stump  treated  as  before.  If  pus  has  gotten 
into  the  abdominal  cavity,  the  latter  is  freely  irrigated  with  warm 
sterilized  salt  solution ;  drainage  may  or  may  not  be  indicated. 


196  ESSENTIALS   OF   GYNECOLOGY. 

The  abdominal  wound  is  closed  by  one  of  several  methods.  An 
ideal  method  is  that  which  sutures  each  laj^er  of  the  abdominal  wall 
separately.  A  continuous  catgut  suture  is  used  for  the  peritoneum, 
another  for  the  aponeurosis,  interrupted  catgut  sutures  unite  the 
subcutaneous  fat,  and  the  skin  is  united  by  any  desired  method  of 
suture.  The  wound  is  then  cleansed,  a  sterile  dressing  is  applied 
and  held  in  place  by  plaster  strips  and  an  abdominal  binder,  and  the 
patient  is  transferred  to  bed.  The  bed  should  be  warmed  with  hot- 
water  bottles,  but  great  care  should  be  taken  that  the  patient  is  not 
burned  by  them. 

What  is  the  after-treatment  of  the  case  ? 

The  patient  receives  no  food  by  the  mouth  for  twelve  to  twenty- 
four  hours,  nutrient  enemata  being  used  if  needed.  After  vomit- 
ing, due  to  the  anaesthetic,  has  subsided,  thirst  is  quenched  by  the 
repeated  administration  of  small  doses  of  hot  water ;  later  cool  or 
carbonated  water  is  given.  The  urine  is  drawn  with  a  catheter. 
As  little  opium  as  possible  is  used.  The  bowels  are  moved  on  the 
third  day  by  enema,  calomel  gr.  iv  (gr.  j  every  half  hour)  or  salines. 
If  tympanites  occurs  at  any  time,  the  bowels  are  moved. 

If  silk  or  silk-worm  gut  sutures  have  been  used  they  should  be 
removed  within  a  week.  The  patient  is  allowed  up  on  the  four- 
teenth to  twenty-first  day. 

Describe  the  vaginal  operation  for  the  removal  of  a  diseased 
appendage  or  an  ovarian  cyst. 
The  same  joreliminary  preparations  are  observed  as  for  an  abdom- 
inal coeliotomy.  At  the  time  of  the  operation  the  vulva  and  vagina 
are  thoroughly  disinfected,  the  patient  being  in  the  lithotomy  posi- 
tion and  on  a  Kellj^'s  pad.  The  perineum  is  retracted  with  a  spec- 
ulum. If  endometritis  is  present  the  uterus  is  first  curetted.  The 
posterior  lip  of  the  cervix  is  then  seized  with  a  volsella  and  drawn 
forward.  The  vagina  is  grasped  with  a  toothed  thumb-forceps  about 
where  it  joins  the  rectum,  and  drawn  downward.  Between  this 
point  and  the  junction  of  vagina  and  cervix  a  cut  is  made  with  scis- 
sors directed  toward  the  uterus ;  first  going  through  the  vagina, 
then  into  the  pouch  of  Douglas.  This  incision  may  be  enlarged 
laterally.     Two  fingers  are  inserted  into  this  opening  and  the  pelvic 


AFFECTIONS   OF  THE   OVARIES.  197 

contents  examined.  If  a  diseased  tube  and  ovary  are  found,  a  gauze 
pad  or  sponge,  each  with  a  long  silk  attached,  is  inserted  above  the 
mass  to  be  removed,  to  keep  back  intestines  or  omentum ;  the  ap- 
pendage is  freed,  brought  down  into  the  vagina,  ligated  and  re- 
moved. The  gauze  pad  or  sponge  is  now  removed  and  the  vaginal 
opening  may  either  be  closed  or  the  pelvic  cavity  may  be  drained 
with  gauze,  according  to  the  indications.  If  an  ovarian  cyst  is 
to  be  removed,  after  opening  the  pouch  of  Douglas  the  cyst  is 
tapped  and  emptied  ;  the  sac  drawn  down  into  the  vagina,  ligated, 
and  removed. 

What  are  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  vaginal 
as  compared  with  the  abdominal  operation  ? 

In  the  vaginal  operation  the  shock  is  less  and  the  abdominal 
cicatrix  with  its  tendency  to  hernia  is  avoided. 

The  vaginal  operation  requires  greater  skill  in  operating ;  there 
are  greater  possibilities  of  injuring  gut  in  separating  adhesions,  and 
greater  difficulty  in  repairing  the  damage  ;  it  may  be  hard  to  locate 
and  control  bleeding.  In  some  cases  the  appendages  cannot  be 
removed  by  vagina  until  after  the  removal  of  the  uterus.  Hence 
if  there  is  doubt  as  to  the  diagnosis  and  a  possibility  that  the 
whole  or  a  part  of  an  ovary  or  tube  may  be  allowed  to  remain,  the 
abdominal  route  is  to  be  selected  as  favoring  conservative  surgery. 

What  are  the  indications  for  a  vaginal  operation  ? 

In  those  cases  in  which  the  patient's  condition  will  not  warrant  a 
severe  operation,  a  pelvic  abscess,  pus-tube,  or  ovarian  abscess  may 
be  drained  through  the  vagina.  Later,  after  recovery  from  sepsis, 
an  abdominal  operation  may  be  performed  with  safety. 

A  small  ovarian  cyst  or  prolapsed  ovary  may  be  removed  with 
advantage  through  the  vagina,  as  may  also  a  small  fibroid  in  the 
lower  uterine  segment  through  either  anterior  or  posterior  fornix. 

The  vaginal  route  is  to  be  selected  for  the  drainage  of  any  large 
collection  of  blood,  serum,  or  pus  in  the  pelvis,  which  is  well  walled 
off  by  intestinal  adhesions.  Vaginal  hysterectomy  is  the  operation 
usually  done  for  carcinoma  of  the  uterus. 

What  operations  are  performed  through  the  anterior  fornix  ? 

Small  fibroids  of  the  cervix  or  anterior  uterine  wall  are  removed 
through  the  anterior  fornix.  This  route  is  also  employed  for  short- 
ening the  round  ligaments. 


198 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


How  would  you  prepare  catg-ut  for  ordinary  ligature  and 
suture  ? 

One  of  the  best  methods  is  that  by  means  of  boihng  alcohol. 
This  is  conveniently  carried  out  by  Dowd's  apparatus  a  cut  of 
which  is  here  given.     It  consists  of  a  coil  of  block  tin  tubing  en- 


FiG.  56, 


Dowd's  Apparatus  for  Sterilizing  Catgut. 


cased  in  a  copper  C3'linder.  The  lower  end  of  the  coil  is  straight- 
ened out  and  projects  through  the  rubber  cork  of  the  jar  in  which 
the  bottles  of  catgut  are  to  be  sterilized.  The  upper  end  of  the 
coil  is  bent  into  a  convenient  shape  for  suspension  and  during  use 


ECTOPIC  GESTATION.  199 

is  closed  with  a  cotton  plug.  On  one  side  of  the  cylinder  are  two 
taps,  the  lower  for  the  entrance,  the  upper  for  the  exit  of  cold 
water  from  a  faucet  which  condenses  the  alcoholic  vapor  which 
rises  in  the  coil. 

The  catgut,  wound  on  glass  spools,  is  placed  in  small  bottles  (pre- 
ferably with  screw  tops)  which  are  filled  with  strong  alcohol.  These 
bottles  are  placed  in  the  large  jar  and  covered  with  strong  alcohol. 
The  jar  is  then  attached  to  the  condenser,  and  placed  in  a  vessel  of 
water  on  a  gas  or  other  stove.      The  boiling  is  kept  up  for  an  hour. 

Another  good  method  is  the  following  : — 

1.  Soak  the  gut  in  ether  for  1  hour. 

2.  Wipe  with  a  bichloride  towel. 

3.  Soak  in  bichloride  1  :  1000  for  8  hours. 

4.  Wipe  with  a  bichloride  towel. 

5.  Store  it  in  absolute  alcohol. 

How  would  you  prepare  the  chromicizlB%(3fficEwen's)  catgut  ? 

Soak  the  gut  for  48  hours  in  the  following  solution  : — 
R.     Acidi  chromici,  ^iij-^vss 

Aquae,  q.  s.  ad    Oj 

M.  et  adde 

Glycerini,  Ov. 

Then  store  the  gut  in  carbolized  glycerine  1-5, 
Wipe  with  a  bichloride  towel  before  using. 


Ectopic  Gestation. 

Ectopic  gestation  may  be  considered  as  primarily  tubal.     Three 
varieties  are  recognized : 

1.  Tubal  proper,  (free  tubal). 

2.  Tubo-uterine,  (interstitial) ;  in  that  portion  of  the  tube  em- 
braced by  the  uterine  wall. 

3.  Tubo-ovarian. — Between  the  tube  and  the  ovary,  originally 
tubal. 

Abdominal  pregnancy  was  originally  tubal.     Ovarian  pregnancy 
never  occurs. 


200  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

What  is  the  etiology  ? 

It  has  long  been  recognized  that  tubal  inflammation,  peritoneal 
adhesions,  and  pressure  upon  the  tube  predispose  to  tubal  pregnancy. 
In  the  case  of  inflammations,  however,  not  until  the  tubal  mucosa 
has  become  practically^  normal  is  tubal  pregnancy  likely  to  occur. 
Hindrance  to  the  passage  of  a  fertile  ovum  into  the  uterus  will  not 
of  itself  cause  tubal  implantation  of  the  ovum.  An  hypothesis  has 
been  advanced  that  under  normal  conditions  the  tube  will  not 
undergo  the  decidual  change  necessary  for  pregnancy,  but  that  the 
tubal  mucosa  of  a  few  women  possesses  the  property,  common  in 
many  of  the  lower  animals,  of  responding  to  the  stimulus  which  the 
fertilized  ovum  offers  by  forming  a  decidual  membrane.  In  such 
individuals,  if  the  passage  of  the  ovum  into  the  uterus  is  interferred 
with,  tubal  pregnancy  results. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

There  is  usually  a  history  of  previous  sterility ;  then  symptoms  of 
early  pregnancy ;  usually  amenorrhoea  at  first,  later  irregular  men- 
struation or  menorrhagia,  with  passage  of  portions  of  the  uterine 
decidual  membrane.  Attacks  of  pain  with  sj^mptoms  of  shock  may 
be  present ;  then  when  the  sac  ruptures,  symptoms  of  hemorrhage, 
severe  shock,  and  collapse. 

What  are  the  physical  signs  ? 

Before  rupture  occurs,  the  uterus  is  felt  to  be  enlarged  and  soft- 
ened, and  at  the  side  is  found  a  mass  formed  by  the  distended  tube. 

At  the  time  of  rupture,  if  it  has  occurred  with  hemorrhage  into 
the  peritoneal  cavity,  very  few  physical  signs  may  be  present ;  simply 
an  indistinct  feeling  of  fluid  in  the  pouch  of  Douglas.  Later,  as 
the  blood  coagulates,  a  tumor  is  formed  behind  the  uterus. 

If  the  rupture  has  occurred  into  the  broad  ligament,  a  tumor  is 
formed  at  once  by  the  blood-distended  ligament.  This  tumor  pushes 
the  uterus  forward  and  toward  the  opposite  side.  It  tends  to  bulge 
into  the  vagina,  and  a  finger  introduced  into  the  rectum  detects 
a  narrowing  of  it. 

What  is  the  course  and  result  ? 

Ectopic  gestation  is  primarily  tubal.  At  about  the  third  month, 
either  a  rupture  of  the  tubal  wall  may  occur,  with  the  escape  of  the 
foetal  products,  or  the  escape  may  take  place  through  the  fimbriated 


ECTOPIC  GESTATION.  201 

extremity,  constituting  a  tubal  abortion.  When  a  rupture  of  the 
tubal  wall  occurs,  it  ma.y  take  place  (1)  through  a  portion  covered  by 
peritoneum,  i.  e.,  into  the  peritoneal  cavity,  or  (2)  through  a  portion 
not  covered  by  peritoneum,  i.  e.,  down  between  the  folds  of  the  broad 
ligament.  The  intraperitoneal  rupture  may  prove  fatal,  although 
often  not  until  several  hemorrhages  have  occurred.  In  an  extra- 
peritoneal rupture  the  hemorrhage  is  usually  hmited.  The  foetus 
usually  dies  when  it  escapes  from  the  tube.  When  the  rupture, 
however,  is  extraperitoneal,  i.  e. ,  between  the  folds  of  the  broad  liga- 
ment, the  foetus  may  survive,  being  nourished  by  a  placenta  attached 
to  the  floor  and  walls  of  the  pelvis  or  broad  ligament,  and  go  to 
term. 

At  any  time  after  the  middle  of  pregnancy  the  foetal  sac  may 
rupture  and  the  foetus  lie  free  in  the  peritoneal  cavity.  This  con- 
stitutes secondary  rupture  and  explains  the  cases  of  so-called  ab- 
dominal pregnancy.  Primary  rupture  may  be  delayed  in  the  cases 
of  interstitial  pregnancy  until  the  sixteenth  week ;  hemorrhage  is 
then  likely  to  prove  fatal. 

When  the  blood  effusion  is  small  it  may  be  absorbed.  Sometimes 
suppuration  occurs. 

From  what  must  you  differentiate  extra-uterine  pregnancy? 

Suppurative  cellulitis. 
Fibroid  tumor. 
Ovarian  cyst. 
Dermoid  cyst. 
Parovarian  cyst. 
Salpingitis. 
Retroversio-flexio. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

If  a  diagnosis  is  made  before  rupture  occurs,  the  best  treatment 
consists  in  the  removal  of  the  tube  with  its  contents.  At  the  time 
of  rupture,  if  this  has  taken  place  into  the  peritoneal  cavity,  open 
the  abdomen,  hgate  and  remove  the  sac  from  which  the  hemorrhage 
comes,  also,  the  foetal  remains  and  blood  clots.  Drainage  is  rarely 
necessary,  unless  the  foetal  sac  has  become  infected. 

If  the  rupture  has  taken  place  into  the  broad  ligament  and  the 
resulting  h^ematoma  is  small,  this  may  be  left  with  the  hope  of  its 
absorption.     If  repeated  hemorrhages  occur,  surgical  interference 


202  ESSENTIALS   OP   GYNECOLOGY. 

is  indicated.     If  suppuration  take  place,  the  mass  should  be  opened 
from  the  vagina  and  drained. 

If  the  life  of  the  foetus  continues  after  the  rupture,  and  the  case 
is  seen  during  the  early  months,  the  life  of  the  foetus  should  be 
disregarded  in  the  interest  of  the  mother.  The  foetus  and  mem- 
branes should  be  removed  and  the  sac  drained.  If  the  case  is  first 
seen  after  the  viabilitj^  of  the  foetus,  an  attempt  should  be  made  to 
save  both  lives. 

Fistulae. 

What  are  the  chief  varieties  met  with  in  gynaecology  ? 

They  may  be  either  urinary  or  fecal. 

Urmary  fistulae  present  the  following  varieties  (see  Fig.  57)  :— 

1.  Urethro-vaginal. 

2.  Yesico-vaginal, 

3.  Vesico-uterine. 

4.  Uretero-vaginal. 

5.  Uretero-uterine. 
The  most  common  is  the  vesico-vaginal. 

The  fecal  fistula  which  especially  concerns  us  is  the  recto-vaginal. 

What  is  the  etiology  of  a  vesico-vaginal  fistula  ? 

The  most  common  cause  is  sloughing  following  long-continued 
pressure,  usuaDy  in  parturition,  but  occasionally  from  a  pessary.  It 
may  be  produced  by  direct  laceration  through  the  septum.  It  is 
predisposed  to  by  a  tedious  labor. 

What  are  the  symptoms  ? 

The  involuntary  escape  of  urine. 

A  urinous  odor  about  the  person. 

Irritation  and  excoriation  of  the  vulva  and  parts  around. 

How  is  the  diagnosis  made  ? 

If  the  fistula  is  not  evident  on  exposing  the  parts  with  a  Sims' 
speculum,  the  patient  being  in  Sims'  position,  the  bladder  may  be 
distended  with  some  colored  antiseptic  fluid,  like  creohn  solution, 
and  by  the  exit  of  the  latter  the  fistula  may  be  detected,  and  then 
verified  by  a  probe. 

What  is  the  treatment? 

The  treatment  usually  pursued  in  this  country  is  the  operation  of 


FISTULA. 


20S 


Sims,  which  is  performed  as  follows :  The  patient  is  anaesthetized, 
an  antiseptic  vaginal  douche  given,  and  all  antiseptic  precautions 
observed  during  the  operation.  She  is  placed  in  Sims'  position 
and  Sims'  speculum  introduced.  The  edges  of  the  fistula  are  pared 
with  the  knife  or  scissors,  the  mucous  membrane  not  being  included 
in  the  incision.  Silkworm-gut  or  silver-wire  sutures  are  then  intro- 
duced, about  one-fifth  to  one-fourth  inch  apart,  not  penetrating  the 
mucous  membrane.  The  parts  are  brought  into  apposition  by  tying 
or  twisting  the  sutures,  and  then  a  self-retaining  catheter  is  intro- 
duced. The  sutures  are  left  for  eight  days.  The  operation  for 
a  urethro- vaginal  fistula  is  similar  to  the  above. 

Fig,  57. 


To  REPRESENT   THE  CHIEF    VARIETIES   OP  URINARY    FiSTULA — URETHRO-VAGINAI., 

Vesico-vaginal  and  Vesico-uterink.— Those  with  the  ureters  are  not  seen. 
The  seat  of  a  recto-vaginal  fistula  is  indicated  {De  Sinety). 

What  are  the  chief  steps  in  the  operation  for  the  cure  of  a 
vesico-uterine  fistula  ? 

Emmet  regards  the  condition  as  due  to  a  laceration  of  the  cervix 
extending  into  the  bladder,  the  laceration  healing  only  below.  The 
operation  is  based  on  this  idea,  viz. :  The  cervix  is  split  up  to  the 
fistula ;  the  edges  of  the  latter  are  denuded,  and  the  whole  brought 
together  in  a  manner  similar  to  a  trachelorrhaphy,  especial  care  being 
taken  with  the  upper  sutures. 


204  ESSENTIALS   OF  GYNECOLOGY. 


Recto- vaginal  Fistula. 

What  is  the  etiology? 

This,  like  the  vesico-vaginal  fistula,  is  usually  due  to  sloughing 
caused  by  long-continued  pressure  in  parturition,  or  may  be  produced 
by  laceration  through  the  septum,  either  by  the  unaided  efforts  of 
nature  or  by  instrumental  delivery.  Cancer  or  syphilis  may,  of 
course,  cause  fistula,  but  this  will  not  concern  us  here. 

What  is  the  treatment  ? 

It  is  similar  to  Sims'  operation  for  vesico-vaginal  fistula.  The 
edges  are  denuded  and  brought  together  by  silkworm  gut  or  silver 
wire,  the  rectal  mucous  membrane  being  uninjured.  If  the  fistula 
is  near  the  vulva,  it  is  usually  best  to  divide  the  sphincter  ani  and 
perineum  up  to  the  fistula,  to  dissect  this  out,  and  then  close  the 
parts  as  in  a  laceration  of  the  perineum  through  the  sphincter  ani. 


INDEX. 


Alexander's  operation,  124 
Amenorrhcea,  99 
Anterior  colporrhaphy,  139 
Applicator,  uterine,  59 
Atrophy  of  the  uterus,  156 

Bacteria  of  endometritis,  147 

of  salpingitis,  181 

of  vagina,  84 
Bimanual  examination,  46 
Bladder,  36 
Bui  hi  vestibuli,  20 

Carcinoma,  ovarian,  189 

uteri,  175 
Catgut,  preparation  of,  198 
Cellulitis,  pelvic,  91 
Cervical  erosions,  149 
Ciliffi,  32 
Clitoris,  18 
Coccygodynia,  81 
Condylomata,  pointed,  77 

syphilitic,  78 
Corpus  luteum  cyst,  189 
Curette,  64 
Cysts  of  ovary,  189 

Deciduoma  malignum,  179 
Development  of  the  pelvic  organs, 

43 
Dilators,  59 
elastic,  63 

graduated,  hard,  61 
Displacements  of  the  uterus,  113 
anteflexion,  114 
retroversion     and    retro- 
flexion, 116 
Dysmenorrhoea,  102 


Ectopic  gestation,  199 
Eczema  of  the  vulva,  75 
Emmet's  operation,  133 
Endometritis,  147 

acute,  147 

chronic,  148 

villous,  152 
Erosions,  cervical,  149 
Erythema  of  the  vulva,  75 

Fallopian  tubes,  31 

Fibroid  tumors  of  the  uterus,  157 

ovarian,  188 
Fistula,  recto-vaginal,  204 
Fistulte,  202 
Follicular  cysts,  189 
Fornix,       anterior,         operations 

through,  197 
Fossa  navicularis,  20 
Fourchette,  20 
Fungosities,  uterine,  152 

GoNococcus,  66 
Gonorrhoea,  67 

Hematocele     and    haematoma, 
pelvic,  94 
pudendal,  73 

Hemorrhage  from  vulva,  74 
Hernia,  pudendal,  72 
Hymen,  21 

Hyperesthesia  of  the  vulva,  80 
Hypertrophy  of  the  cervix,  140 
Hysterectomy,  165 

vaginal,  177 
Hysterorrhaphv,  126 

Kelly's,  126 

205 


206 


INDEX. 


Instruments,  48 
Inversion  of  the  uterus,  166 
Irritable  urethral  caruncle,  82 
Ischio-rectal  fossa,  42 

Kelly's  hysterorrhaphy,  126 
Kraurosis  vulvae,  80 

Labia  majora,  17 

minora,  18 
Laceration  of  the  cervix,  142 

of  the  perineum,  130 

Malformations   of  the  uterus, 
108 
of  the  vagina,  106 
atresia  of,  107 
stenosis  of,  108 
of  tj^e  vulva,  83 
Menstruation,  98 
disorders  of,  99 

amenorrhoea,  99 
dysmenorrhoea,  102 
congestive,  103 
membranous,  105 
neuralgic,  104 
obstructive,  102 
ovarian,  104 
menorrhagia  and  metror- 
rhagia, 101 
vicarious,  100 
Mesosalpinx,  30 
Metritis,  153 
acute,  153 
chronic,  154 
Mons  veneris,  17 
Myomectomy,  165 

New  growths  of  the  vulva,  77 

Ovaries,  32 

affections  of,  184 

cysts,  189 

enlargement  of,  188 

hemorrhage  into,  184 

prolapse  of,  188 

tumors  of,  188 
Ovaritis,  184 


Papillomata,  ovarian,  189 

simple,  77 
Parovarian  cysts,  194 
Parovarium,  35 
Pelvic  floor,  40 
Perineal  body,  41 
Perineum,  muscles  of,  42 
Peritoneum,  pelvic,  87 
Peritonitis,  pelvic,  88 
Pessaries,  121 

stem,  63 
Physical    examination    of    pelvic 

organs,  43 
Polypi,  71 
Probe,  uterine,  59 
Prolapse  of  urethral  mucous  mem- 
brane,  83 
Prolapsus  uteri,  127 
Pruritus  vulvae,  78 
Pudendal  hsematocele,  73 

hernia,  72 

Rectal  examination,  47 
Rectum,  38 

Round    ligaments,    intra-abdomi- 
nal shortening  of,  127 

Saenger-Tait  operation,  134 

Salpingitis,  180 

tubercular,  183 

Sarcoma  of  the  uterus,  178 
ovarian,  188 

Skin  diseases  of  the  vulva,  75 

Sound,  uterine,  55 

Specula,  48 

Brewer's  speculum,  52 
Pergusson's  speculum,  51 
Kelly's  speculum,  53 
Simon's  speculum,  51 
Sims'  speculum,  49 

Stem  pessaries,  63 

Stenosis  of  the  cervix,  142 
of  the  vagina,  108 

Tents,  58 
Theca  folliculi,  33 
Trachelorrhaphy,  145 

Urinary  tract,  35 


I 


INDEX. 


207 


Uterine  applicators,  59 

fungosities,  152 
Uterus,  23 

mucous  membrane  of,  25 
changes  of,  26 

Vagina,  21 

bacteria  of,  84 

diseases  of,  84 

secretions  of,  22 

stenosis  of,  108 
Vaginal  examination,  44 
Vaginismus,  80 
Vaginitis,  croupous,  87 

gonorrhoeal,  86 

simple  catarrhal,  84 


Vaginitis,  ulcerative,  86 

Vestibule,  20 

Vicarious  menstruation,  100 

Volsella,  54 

Vulva,  malformations  of,  83 

Vulvitis,  65 

acute  simple  catarrhal,  65 

chronic  catarrhal,  66 

croupous,  69 

follicular,  70 

gangrenous,  69 

gonorrhceal,  66 

phlegmonous,  68 
Vulvo-vaginal  glands,  21 

cyst  and  abscess  of,  71 


Catalogue    tt    Medical     Publications 


OF 


W.  B.  SAUNDERS  &  COMPANY 

PHILADELPHIA       ^        Jt        Ji        ^        Jt  LONDON 

925  Walnut  Street    ^        ^        ^        Jt        ^    161  Strand,  W.  C. 

Arranged  Alphabetically  and  Classified  under  Subjects 
See  page  18  for  a  List  of  Contents  classified  according  to  subjects 

THE  books  advertised  in  this  Catalog-ue  as  being-  sold  by  siibscription  are  usually  to  be 
obtained  from  travelling  solicitors,  but  they  will  be  sent  direct  from  the  office  of  pub- 
lication (charges  of  shipment  prepaid)  upon  receipt  of  the  prices  given.     All  the  other 
books  advertised  are  commonly  for  sale  by  booksellers  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States;  but 
books  will  be  sent  to  any  address,  carriage  prepaid,  on  receipt  of  the  published  price. 

Money  may  be  sent  at  the  risk  of  the  publisher  in  either  of  the  following  ways  :  A  postal 
money  order,  an  express  money  order,  a  bank  check,  and  in  a  registered  letter.  Money 
sent  in  any  other  way  is  at  the  risk  of    the  sender. 

SPECIAL  To  physicians  of  approved  credit  books  will  be  sent,  post-paid,  on  the  following 
OFFER  terms  :  ^5.00  cash  upon  dehvery  of  books,  and  monthly  payments  of  ^5.00  there- 
after until  full  amount  is  paid.  Any  one  or  two  volumes  will  be  sent  on  thirty  days'  time 
to  those  who  do  not  care  to  make  a  larger  purchase. 


AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF  APPLIED  THERAPEUTICS. 

Edited  by  jAMES  C.  WILSON,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Practice  of  Medicine  and 
of  Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.  Handsome 
imperial  octavo  volume  of  1326  pages.  Illustrated.  Cloth,  $7.00  net; 
Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^8.00  net.     Sold  by  Subscription. 

AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF  THE  DISEASES  OF  CHIL= 
DREN.    Second  Edition,  Revised. 

Edited  by  Louis  Starr,  M.  D.,  Consulting  Pediatrist  to  the  Maternity  Hos- 
pital, etc.  ;  assisted  by  Thompson  S.  Westcott,  M.D.,  Attending  Physi- 
cian to  the  Dispensary  for  Diseases  of  Children,  Hospital  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  Handsome  imperial  octavo  volume  of  1244  pages,  pro- 
fusely illustrated.  Cloth,  $7.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^8.00  net. 
Sold  by  Subscription. 

AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF   DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE, 
EAR,  NOSE,  AND  THROAT. 

Edited  by  G.  E.  DE  Schweinitz,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Ophthalmology, 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia ;  and  B.  Alexander  Randall. 
M.  D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Ear,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Imperial  octavo,  1251  pages;  766  illustrations,  59  of  them  in  colors.  Cloth, 
^7.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^8.00  net.     Sold  by  Subscription, 


MEDICAL    PUBLICATIONS 


AN    AMERICAN    TEXT=BOOK    OF    QENITO=URINARY     AND 

SKIN  DISEASES. 

Edited  by  L.  Bolton  Bangs,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery, 
University  and  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College,  New  York  ;  and  W.  A. 
Hardaway,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin,  Missouri  Medical 
College.  Imperial  octavo  volume  of  1229  pages,  with  300  engravings  and 
20  full-page  colored  plates.  Cloth,  ^7.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco, 
38.00  net.     Sold  by  Siibsci-iption. 

AN    AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF   GYNECOLOGY,   MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL.    Second  Edition,  Revised. 

Edited  by  J.  M.  Baldy,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology,  Philadelphia 
Polyclinic,  etc.  Handsome  imperial  octavo  volume  of  718  pages  ;  341  illus- 
trations in  the  text,  and  38  colored  and  half-tone  plates.  Cloth,  ^6.00  net ; 
Sheep  or  Half  ]Morocco,  $7.00  net.     Sold  by  Subscription. 

AN    AMERICAN    TEXT=BOOK  OF    LEGAL    MEDICINE    AND 
TOXICOLOGY. 

Edited  by  FREDERICK  PETERSON,  M.  D.,  Chief  of  Clinic,  Nervous  Depart- 
ment, College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York  ;  and  Walter  S. 
Haines,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  and  Toxicology,  Rush 
Medical  College,  Chicago.     In  Preparatio7i. 

AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF  OBSTETRICS. 

Edited  by  RICHARD  C.  NORRIS,  M.  D.  ;  Art  Editor,  Robert  L.  Dickinson, 
M.  D.  Handsome  imperial  octavo  volume  ©f  1014  pages  ;  nearly  900  beau- 
tiful colored  and  half-tone  illustrations.  Cloth,  ^7.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half 
Morocco,  $8.00  net.     Sold  by  Subscription. 

AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF  PATHOLOGY. 

Edited  by  LUD\viG  Hektoen,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Pathology  in  Rush 
Medical  College,  Chicago  ;  and  David  Riesman,  M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of 
Pathologic  Histology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Handsome  im- 
perial octavo,  over  1200  pages,  profusely  illustrated.     By  Subscription. 

AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF  PHYSIOLOGY.     Second  Edi= 

tion,  Revised,  in  Two  Volumes. 

Edited  by  William  H.  Howell,  Ph.  D.,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Physiology, 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md.  Two  royal  octavo  volumes  of 
about  600  pages  each.  Fully  illustrated.  Per  volume:  Cloth,  ^3.00  net; 
Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  $3.75  net. 

AN  AMERICAN  TEXT=BOOK  OF  SURGERY.    Third  Edition. 

Edited  by  William  W.  Keen,  M.  D.,  LL.D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.  (Hon.);  and 
J.  William  White,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of  1230 
pages  ;  496  wood-cuts  and  37  colored  and  half-tone  plates.  Thoroughly 
revised  and  enlarged,  with  a  section  devoted  to  "The  Use  of  the  Ront- 
gen  Rays  in  Surgery."  Cloth,  ^7.00  net;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco, 
S8.00  net. 


OF  W.  B.   SAUNDERS  6-  CO. 


THE  NEW  STANDARD  THE  NEW  STANDARD 

THE    AMERICAN    ILLUSTRATED    MEDICAL    DICTIONARY. 
Second  Edition,  Revised. 

For  Practitioners  and  Students.  A  Complete  Dictionary  of  the  Terms  used 
in  Medicine,  Surgery,  Dentistry,  Pharmacy,  Chemistry,  and  the  kiiidred 
branches,  including  much  collateral  information  of  an  encyclopedic  character, 
together  with  new  and  elaborate  tables  of  Arteries,  Muscles,  Nerves,  Veins, 
etc.  ;  of  Bacilli,  Bacteria,  Micrococci,  Streptococci ;  Eponymic  Tables  of 
Diseases,  Operations,  Signs  and  Symptoms,  Stains,  Tests,  Methods  of  Treat- 
ment, etc.,  etc.  By  W.  A.  Newman  Dorland,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Editor 
of  the  "  American  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary."  Handsome  large  octavo, 
nearly  800  pages,  bound  in  full  flexible  leather.  Price,  ^4.50  net ;  with 
thumb  index,  ^5.00  net. 

Gives  a  Maximum  Amount  of  Matter  in  a  Minimum  Space  and  at  ttie  Lowest 

Possible  Cost. 

This  Revised  Edition  contains  all  the  Latest  Terms. 

"  I  must  acknowledge  my  astonishment  at  seeing  how  much  he  has  condensed  within 
relatively  small  space.  I  find  nothing  to  criticise,  very  much  to  commend,  and  was  in- 
terested in  finding  some  of  the  new  words  which  are  not  in  other  recent  dictionaries." — 
RoswELL  Park,  Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery, 
University  of  Btiffalo. 

"  I  congratulate  you  upon  giving  to  the  profession  a  dictionary  so  compact  in  its  structure, 
and  so  replete  with  information  required  by  the  busy  practitioner  and  student.  It  is  a 
necessity  as  well  as  an  informed  companion  to  every  doctor.  It  should  be  upon  the  desk 
of  every  practitioner  and  student  of  medicine." — John  B.  Murphy,  Professor  of  Surgery 
and  Clinical  Surgery,  Northwestern  University  Medical  School,  Chicago. 

THE  AMERICAN    POCKET    MEDICAL    DICTIONARY.    Third 

Edition,  Revised. 

Edited  by  W.  A.  Newman  Dorland.,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Obstetrician  to  the 
Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Fellow  of  the  American  Acad- 
emy of  Medicine.  Containing  the  pronunciation  and  definition  of  the  prin- 
cipal words  used  in  medicine  and  kindred  sciences,  with  64  extensive  tables. 
Handsomely  bound  in  flexible  leather,  with  gold  edges.  Price  $1.00  net; 
with  thumb  index,  ^1.25  net. 

THE  AMERICAN  YEAR=BOOK  OF  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY. 

A  Yearly  Digest  of  Scientific  Progress  and  Authoritative  Opinion  in  all 
branches  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  drawn  from  journals,  monographs,  and 
text-books  of  the  leading  American  and  Foreign  authors  and  investigators. 
Arranged  with  editorial  comments,  by  eminent  American  specialists,  under 
the  editorial  charge  of  George  M.  Gould,  M.  D.  Year-Book  of  1901 
in  two  volumes — Vol.  I.  including  General  Medicine  ;  Vol.  XL,  General  Sur- 
gery. Per  volume  :  Cloth,  ^3.00  net ;  Half  Morocco,  $3.75  net.  Sold  by  Sub- 
scription. 

ABBOTT  ON  TRANSMISSIBLE  DISEASES.    Second  Edition, 
Revised. 

The  Hygiene  of  Transmissible  Diseases:  their  Causation,  Modes  of  Dissem- 
ination, and  Methods  of  Prevention.  By  A.  C.  ABBOTT,  M.  D.,  Professor 
of  Hygiene  and  Bacteriology,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Octavo,  351 
pages,  with  numerous  illustrations.     Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 


MEDICAL   PUBLICATIONS 


ANDERS'  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.     Fifth  Revised  Edition. 

A  Text-Book  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  jAMES  M.  Anders,  AI.  D., 
Ph.  D.,  LL.  D.,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine  and  of  Clinical  Med- 
icine, Medico-Chirurgical  College,  Philadelphia.  Handsome  octavo  volume 
of  1292  pages,  fully  illustrated.  Cloth,  $5.50  net;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco, 
^6.50  net. 

BASTiN'S  BOTANY. 

Laboratory  Exercises  in  Botany.  By  Edson  S.  Bastin,  M.  A.,  late  Pro- 
fessor of  Materia  Medica  and  Botany,  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy. 
Octavo,  536  pages,  with  87  plates.     Cloth,  ^2.00  net. 

BECK  ON  FRACTURES. 

Fractures.  By  Carl  Beck,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  to  St.  Mark's  Hospital  and 
the  New  York  German  Poliklinik,  etc.  With  an  appendix  on  the  Practical 
Use  of  the  Rontgen  Rays.     335  pages,  170  illustrations.     Cloth,  $3.50  net. 

BECK'S  SURGICAL   ASEPSIS. 

A  :\Ianual  of  Surgical  Asepsis.  By  Carl  Beck,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  to  St. 
Mark's  Hospital  and  the  New  York  German  Poliklinik,  etc,  306  pages;  65 
text-illustrations  and  12  full-page  plates.     Cloth,  $1.25  net. 

BOISLINIERE'S    OBSTETRIC    ACCIDENTS,    EMERGENCIES, 
AND  OPERATIONS. 

Obstetric  Accidents,  Emergencies,  and  Operations.  By  L.  Ch.  Boislin- 
i:i:RE,  M.D.,  late  Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  St.  Louis  Medical  Col- 
lege.    381  pages,  handsomely  illustrated.     Cloth,  ^2.00  net. 

BOHM,   DAVIDOFF,   AND   HUBER'S  HISTOLOGY. 

A  Text-Book  of  Human  Histology.  Including  Microscopic  Technic.  By 
Dr.  a.  a.  Bohm  and  Dr.  M.  von  Davidoff,  of  Munich,  and  G.  Carl 
HUBER,  M.  D.,  Junior  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Director  of  Histological 
Laboratory,  University  of  Michigan.  Handsome  octavo  of  501  pages,  with 
351  beautiful  original  illustrations.     Cloth,  $3.50  net. 

BUTLER'S     MATERIA     MEDICA,     THERAPEUTICS,     AND 
PHARMACOLOGY.    Third  Edition,  Revised. 

A  Text-Book  of  Materia  Medica,  Therapeutics,  and  Pharmacology.  By 
George  F.  Butler,  Ph.  G.,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  of 
Clinical  Medicine,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Chicago.  Octavo, 
874  pages,  illustrated.    Cloth,  $4.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^5.00  net. 

CERNA    ON    THE    NEWER    REMEDIES.       Second    Edition, 
Revised. 

Notes  on  the  Newer  Remedies,  their  Therapeutic  Applications  and  Modes 
of  Administration.  By  David  Cerna,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D.,  Demonstrator  of 
Physiology,  Medical  Department,  University  of  Texas.  Rewritten  and 
greatly  enlarged.     Post-octavo,  253  pages.     Cloth,  ^1,00  net. 


OF   W.  B.  SAUNDERS  &-   CO. 


CHAPIN  ON  INSANITY. 

A  Compendium  of  Insanity.  By  JOHN  B.  Chapin,  M.  D.,  LL.D.,  Phy- 
sician-in-Chief,  Pennsylvania  Hospital  for  the  Insane;  Honorary  Member 
of  the  Medico-Psychological  Society  of  Great  Britain,  of  the  Society  of 
Mental  Medicine  of  Belgium,  etc.  i2mo,  234  pages,  illustrated.  Cloth, 
^1.25  net. 

CHAPMAN'S  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE  AND  TOXICOLOGY. 
Second  Edition,  Revised. 

Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Toxicology.  By  HENRY  C.  CHAPMAN,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Institutes  of  Medicine  and  Medical  Jurisprudence,  Jefferson 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  254  pages,  with  55  illustrations  and  3 
full-page  plates  in  colors.     Cloth,  ^1.50  net. 

CHURCH  AND  PETERSON'S  NERVOUS  AND  MENTAL  DIS= 
EASES.     Third  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 

Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases.  By  ARCHIBALD  CHURCH,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases,  and  Head  of  the  Neurological 
Department,  Northv^^estern  University  Medical  School,  Chicago ;  and 
Frederick  Peterson,  M.  D.,  Chief  of  Chnic,  Nervous  Department,  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of 
S75  pages,  profusely  illustrated.  Cloth,  ^5.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco, 
^6.00  net. 

CLARKSON'S  HISTOLOGY. 

A  Text-Book  of  Histology,  Descriptive  and  Practical.  By  ARTHUR  Clark- 
SON,  M.  B.,  C.  M.  Edin.,  formerly  Demonstrator  of  Physiology  in  the  Owen's 
College,  Manchester  ;  late  Demonstrator  of  Physiology  in  Yorkshire  College, 
Leeds.  Large  octavo,  554  pages  ;  22  engravings  and  174  beautifully  colored 
original  illustrations.     Cloth,  ^4.00  net. 

CORWIN'S  PHYSICAL  DIAGNOSIS.    Third  Edition,  Revised. 

Essentials  of  Physical  Diagnosis  of  the  Thorax.  By  ARTHUR  M.  CORWIN, 
A.M.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Diagnosis  in  Rush  Medical  College, 
Chicago.     219  pages,  illustrated.     Cloth,  $1.25  net. 

CROOKSHANK'S   BACTERIOLOGY.    Fourth  Edition,  Revised. 

A  Text-Book  of  Bacteriology.  By  Edgar  M.  Crookshank,  M.  B.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Comparative  Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  King's  College,  London. 
Octavo,  700  pages,  273  engravings  and  22  original  colored  plates.  Cloth, 
^6.50  net ;   Half  Morocco,  ^7.50  net. 

DACOSTA'S  SURGERY.    Third  Edition,  Revised. 

Modern  Surgery,  General  and  Operative.  By  John  Chalmers  DaCosta, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery,  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadelphia  ;  Surgeon  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  etc. 
Handsome  octavo  volume  of  1117  pages,  profusely  illustrated.  Cloth,  ^5.00 
net;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^6.00  net. 

Enlarged  by  over  200  Pages,  with  more  than  100  New  Illus- 
trations. 


MEDICAL   PUBLICATIONS 


DAVIS'S  OBSTETRIC  NURSING. 

Obstetric  and  Gynecologic  Nursing.  By  Edward  P.  Davis,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  Jefferson  Medical  College  and  the  Philadelphia 
Polyclinic ;  Obstetrician  and  Gynecologist  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital. 
i2mo  volume  of  400  pages,  fully  illustrated.     Crushed  buckram,  ^1.75  net. 

DE  SCHWEINITZ  ON  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE.     Third   Edi= 
tioa,  Revised. 

Diseases  of  the  Eye.  A  Handbook  of  Ophthalmic  Practice.  By  G.  E. 
DE  SCHWEINITZ,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Ophthalmology,  Jefferson  Medical 
College,  Philadelphia,  etc.  Handsome  royal  octavo  volume  of  696  pages ; 
256  fine  illustrations  and  2  chromo-lithographic  plates.  Cloth,  $4.00  net ; 
Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^5.00  net. 

DORLAND'S  DICTIONARIES. 

[See  Ame7'ican  Illustrated  Medical  Dictionary  and  American 
Pocket  Medical  Dictionary  on  page  3.] 

DORLAND'S    OBSTETRICS.      Second     Edition,    Revised    and 
Greatly  Enlarged. 

Modern  Obstetrics.  By  W.  A.  Newman  Dorland,  M.  D.,  Assistant 
Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Pennsylvania  ;  Associate  in  Gyne- 
cology, Philadelphia  Polyclinic.  Octavo  volume  of  797  pages,  with  201 
illustrations.     Cloth,  ^4.00  net. 

EICHHORST'S  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE. 

A  Text-Book  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  Dr.  Herman  Eichhorst, 
Professor  of  Special  Pathology  and  Therapeutics  and  Director  of  the  Medi- 
cal Clinic,  University  of  Zurich.  Translated  and  edited  by  AUGUSTUS  A. 
ESHNER,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic. 
Two  royal  octavo  volumes,  600  pages  each,  150  illustrations.  Per  set : 
Cloth,  ^6.00  net;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  $7.50  net. 

FRIEDRICH  AND  CURTIS  ON  THE  NOSE,  THROAT,  AND 
EAR. 

Rhinology,  Laryngology,  and  Otology,  and  their  Significance  in  General 
Medicine.  By  Dr.  E.  P.  Friedrich,  of  Leipzig.  Edited  by  H.  HOLBROOK 
Curtis,  AL  D.,  Consulting  Surgeon  to  the  New  York  Nose  and  Throat  Hos- 
pital.    Octavo,  348  pages.     Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 

FROTHINGHAM'S  GUIDE  FOR  THE  BACTERIOLOGIST. 

Laboratory  Guide  for  the  Bacteriologist.  By  Langdon  Frothingham, 
M.  D.  v..  Assistant  in  Bacteriology  and  Veterinary  Science,  Sheffield  Scien- 
tific School,  Yale  University.     Illustrated.     Cloth,  75  cts.  net. 

GARRIGUES'    DISEASES    OF    WOMEN.     Third  Edition,   Re= 

vised. 

Diseases  of  Women.  By  Henry  J.  Garrigues,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Gynecolo- 
gist to  St.  Mark's  Hospital  and  to  the  German  Dispensary,  New  York  City. 
Octavo,  756  pages,  with  367  engravings  and  colored  plates.  Cloth,  ^4.50 
net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  $5.50  net. 


OF  W.  B.   SAUNDERS  cr^  CO. 


GOULD  AND  PYLE'S  CURIOSITIES  OF  MEDICINE. 

Anomalies  and  Curios  ties  of  Medicine.  By  GEORGE  M.  GoULD,  M.  D., 
and  Walter  L.  Pyle,  M.  D.  An  encyclopedic  collection  of  rare  and  ex- 
traordinary cases  and  of  the  most  striking  instances  of  abnormality  in  all 
branches  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  derived  from  an  exhaustive  research  of 
medical  literature  from  its  origin  to  the  present  day,  abstracted,  classified, 
annotated,  and  indexed.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of  968  pages  ;  295  en- 
gravings and  12  full-page  plates.  Popular  Edition.  Cloth,  ^3.00  net ;  Sheep 
or  Half  Morocco,  $4.00  net. 

GRAFSTROM'S  MECHANO=THERAPY. 

A  Text-Book  of  Mechano-Therapy  (Massage  and  Medical  Gymnastics). 
By  Axel  V.  Grafstrom,  B.  Sc,  M.  D.,  late  House  Physician,  City  Hos- 
pital, Blackwell's  Island,  New  York.  i2mo,  139  pages,  illustrated.  Cloth, 
^i.oo  net. 

GRIFFITH  ON  THE  BABY.     Second  Edition,  Revised. 

The  Care  of  the  Baby.  By  J.  P.  Crozer  Griffith,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Pro- 
fessor of  Diseases  of  Children,  University  of  Pennsylvania  ;  Physician  to  the 
Children's  Hospital,  Philadelphia,  etc.  i2mo,  404  pages,  67  illustrations 
and  5  plates.     Cloth,  ^1.50  net. 

GRIFFITH'S  WEIGHT  CHART. 

Infant's  Weight  Chart.  Designed  by  J.  P.  Crozer  Griffith,  M.  D., 
Clinical  Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  25 
charts  in  each  pad.     Per  pad,  50  cts.  net. 

HART'S  DIET  IN  SICKNESS  AND  IN  HEALTH. 

Diet  in  Sickness  and  Health.  By  Mrs.  Ernest  Hart,  formerly  Student 
of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  of  Paris  and  of  the  London  School  of  Medicine 
for  Women  ;  with  an  Introduction  by  Sir  Henry  Thompson,  F.  R.  C.  S., 
M.  D.,  London.     220  pages.     Cloth,  ^1.50  net. 

HAYNES'   ANATOMY. 

A  Manual  of  Anatomy.  By  IRVING  S.  Haynes,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Prac- 
tical Anatomy  in  Cornell  University  Medical  College.  680  pages  ;  42  dia- 
grams and  134  full-page  half-tone  illustrations  from  original  photographs  of 
the  author's  dissections.     Cloth,  $2.50  net. 

HEISLER'S  EMBRYOLOGY.     Second  Edition,  Revised. 

A  Text-Book  of  Embryology.  By  John  C.  Heisler,  M.  D.,  Professor  of 
Anatomy,  Medico-Chirurgical  College,  Philadelphia.  Octavo  volume  of  405 
pages,  handsomely  illustrated.     Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 

HIRST'S  OBSTETRICS.    Third  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 

A  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics.  By  BARTON  CoOKE  Hirst,  M.D.,  Professor 
of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of 
873  pages,  704  illustrations,  36  of  them  in  colors.  Cloth,  fc.oo  net ;  Sheep 
or  Half  Morocco,  S6.00  net. 


MEDICAL  PUBLICATIONS 


HYDE  &  MONTGOMERY  ON  SYPHILIS  AND  THE  VENEREAL 

DISEASES.    2d  Edition,  Revised  and  Greatly  Enlarged. 

Syphilis  and  the  Venereal  Diseases.  By  James  Nevins  Hyde,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Skin  and  Venereal  Diseases,  and  Frank  H.  Montgomery,  M.  D., 
Associate  Professor  of  Skin,  Genito-Urinary,  and  Venereal  Diseases  in  Rush 
Medical  College,  Chicago,  111.  Octavo,  594  pages,  profusely  illustrated. 
Cloth,  ^4.00  net. 

THE  INTERNATIONAL  TEXT=BOOK  OF  SURGERY.     In  Two 
Volumes. 

By  American  and  British  Authors.  Edited  by  J.  COLLINS  Warren,  M.  D., 
LL.  D.,  F.  R.C.  S.  (Hon.),  Professor  of  Surgery,  Harvard  Medical  School, 
Boston  ;  and  A,  Pearce  Gould,  M.  S.,  F.  R.  C.  S.,  Lecturer  on  Practical 
Surgery  and  Teacher  of  Operative  Surgery,  Middlesex  Hospital  Medical 
School,  London,  Eng.  Vol.  I.  General  Surgery. — Handsome  octavo,  947 
pages,  with  458  beautiful  illustrations  and  9  lithographic  plates.  Vol.  H. 
Special  or  Regiojial  Surgery. — Handsome  octavo,  1072  pages,  with  471. 
beautiful  illustrations  and  8  lithographic  plates.  Sold  by  Subscription. 
Prices  per  volume  :   Cloth,  ^5.00  net :  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  $6.00  net. 

"  It  is  the  most  valuable  work  on  the  subject  that  has  appeared  in  some  years.  The 
clinician  and  the  pathologist  have  joined  hands  in  its  production,  and  the  result  must  be  a 
satisfaction  to  the  editors  as  it  is  a  gratification  to  the  conscientious  reader." — Anizals  of 
Surgery. 

"  This  is  a  work  which  comes  to  us  on  its  own  intrinsic  merits.  Of  the  latter  it  has 
very  many.  The  arrangement  of  subjects  is  excellent,  and  their  treatment  by  the  different 
authors  is  equally  so.  What  is  especially  to  be  recommended  is  the  painstaking  endeavor 
of  each  writer  to  make  his  subject  clear  and  to  the  point.  To  this  end  particularly  is  the 
technique  of  operations  lucidly  described  in  all  necessary  detail.  And  withal  the  work  is  up 
to  date  in  a  very  remarkable  degree,  many  of  the  latest  operations  in  the  different  regional 
parts  of  the  body  being  given  in  full  details.  There  is  not  a  chapter  in  the  work  from  which 
the  reader  may  not  learn  something  new." — Medical  Record,  New  York. 

JACKSON'S  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE. 

A  Manual  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye.  By  Edward  Jackson,  A.M.,  M.  D., 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Philadelphia  Polychnic  and  Col- 
lege for  Graduates  in  Medicine.  i2mo,  volume  of  535  pages,  with  178  illus- 
trations, mostly  from  drawings  by  the  author.     Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 

KEATINQ'S  LIFE  INSURANCE. 

How  to  Examine  for  Life  Insurance.  By  JOHN  M.  KEATING,  M.  D.,  Fellow 
of  the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia  ;  Ex-President  of  the  Association 
of  Life  Insurance  Medical  Directors.  Royal  octavo,  211  pages.  With 
numerous  illustrations.     Cloth,  ^2.00  net. 

KEEN  ON  THE  SURGERY  OF  TYPHOID  FEVER. 

The  Surgical  Complications  and  Sequels  of  Typhoid  Fever.  By  Wm.  W. 
Keen,  M.  D.,  LL.D.,  F,  R.  C.  S.  (Hon.),  Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Sur- 
gery and  of  Clinical  Surgery,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia,  etc. 
Octavo  volume  of  386  pages,  illustrated.     Cloth,  ^3.00  net. 

KEEN'S  OPERATION  BLANK.    Second  Edition,  Revised  Form. 

An  Operation  Blank,  with  Lists  of  Instruments,  etc.  Required  in  Various 
Operations.  Prepared  by  W.  W.  Keen,  M.  D.,  LL.D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.  (Hon.), 
Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Surgery  and  of  Chnical  Surgery,  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadelphia.     Price  per  pad,  of  50  blanks,  50  cts.  net. 


OF   W.  B.  SAUNDERS  &-    CO. 


KYLE  ON  THE  NOSE  AND  THROAT.    Second  Edition. 

Diseases  of  the  Nose  and  Throat.  By  D.  Braden  Kyle,  M.  D.,  Chnical 
Professor  of  Laryngology  and  Rhinology,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Phila- 
delphia. Octavo,  646  pages  ;  over  150  illustrations  and  6  lithographic  plates. 
Cloth,  ^4.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^5.00  net. 

LAINE'S  TEMPERATURE  CHART. 

Temperature  Chart.  Prepared  by  D.  T.  Laine,  M.  D.  Size  8  x  13^^ 
inches.  A  conveniently  arranged  Chart  for  recording  Temperature,  with 
columns  for  daily  amounts  of  Urinary  and  Fecal  Excretions,  Food,  Re- 
marks, etc.  On  the  back  of  each  chart  is  given  the  Brand  treatment  of 
Typhoid  Fever.     Price,  per  pad  of  25  charts,  50  cts.  net. 

LEVY,  KLEMPERER,  AND  ESHNER'S  CLLNICAL  BACTERI= 

OLOQY. 

The  Elements  of  Clinical  Bacteriology.  By  Dr.  Ernst  Levy,  Professor 
in  the  University  of  Strasburg,  and  Dr.  Felix  Klemperer,  Privatdocent 
in  the  University  of  Strasburg.  Translated  and  edited  by  AUGUSTUS  A. 
Eshner,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic. 
Octavo,  440  pages,  fully  illustrated.     Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 

LOCKWOOD»S    PRACTICE    OF   MEDICINE.     Second   Edition, 
Revised  and  Enlarged. 

A  Manual  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  GEORGE  ROE  LOCKWOOD, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Practice  in  the  Women's  Medical  College  of  the  New 
York  Infirmary,  etc. 

LONG'S  SYLLABUS  OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

A  Syllabus  of  Gynecology,  arranged  in  Conformity  with  "An  American 
Text-Book  of  Gynecology."  By  J.  W.  Long,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Dis- 
eases of  Women  and  Children,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  etc.  Cloth, 
interleaved,  ^i.oo  net. 

MACDONALD'S  SURGICAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT. 

Surgical  Diagnosis  and  Treatment.  By  J.  W.  Macdonald,  M.  D.  Edin., 
F.  R.  C.S.  Edin.,  Professor  of  Practice  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery, 
Hamline  University.  Handsome  octavo,  800  pages,  fully  illustrated.  Cloth, 
^5.00  net;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  $6.00  net. 

MALLORY  AND  WRIGHT'S  PATHOLOGICAL  TECHNIQUE. 
Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 

Pathological  Technique.  A  Practical  Manual  for  Laboratory  Work  in 
Pathology,  Bacteriology,  and  Morbid  Anatomy,  with  chapters  on  Post- 
Mortem  Technique  and  the  Performance  of  Autopsies.  By  Frank  B. 
Mallory,  a.  M.,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity Medical  School,  Boston;  and  James  H.  Wright,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Instructor  in  Pathology,  Harvard  University  Medical  School,  Boston. 

McFARLAND'S    PATHOGENIC    BACTERIA.      Third    Edition, 
increased  in  size  by  over  100  Pages. 

Text-Book  upon  the  Pathogenic  Bacteria.  By  JOSEPH  McFarlAND, 
M.D.,  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  Medico-Chirurgical  Col- 
lege of  Philadelphia,  etc.  Octavo  volume  of  621  pages,  finely  illustrated. 
Cloth,  ^3.25  net. 


lo  MEDICAL   PUBLICATIONS 

MEIGS  ON  FEEDING  IN  INFANCY. 

Feeding  in  Early  Infancy.  By  ARTHUR  V.  MEIGS,  M.  D.  Bound  in  limp 
cloth,  flush  edges,  25  cts.  net. 

MOORE'S  ORTHOPEDIC  SURGERY. 

A  Manual  of  Orthopedic  Surgery.  By  JAMES  E.  MoORE,  M.  D.,  Professor 
of  Orthopedics  and  Adjunct  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery,  University  of 
Minnesota,  College  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Octavo  volume  of  356  pages, 
handsomely  illustrated.     Cloth,  $2.50  net. 

MORTEN'S  NURSES'  DICTIONARY. 

Nurses'  Dictionary  of  Medical  Terms  and  Nursing  Treatment.  Containing 
Definitions  of  the  Principal  Medical  and  Nursing  Terms  and  Abbreviations  ; 
of  the  Instruments,  Drugs,  Diseases,  Accidents,  Treatments,  Operations, 
Foods,  Appliances,  etc.  encountered  in  the  ward  or  in  the  sick-room.  By 
HoN'NOR  Morten,  author  of"  How  to  Become  a  Nurse,"  etc.  i6mo,  140 
pages.     Cloth,  ^i.oo  net. 

NANCREDE'S  ANATOMY  AND  DISSECTION.    Fourth  Edition. 

Essentials  of  Anatomy  and  Manual  of  Practical  Dissection.  By  Charles 
B.  Nancrede,  M.  D.',  LL.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery  and  of  Chnical  Surgery, 
University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor.  Post-octavo,  500  pages,  with  full-page 
lithographic  plates  in  colors  and  nearly  200  illustrations.  Extra  Cloth  (or 
Oilcloth  for  dissection-room),  ^2.00  net. 

NANCREDE'S  PRINCIPLES  OF  SURGERY. 

Lectures  on  the  Principles  of  Surgery.  By  Charles  B.  Nancrede,  M.  D., 
LL.D,,  Professor  of  Surgery  and  of  Clinical  Surgery,  University  of  Michigan, 
Ann  Arbor.     Octavo,  398  pages,  illustrated.     Cloth,  $2.50  net. 

NORRIS'S    SYLLABUS    OF    OBSTETRICS.      Third    Edition, 
Revised. 

Syllabus  of  Obstetrical  Lectures  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  By  Richard  C.  Norris,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Instructor  in 
Obstetrics  and  Lecturer  on  Clinical  and  Operative  Obstetrics,  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  Crown  octavo,  222  pages.  Cloth,  interleaved  for  notes, 
$2.00  net. 

OGDEN  ON  THE  URINE. 

Clinical  Examination  of  the  Urine  and  Urinary  Diagnosis.  A  Clinical  Guide 
for  the  Use  of  Practitioners  and  Students  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  By  J. 
Bergen  Ogden,  M.  D.,  Instructor  in  Chemistry,  Harvard  University  Med- 
ical School.  Handsome  octavo,  416  pages,  with  54  illustrations,  and  a  num- 
ber of  colored  plates.     Cloth,  ^3.00  net. 

PENROSE'S  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  Fourth  Edition,  Revised. 

A  Text-Book  of  Diseases  of  Women.  By  Charles  B.  Penrose,  M.  p.. 
Ph.  D.,  formerly  Professor  of  Gynecology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Octavo  volume  of  538  pages,  handsomely  illustrated.     Cloth,  ^3.75  net. 


OF  W.  B.   SAUNDERS  ^  CO.  il 


PRYOR— PELVIC  INFLAMMATIONS. 

The  Treatment  of  Pelvic  Inflammations  through  the  Vagina.  By  W.  R. 
Pryor,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology,  New  York  Polyclinic.  i2mo,  248 
pages,  handsomely  illustrated.     Cloth,  $2.00  net. 

PYE'S  BANDAGING. 

Elementary  Bandaging  and  Surgical  Dressing.  With  Directions  concerning 
the  Immediate  Treatment  of  Cases  of  Emergency.  By  Walter  Pye, 
F.  R.  C.S.,  late  Surgeon  to  St.  Mary's  Hospital,  London.  Small  i2mo, 
over  80  illustrations.     Cloth,  flexible  covers,  75  cts.  net. 

PYLE'S  PERSONAL  HYGIENE. 

A  Manual  of  Personal  Hygiene.  Proper  Living  upon  a  Physiologic  Basis. 
Edited  bv  Walter  L.  Pyle,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Surgeon  to  the  Wills  Eye 
Hospital,'  Philadelphia.  Octavo  volume  of  344  pages,  fully  illustrated. 
Cloth,  $1.50  net. 

RAYMOND'S    PHYSIOLOGY.      Second    Edition,    Revised    and 
Greatly  Enlarged. 

A  Text-Book  of  Physiology.  By  JOSEPH  H.  RAYMOND,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Physiology  and  Hygiene  and  Lecturer  on  Gynecology  in  the  Long 
Island  College  Hospital. 

SALINGER  AND  KALTEYER'S  MODERN  MEDICINE. 

Modern  Medicine.  By  JULIUS  L.  Salinger,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of 
Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferso'n  Medical  College  ;  and  F.  J.  Kalteyer,  M.  D., 
Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medical  College. 
Handsome  octavo,  801  pages,  illustrated.     Cloth,  $4.00  net. 

SAUNDBY'S  RENAL  AND  URINARY  DISEASES. 

Lectures  on  Renal  and  Urinary  Diseases.  By  Robert  Saundby,  M.  D. 
Edin.,  Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians,  London,  and  of  the  Royal 
Medico-Chirurgical  Society  ;  Professor  of  Medicine  in  Mason  College,  Bir- 
mingham, etc.  Octavo,  434  pages,  with  numerous  illustrations  and  4  colored 
plates.     Cloth,  $2.50  net. 

SAUNDERS'  MEDICAL  HAND=ATLASES.    See  pp.  16  and  17. 

SAUNDERS'   POCKET   MEDICAL   FORMULARY.     Sixth   Edi= 

tion,  Revised. 

By  William  M.  Powell,  M.  D.,  author  of  "Essentials  of  Diseases  of 
Children"  ;  Member  of  Philadelphia  Pathological  Society.  Containing  1844 
formulas  from  the  best-known  authorities.  With  an  Appendix  containing 
Posological  Table,  Formulae  and  Doses  for  Hypodermic  Medication, 
Poisons  and  their  Antidotes,  Diameters  of  the  Female  Pelvis  and  Fetal 
Head,  Obstetrical  Table,  Diet  List  for  Various  Diseases,  Materials  and 
Drugs  used  in  Antiseptic  Surgery,  Treatment  of  Asphyxia  from  Drowning, 
Surgical  Remembrancer,  Tables  of  Incompatibles,  Eruptive  Fevers,  etc., 
etc.  Handsomely  bound  in  flexible  morocco,  with  side  index,  wallet,  and 
flap.     $2.00  net. 

SAUNDERS'  QUESTION=COMPENDS.     See  pages  14  and  15. 


12  MEDICAL  PUBLICATIONS 

SCUDDER'S  FRACTURES.    Second  Edition,  Revised. 

The  Treatment  of  Fractures.  By  Chas  L.  Scudder,  M.D.,  Assistant  in 
Clinical  and  Operative  Surgery,  Harvard  University  Medical  School.  Oc- 
tavo, 433  pages,  with  nearly  600  original  illustrations.  Polished  Buckram, 
$4.50  net;   Half  ^Morocco,  $5.50  net. 

SENN'S  QENITO=URINARY  TUBERCULOSIS. 

Tuberculosis  of  the  Genito-Urinary  Organs,  Male  and  Female.  By  NICH- 
OLAS Senn,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Surgery  and 
of  Clinical  Surgery,  Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago.  Handsome  octavo 
volume  of  320  pages,  illustrated.     Cloth,  $3.00  net. 

SENN'S  PRACTICAL  SURGERY. 

Practical  Surgery.  By  NICHOLAS  Senn,  M.  D.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor 
of  the  Practice  of  Surgery  and  of  Clinical  Surgery,  Rush  Medical  College, 
Chicago.  Handsome  octavo  volume  of  1200  pages,  profusely  illustrated. 
Cloth,  $6.00  net ;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco,  ^7.00  net.     By  Subscription. 

SENN'S  SYLLABUS  OF  SURGERY. 

A  Syllabus  of  Lectures  on  the  Practice  of  Surgery,  arranged  in  conformity 
with  "  An  American  Text-Book  of  Surgery."  By  NICHOLAS  SENN,  M.  D.. 
Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Surgery  and  of  Clinical  Surgery. 
Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago.     Cloth,  $1.50  net. 

SENN'S  TUMORS.    Second  Edition,  Revised. 

Patholog)^  and  Surgical  Treatment  of  Tumors.  By  NICHOLAS  SENN,  M.  D., 
Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Surgery  and  of  Chnical  Surgery, 
Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago.  Octavo  volume  of  718  pages,  with  478 
illustrations,  includidg  12  full-page  plates  in  colors.  Cloth,  $5.00  net ;  Sheep 
or  Half  Morocco,  $6.00  net. 

STARR'S  DIETS  FOR  INFANTS  AND  CHILDREN. 

Diets  for  Infants  and  Children  in  Health  and  in  Disease.  By  LOUIS  STARR, 
M.D.,  Editor  of  "An  American  Text-Book  of  the  Diseases  of  Children." 
230  blanks  (pocket-book  size),  perforated  and  neatly  bound  in  flexible 
morocco,     $1.25  net. 

STENGEL'S  PATHOLOGY.  Third  Edition,  Thoroughly  Revised. 

A  Text-Book  of  Pathology.  By  Alfred  Stengel.  M.  D.,  Professor  of 
Clinical  Medicine,  University  of  Pennsylvania ;  Visiting  Physician  to  the 
Pennsvlvania  Hospital.  Handsome  octavo,  873  pages,  nearly  400  illustra- 
tions, many  of  them  in  colors.  Cloth,  $5.00  net;  Sheep  or  Half  Morocco, 
^6.00  net. 

STENGEL  AND  WHITE  ON  THE  BLOOD. 

The  Blood  in  its  Chnical  and  Pathological  Relations.  By  ALFRED  STEN- 
GEL. M.  D.,  Professor  of  Chnical  Medicine,  University  of  Pennsylvania  ;  and 
C.  Y.  White,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Chnical  Medicine,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.     In  Press. 


OF    W.   B.    SAUNDERS  ^    CO.  1 3 

STEVENS'  MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS.    Third 
Edition,  Revised  and  Greatly  Enlarged. 

A  Text-Book  of  Modern  Therapeutics.  By  A.  A.  STEVENS,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
Lecturer  on  Physical  Diagnosis  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

STEVENS'  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.    Fifth  Edition,  Revised. 

A  Manual  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  A.  A.  Stevens,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
Lecturer  on  Physical  Diagnosis  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Spe- 
cially intended  for  students  preparing  for  graduation  and  hospital  examina- 
tions.    Post-octavo,  519  pages  ;  illustrated.     Flexible  Leather,  ^2.00  net. 

STEWART'S  PHYSIOLOGY.     Fourth  Edition,  Revised. 

A  Manual  of  Physiology,  with  Practical  Exercises.  For  Students  and  Prac- 
titioners, By  G.  N.  Stewart,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  D.Sc,  Professor  of  Physiol- 
ogy in  the  Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland,  Ohio.  Octavo  volume 
of  894  pages  ;  336  illustrations  and  5  colored  plates.     Cloth,  ^3.75  net. 

STONEY'S  MATERIA  MEDICA  FOR  NURSES. 

Materia  Medica  for  Nurses.  By  Emily  A.  M.  Stoney,  late  Superintend- 
ent of  the  Training-School  for  Nurses,  Carney  Hospital,  South  Boston, 
Mass.     Handsome  octavo  volume  of  306  pages.     Cloth,  $1.50  net. 

STONEY'S  NURSING.    Second  Edition,  Revised. 

Practical  Points  in  Nucsing.  For  Nurses  in  Private  Practice.  By  EMILY 
A.  M.  Stoney,  late  Superintendent  of  the  Training-School  for  Nurses, 
Carney  Hospital,  South  Boston,  Mass.  456  pages,  with  73  engravings  and 
8  colored  and  half-tone  plates.     Cloth,  ^1.75  net. 

STONEY'S  SURGICAL  TECHNIC  FOR  NURSES. 

Bacteriology  and  Surgical  Technic  for  Nurses.  By  EMILY  A.  M.  Stoney, 
late  Superintendent  of  the  Training-School  for  Nurses,  Carney  Hospital, 
South  Boston,  Mass.     i2mo  volume,  fully  illustrated.     Cloth,  ^1.25  net. 

THOMAS'S  DIET  LISTS.     Second  Edition,  Revised. 

Diet  Lists  and  Sick-Room  Dietary.  By  Jerome  B.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  In- 
structor in  Materia  Medica,  Long  Island  Flospital ;  Assistant-  Bacteriologist 
to  the  Hoagland  Laboratory.     Cloth,  ^1.25  net.     Send  for  sampie  sheet. 

THORNTON'S  DOSE=BOOK  AND  PRESCRIPTION=WRITING. 
Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 

Dose-Book  and  Manual  of  Prescription-Writing.  By  E.  Q.  THORNTON, 
M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of  Therapeutics,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadel- 
phia. 

VAN  VALZAH  AND  NISBET'S  DISEASES  OF  THE  STOMACH. 

Diseases  of  the  Stomach.  By  William  W.  Van  Valzah,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  General  Medicine  and  Diseases  of  the  Digestive  System  and  the 
Blood,  New  York  Polyclinic;  and  J.  DOUGLAS  Nisbet,  M.  D.,  Adjunct 
Professor  of  General  Medicine  and  Diseases  of  the  Digestive  System  and 
the  Blood,  New  York  Polyclinic.  Octavo  volume  of  674  pages,  illustrated. 
Cloth,  ^$3.50  net. 


14  MEDICAL    PUBLICATIONS. 


VECKl'S  SEXUAL  IMPOTENCE.    Second  Edition,  Revised. 

The  Pathology  and  Treatment  of  Sexual  Impotence.  By  VICTOR  G.  Vecki, 
M.  D.  From  the  second  German  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  Demi- 
octavo,  291  pages.     Cloth,  $2.00  net. 

VIERORDT'S    MEDICAL    DIAGNOSIS.      Fourth    Edition,  Re= 
vised. 

Medical  Diacrnosis.  Bv  Dr.  Oswald  Vierordt,  Professor  of  Medicine, 
University  of  Heidelbe'rg.  Translated,  with  additions,  from  the  fifth  en- 
laro-ed  German  edition,  with  the  author's  permission,  by  FRANCIS  H. 
Stuart  A  M.  M.  D.  Handsome  octavo  volume,  603  pages;  194  wood- 
cuts! many  of  them  in  colors.  Cloth,  4.00  net;  Sheep  or  Half-Morocco, 
j^5.oo  net. 

WATSON'S  HANDBOOK  FOR  NURSES. 

\  Handbook  for  Nurses.  Bv  J.  K.  Watson,  M.  D.  Edin.  American 
Edition,  under  supervision  of  A.  A.  Stevens,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on 
Physical  Diagnosis,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  i2mo,  413  pages,  73  illus- 
trations.    Cloth,  ^1.50  net. 

WARREN'S  SURGICAL  PATHOLOGY.     Second  Edition. 

Surgical  Pathology  and  Therapeutics.  By  JOHN  COLLINS  Warren,  M.  D., 
LL.D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.'^(Hon.),  Professor  of  Surgery,  Harvard  Medical  School. 
Handsome  octavo,  873  pages  ;  136  relief  and  hthographic  illustrations,  33  in 
colors.  With  an  Appendix  on  Scientific  Aids  to  Surgical  Diagnosis,  and  a 
series  of  articles  on  Regional  Bacteriology.  Cloth,  |55.oo  net ;  Sheep  or 
Half  Morocco,  $6.00  net. 


SAUNDERS' 
QUESTION  =  COMPENDS, 


ARRANGED  IN  QUESTION  AND  ANSWER  FORM. 


The  Most  Complete  and  Best  Illustrated  Series  of  Compends  Ever  Issued. 


NOW  THE  STANDARD  AUTHORITIES  IN  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 

WITH 

Students  and  Practitioners  in  every  City  of  the  United  States  and  Canada. 


Since  the  issue  of  the  first  volume  of  the  Saunders  Question-Compends, 

OVER  200,000  COPIES 

of    these   unrivalled    publications    have   been    sold.      This    enormous   sale   is   indisputable 
evidence  of  the  value  of  these  self-helps  to  students  and  phj'sicians. 

SEE  NEXT  PAGE  FOR  LIST. 


Sau  nders' 
Question  =  Compend    Series 

Price,  Cloth,  $i.oo  net  per  copy,  except  when  otherwise  noted. 


Where  the  work  of  preparing  students'  manuals  is  to  end  we  cannot  say,  but  the  Saunders 
Series,  in  our  opinion,  bears  oflf  the  palm  at  present." — Ne%v  York  Medical  Record. 


1.  Essentials    of    Physiology.       By    Sidney   Budgett,    M.  D.     A71   entirely  new 

luork. 

2.  Essentials  of  Surgery.     By  Edward  Martin,  M.  D.     Seventh  edition,  revised, 

with  an  Appendix  and  a  chapter  on  Appendicitis. 

3.  Essentials   of  Anatomy.     By  Charles   B.    Nancrede,    M.  D.     Sixth    edition, 

thoroughly  revised  and  enlarged. 

4.  Essentials  of  Medical  Chemistry,  Organic  and  Inorganic.   By  Lawrence 

Wolff,  M.  D.     Fifth  edition,  revised. 

5.  Essentials  of  Obstetrics.     By  W.  Easterly  Ashton,  M.  D.     Fourth  edition, 

revised  and  enlarged. 

6.  Essentials  of  Pathology  and  Morhid  Anatomy.    By  F.  j.  Kalteyer,  m.  d. 

In  p  rep  a  ration . 

7.  Essentials  of  Materia  Medica,  Therapeutics,  and  Prescription-Writing. 

By  Henry  Morris,  M.  D.     Fifth  edition,  revised. 

8.  9.     Essentials  of  Practice   of  Medicine.     By  Henry  Morris,  M.  D.     An  Ap- 

pendix on  Urine  Examination.  By  Lawrence  Wolff,  M.  D.  Third  edition, 
enlarged  by  some  300  Essential  Formulae,  selected  from  eminent  authorities,  by 
Wm.  M.  Powell,  M.  D.     (Double  number,  ^1.50  net.) 

10.  Essentials    of    Gynecology.     By    Edwin   B.   Cragin,   M.  D.         Fifth     edition, 

revised. 

11.  Essentials  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin.    By  Henry  w.  Stelwagon,  m.  d. 

Fourth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

12.  Essentials  Of  Minor  Surgery,  Bandaging,  and  Venereal  Diseases.    By 

Edward  Martin,  M.  D.     Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

13.  Essentials  of  Legal  Medicine,  Toxicology,  and  Hygiene.    This  volume  is 

at  present  out  of  print. 

14.  Essentials   of  Diseases   of  the   Eye.     By   Edward  Jackson,   M.  D.     Third 

edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

15.  Essentials  of  Diseases  of  Children.     By  William  M.  Powell,  M.  D.    Third 

16.  Essentials  of  Examination  of  Urine.     By  Lawrence  Wolff,  M.  D.     Colored 

"  VoGEL  Scale."     (75  cents  net.) 

17.  Essentials  of  Diagnosis.     By  S.  Solis-Cohen,  M.  D.,  and  A.  A.  Eshner,  M.  D. 

Second  edition,  thoroughly  revised. 

18.  Essentials  of  Practice  of  Pharmacy.     By  Lucius  E.  Sayre.     Second  edition, 

revised  and  enlarged. 

19.  Essentials  of  Diseases  of  the  Nose  and  Throat.    By  E.  B.  Gleason,  m.  d 

Third  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

20.  Essentials  of  Bacteriology.     By  M.  V.  Ball,  M.  D.     Fourth  edition,  revised. 

21.  Essentials  of  Nervous  Diseases  and  Insanity.    By  John  c.  Shaw,  m.  d. 

Third  edition,  revised. 

22.  Essentials  of  Medical  Physics.     By  Fred  J.  Brockway,  M.  D.     Second  edi- 

tion, revised. 

23.  Essentials  of  Medical  Electricity.     By  David  D.  Stewart,  M.  D.,  and  Ed- 

ward S.  Lawrance,  M.  D. 

24.  Essentials  of  Diseases  of  the  Ear.     By  E.  B.  Gleason,  M.  D.     Second  edition, 

revised  and  greatlj'  enlarged. 

25.  Essentials  of  Histology.     By  Louis  Leroy,  M.  D.     With  73  original  illustrations. 


Pamphlet  containing  specimen  pages,  etc.,  sent  free  upon  application. 

IS 


Saunders'  Medical  Hand= Atlases. 


VOLUMES  NOW  READY. 

ATLAS    AND    EPITOME    OF    INTERNAL    MEDICINE    AND 
CLINICAL   DIAGNOSIS. 

By  Dr.  Chr.  Jakob,  of  Erlangen.  Edited  by  Augustus  A.  Eshner, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic.  With  179 
colored  figures  on  68  plates,  64  text-illustrations,  259  pages  of  text.  Cloth, 
^3.00  net. 

ATLAS  OF  LEGAL  MEDICINE. 

By  Dr.  E.  R.  von  Hoffman,  of  Vienna.  Edited  by  Frederick  Peter- 
son, M.  D.,  Chief  of  Clinic,  Nervous  Department,  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons,  New  York.  With  120  colored  figures  on  56  plates  and  193  beau- 
tiful half-tone  illustrations.     Cloth,  $3.50  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  DISEASES  OF  THE  LARYNX. 

By  Dr.  L.  Grunwald,  of  Munich.     Edited  by  Charles  P.  Grayson,. 
M.  D.,  Physician-in-Charge,  Throat  and  Nose  Department,  Hospital  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania.     With  107  colored  figures  on  44  plates,  25  text- 
illustrations,  and  103  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  ^2.50  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  OPERATIVE  SURGERY. 

By  Dr.  O.  Zuckerkandl,  of  Vienna.  Edited  by  J.  Chalmers  DaCosta, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surger}^  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadelphia.  With  24  colored  plates,  214  text-illustra- 
tions, and  395  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  ^3.00  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  SYPHILIS  AND  THE  VENEREAL 
DISEASES. 

By  Prof.  Dr.  Franz  Mracek,  of  Vienna.  Edited  by  L.  BoLTON  BANGS, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery,  University  and  Bellevue  Hos- 
pital Medical  College,  New  York.  With  71  colored  plates,  16  illustrations, 
and  122  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  ^3.50  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  EXTERNAL  DISEASES  OF  THE 
EYE. 

By  Dr.  O.  Haab,  of  Zurich.  Edited  by  G.  E.  DE  SCHWEINITZ,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Ophthalmology,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.  With 
76  colored  illustrations  on  40  plates  and  228  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  ^3.00  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  SKIN  DISEASES. 

By  Prof.  Dr.  Franz  Mracek,  of  Vienna.  Edited  by  Henry  W.  Stel- 
WAGON.  M.  D.,  Chnical  Professor  of  Dermatology,  Jefferson  Medical  Col- 
lege, Philadelphia.  With  63  colored  plates,  39  half-tone  illustrations,  and 
200  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  $3.50  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  SPECIAL  PATHOLOGICAL  HIS= 

TOLOGY. 

By  Dr.  H.  Durck,  of  Munich.  Edited  by  LuDWiG  Hektoen,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Pathology,  Rush  ]Medical  College,  Chicago.  In  Two  Parts. 
Part  I.  Ready,  including  Circulatory,  Respiratory,  and  Gastro-intestinal 
Tract,  120  colored  figures  on  62  plates,  158  pages  of  text.  Part  II.  Ready 
Shortly,     Price  of  Part  I.,  $3.00  net. 

16 


Saunders'  Medical  Hand= Atlases. 


VOLUMES  JUST  ISSUED. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME   OF   DISEASES  CAUSED  BY  ACCI- 
DENTS. 

By  Dr.  Ed.  Golebiewski,  of  Berlin.  Translated  and  edited  with  addi- 
tions by  Pearce  Bailey,  M.  D.,  Attending  Physician  to  the  Department 
of  Corrections  and  to  the  Almshouse  and  Incurable  Hospitals,  New  York. 
With  40  colored  plates,  143  text-illustrations,  and  600  pages  of  text.  Cloth, 
$4.00  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  GYNECOLOGY. 

By  Dr.  O.  Shaeffer,  of  Heidelberg.  From  the  Second  Revised  German 
Edition.  Edited  by  RICHARD  C.  NORRIS,  A.  M.,  M.D.,  Gynecologist  to 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  and  the  Philadelphia  Hospitals;  Surgeon-in-Charge 
of  Preston  Retreat,  Philadelphia.  With  90  colored  plates,  65  text-illustra- 
tions, and  308  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  ^3.50  net. 

ATLAS   AND   EPITOME  OF  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM  AND 
ITS  DISEASES. 

By  Professor  Dr.  Chr.  Jakob,  of  Erlangen.  From  the  Second  Revised 
and  Enlarged  German  Edition.  Edited  by  Edward  D.  Fisher,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,  University  and  Bellevue  PIos- 
pital  Medical  College,  New  York.  With  83  plates  and  a  copious  text. 
$3.50  net. 

ATLAS   AND   EPITOME  OF   LABOR    AND   OPERATIVE    0B= 
STETRICS. 

By  Dr.  O.  Shaeffer,  of  Heidelberg.  From  the  Fifth  Revised  and  Enlarged 
German  Edition.  Edited  by  J.  CLIFTON  Edgar,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Ob- 
stetrics and  Chnical  Midwifery,  Cornell  University  Medical  School.  With 
126  colored  illustrations.     ^2.00  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF   OBSTETRICAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND 
TREATMENT. 

By  Dr.  O.  Shaeffer,  of  Heidelberg.  From  the  Second  Revised  and  En- 
larged German  Edition.  Edited  by  J.  Clifton  Edgar,  M.  D.,  Professor 
of  Obstetrics  and  Clinical  Midwifery,  Cornell  University  Medical  School. 
72  colored  plates,  numerous  text-illustrations,  and  cop'ous  text.     ^3.00  net. 

ATLAS  AND  EPITOME  OF  OPHTHALMOSCOPY   AND   OPH= 
THALMOSCOPIC  DIAGNOSIS. 

By  Dr.  O.  Haab,  of  Zurich.  From  the  Third  Revised  and  Enlarged  Ger- 
man Edition.  Edited  by  G.  E.  DE  SCHWEINITZ,  M.  D.,  Professor'of  Oph- 
thalmology, Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia.  With  152  colored 
figures  and  82  pages  of  text.     Cloth,  ^3.00  net. 

ATLAS  AND   EPITOME  OF   BACTERIOLOGY. 

Including  a  Hand-Book  of  Special  Bacteriologic  Diagnosis.  Bv  Prof.  Dr. 
K.  B.  Lehmann  and  Dr.  R.  O.  Neumann,  of  Wurzburg.  From  the  Second 
Revised  German  Edition.  Edited  by  GEORGE  H.  Weaver,  M.  D.,  Assistant 
Professor  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  Rush  Medical  College,'  Chicago. 
■  Two  volumes,  with  over  600  colored  lithograohic  figures,  numerous  text- 
illustrations,  and  500  pages  of  text. 


Nothnagel's  Encyclopedia 

OF 

PRACTICAL    MEDICINE. 

Edited  by  ALFRED  STENGEL,  M.D.. 

Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania ;  Visiting 
Physician  to  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital. 

IT  is  universally  acknowledged  that  the  Germans  lead  the  world  in  Internal  Medicine  ; 
and  of  all  the  German  works  on  this  subject.  Nothnagel's  "  Special  Pathology  and 
Therapeutics "  is  conceded  by  scholars  to  be  without  question  the  best  System  of 
Medicine  in  existence.  So  necessary  is  this  book  in  the  study  of  Internal  Medicine 
that  it  comes  largely  to  this  country  in  the  original  German.  In  view  of  these  facts, 
Messrs.  W.  B.  Saunders  &  Company  have  arranged  with  the  publishers  to  issue  at  once 
an  authorized  edition  of  this  great  encyclopedia  of  medicine  in  English. 

For  the  present  a  set  of  some  ten  or  twelve  volumes,  representing  the  most  practical 
part  of  this  encyclopedia,  and  selected  with  especial  thought  of  the  needs  of  the  practical 
physician,  will  be  jpublished.  These  volumes  will  contain  the  real  essence  of  the  entire 
work,  and  the  purchaser  will  therefore  obtain  at  less  than  half  the  cost  the  cream  of  the  origi- 
nal.    Later  the  special  and  more  strictly  scientific  volumes  will  be  offered  from  time  to  time. 

The  work  will  be  translated  by  men  possessing  thorough  knowledge  of  both  English  and 
German,  and  each  volume  will  be  edited  by  a  prominent  specialist  on  the  subject  to 
which  it  is  devoted.  It  will  thus  be  brought  thoroughlj'^  up  to  date,  and  the  American  edition 
will  be  more  than  a  mere  translation  of  the  German ;  for,  in  addition  to  the  matter  contained 
in  the  original,  it  will  represent  the  very  latest  views  of  the  leading  American  special- 
ists in  the  various  departments  of  Internal  Medicine.  The  whole  System  will  be  under  the 
editorial  supervision  of  Dr.  Alfred  Stengel,  who  will  select  the  subjects  for  the  American 
edition,  and  will  choose  the  editors  of  the  different  volumes. 

Unlike  most  encyclopedias,  the  publication  of  this  work  will  not  be  extended  over  a 
number  of  years,  but  five  or  six  volumes  will  be  issued  during  the  coming  year,  and  the 
remainder  of  the  series  at  the  same  rate.  Moreover,  each  volume  will  be  revised  to  the 
date  of  its  publication  by  the  American  editor.  This  will  obviate  the  objection  that  has 
heretofore  existed  to  systems  published  in  a  number  of  volumes,  since  the  subscriber  will 
receive  the  completed  work  while  the  earlier  volumes  are  still  fresh. 

The  usual  method  of  publishers,  when  issuing  a  work  of  this  kind,  has  been  to  compel 
physicians  to  take  the  entire  System.  This  seems  to  us  in  many  cases  to  be  undesirable. 
Therefore,  in  purchasing  this  encyclopedia,  physicians  will  be  given  the  opportunity  of 
subscribing  for  the  entire  System  at  one  time ;  but  any  single  volume  or  any  number  of 
volumes  may  be  obtained  by  those  who  do  not  desire  the  complete  series.  This  latter 
method,  while  not  so  profitable  to  the  publisher,  offers  to  the  purchaser  many  advan- 
tages which  will  be  appreciated  by  those  who  do  not  care  to  subscribe  for  the  entire  work 
at  one  time. 

This  American  edition  of  Nothnagel's  Encyclopedia  will,  without  question,  form  the 
greatest  System  of  Medicine  ever  psoduced,  and  the  publishers  feel  confident  that  it 
will  meet  with  general  favor  in  the  medical  profession. 

i8 


NOTHNAGEL'S  ENCYCLOPEDIA 

VOLUMES  JUST  ISSUED  AND  IN  PRESS 


VOLUME  I 

Editor,  William  Osier,  M,  D., 

F.R.CP, 

Professor  of  IMedicine  in  Johns  Hopkins 

Unive7-sity 

CONTENTS 

Typhoid  Fever.    By  Dr.  H.  Curschmann, 
of  Leipsic,     Typhus  Fever.    By  Dr.  H. 

Curschmann,  of  Leipsic. 
Handsome  octavo  volume  of  about  600  pages. 
Just  Issued 


VOLUME  n 

Editor,  Sir  J,  W.  Moore,  B*  A„  M,  D., 

F,R,CPJ.,  of  Dublin 

Professor  of  Practice  of  Medicine,  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons  iji  Ireland 

CONTENTS 

Erysipelas  and  Erysipeloid.  By  Dr.  H. 
Lenhartz,  of  Hamburg.  Cholera  Asi- 
atica  and  Cholera  Nostras.  By  Dr. 
K.  VON  LiEBERMEiSTER,  of  Tubingen. 
"Whooping  Cough  and  Hay  Fever.  By 
Dk.  G.  Sticker,  of  Giessen.  Varicella. 
By  Dr.  Th.  von  Jurgensen,  of  Tiibingen. 
Variola  (including  Vaccination).  By 
Dr.  H.  Immermann,  of  Basle. 

Handsome  octavo  volume  of  over  700  pages. 
Just  Issued 


VOLUME  m 
Editor,  William  P.  Northrtjp,  M,  D. 

Professor  of  Pediatrics,  University  and 
Bellevue  Medical  College 

CONTENTS 

Measles.  By  Dr.  Th.  von  Jurgensen,  of 
Tiibingen.  Scarlet  Fever.  By  the  same 
author.     Rotheln.    By  the  same  author. 


VOLUME  VI 
Editor,  Alfred  Stengel,  M,D, 

Professo}-  of  Clinical  Medicine ,  University 
of  Pennsylz'ania 

CONTENTS 

Anemia.  By  Dr.  P.  Ehrlich,  of  Frank- 
fort-on-the-Main,  and  Dr.  A.  Lazarus,  of 
Charlottenburg.  Chlorosis.  By  Dr.  K. 
VON  Noorden,  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main. 
Diseases  of  the  Spleen  and  Hemor- 
rhagic Diathesis.  By  Dk.  M.  Litten, 
of  Berlin. 


VOLUME  vn 

Editor,  John  H.  Musser,  M.  D. 

Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

CONTENTS 

Diseases  of  the  Bronchi.  By  Dr.  F.  A. 
Hoffmann,  of  Leipsic.  Diseases  of  the 
Pleura.  By  Dr.  Rosenbach,  of  Berlin. 
Pneumonia.  By  Dr.  E.  Aufkecht,  of 
Magdeburg. 


VOLUME  vni 

Editor,  Ctiarles  G*  Stockton,  M.  D. 

Professor  of  Medicine,  University  of  Buffalo 


CONTENTS 

Diseases   of  the    Stomach. 

RiEGEL,  of  Giessen. 


By  Dr.    F. 


VOLUME  IX 
Editor,  Frederick  A,  Packard,  M»  D. 

Physician  to  the  Pennsylva^iia  Hospital  and 
to  the  Children's  Hospital,  PJiiladelphia 

CONTENTS 

Diseases    of   the    Liver.       By    Drs.   H. 
Quincke  and  G.  Hoppe-Seyler,  of  Kiel. 


VOLUME  X 
Editor,  Reginald  H.  Fitz,  A*  M.,  M»D. 

Hersey  Professor  of  the  Theory  attd  Prac- 
tice of  Physic,  Harvard  University 

CONTENTS 

Diseases  of  the  Pancreas.  By  Dr.  L. 
OsER,  of  Vienna.  Diseases  of  the  Supra- 
renals.     By  Dk.  E.  Neussek,  of  Vienna. 


VOLUMES  IV,  V,  and  XI 
Editors  announced  later 

Vol.  IV. — Influenza  and  Dengue.  Bj'  Dr. 
O.  Leichtenstein,  of  Cologne.  Malarial 
Diseases.  By  Dr.  J.  RIannaeerg,  of 
Vienna. 

Vol.V. — Tuberculosis  and  Acute  General 
Miliary  Tuberculosis.  By  Dr.  G.  Cor- 
net, of  Berlin. 

Vol.  XL — Diseases  of  the  Intestines  and 
Peritoneum.  By  Dk.  H.  Nothnagel, 
of  Vienna. 


19 


CLASSIFIED  LIST 

OF  THE 

MEDICAL    PUBLICATIONS 


OF 


W.  B.  SAUNDERS  &  COMPANY 


ANATOMY,  EMBRYOLOGY,  HIS- 
TOLOGY. 

Bohm,  DavidofF,  and  Huber — A  Text- 
Book  of  Histology, 

Clarkson — A  Text-Book  of  Histology, 
Haynes — A  Manual  of  Anatomy,    ...      7 
Heisler — A  Text-Book  of  Embryology',  .      7 
Leroy — Essentials  of  Histologj',     .    , 
Nancrede — Essentials  of  Anatomy,  . 
Nancrede — Essentials  of  Anatomy  and 
Manual  of  Practical  Dissection,  ....    10 

BACTERIOLOGY. 

Ball — Essentials  of  Bacteriology',   ....    15 

Frothingham  — Laboratory  Guide,  .    .    .      6 

Gorham^Laboratory  Course  in  Bacte- 
riology,     22 

Lehmann  and  Neumann — Atlas  of 
Bacteriology, 17 

Levy  and  Klemperer's  Clinical  Bacte- 
riology,     9 

Mallory  and  Wright  —  Pathological 
Technique, 9 

McFarland^Pathogenic  Bacteria,  ...     9 

CHARTS,  DIET-LISTS,  ETC. 

Griffith — Infaat's  Weight  Chart,  ....  7 

Hart — Diet  in  Sickness  and  in  Health,    .  7 

Keen — Operation  Blank, 8 

Laine — Temperature  Chart, 9 

Meigs — Feeding  in  Early  Infancy,    ...  10 

Starr — Diets   for  Infants  and  Children,  .  12 

Thomas— Diet-Lists, 13 

CHEMISTRY  AND  PHYSICS. 
Brockway  —  Essentials    of    Medical 
Physics, 15 

Wolff — Essentials  of  Medical  Chemistry',    15 

CHILDREN. 
An  American  Text-Book  of  Diseases 

of  Children i 

Griffith— Care  of  the  Baby, 7 

Griffith — Infant's  Weight  Chart,  ....      7 
Meigs — Feeding  in  Early  Infancy,    ...    10 
Powell — Essentials  of  Diseases  of  Chil- 
dren,    .        15 

Starr — Diets  for  Infants  and  Children,    .    12 

DIAGNOSIS. 

Cohen  and  Eshner — Essentials  of  Diag- 
nosis,     15 

Corwin — Physical  Diagnosis, 5 

Vierordt — Medical  Diagnosis, 14 

DICTIONARIES. 

The  American  Illustrated  Medical 
Dictionary, .      3 

The  American  Pocket  2\Iedical  Dic- 
tionary,          3 

Morton — Nurses'   Dictionary, 10 


EYE,  EAR,  NOSE,  AND  THROAT, 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Diseases 

of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Xose,  and  Throat,  .    .  i 
De  Schweinitz — Diseases  of  the  Eye,    .  6 
Friedrich  and  Curtis — Rhinology,  Lar- 
yngology, and  Otology, 6 

Gleason — Essentials  of  the  Ear,    ....  15 
Gleason — Essentials  of  Nose  and  Throat,  15 
Gradle — Ear,  Nose,  and  Throat,  ...  22 
Grunwald  and  Grayson — Atlas  of  Dis- 
eases of  the  Larj'nx. 16 

Haab  and  de  Schweinitz — Atlas  of  Ex- 
ternal Diseases  of  the  Eye,  ...;..  16 
Jackson — Manual  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  8 
Jackson — Essentials  Diseases  of  Eye,    .  15 
Kyle — Diseases  of  the  Nose  and  Throat,  9 

GENITO-URINARY. 
An   American   Text-Book   of  Genito- 

L'rinary  and  Skin  Diseases, 2 

Hyde  and  Montgomery — Syphilis  and 

the  Venereal  Diseases, 8 

Martin — Essentials    of    Minor    Surgery, 

Bandaging,  and  Venereal  Diseases,  .  .  15 
Mracek   and   Bangs — Atlas  of  Syphihs 

and  the  Venereal   Diseases, 16 

Saundby — Renal  and  Urinarj"-  Diseases,  n 

Senn — Genito-Urinary  Tuberculosis,    .    .  12 

Vecki — Sexual  Impotence, 14 


GYNECOLOGY. 

American  Text-Book  of  Gynecology, 
Cragin — Essentials  of  Gynecology, 
Garrigues — Diseases  of  Women,  . 
Long — Syllabus  of  Gynecology,    . 
Penrose — Diseases  of  Women,  .    . 
Pry  or — Pelvic  Inflammations,    .    . 
Schaeffer  and  Norris — Atlas  of  Gyne- 
cology',  


S7 


HYGIENE. 

Abbott — Hygiene  of  Transmissible  Dis- 
eases,          3 

Bergey — Principles  of  Hygiene,  ....  22 
Pyle^Personal  Hygiene, 11 

MATERIA      MEDICA,      PHARMA- 
COLOGY, and  THERAPEUTICS. 
An  American    Text-Book  of  Applied 

Therapeutics, i 

Butler — Text-Book    of  Materia  Medica, 

Therapeutics,  and  Pharmacology,  .  .  4 
Morris — Ess. of  M.  M.  and  Therapeutics,  15 
Saunders'  Pocket  Medical  Formularj^  .    11 

Sayre — Essentials  of  Pharmacy 15 

SoUmann — ^Text-Book  of  Pharmacology,  22 
Stevens — Modern  Therapeutics,  ....  13 
Stoney — Materia  Medica  for  Nurses,  .  .  13 
Thornton — Prescription- Writing,     ...    13 


20 


MEDICAL   PUB  Lie  A  TIONS 


21 


MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE  AND 
TOXICOLOGY. 

Chapman — Medical  Jurisprudence  and 
Toxicology 5 

Golebiewski  and  Bailey — Atlas  of  Dis- 
eases Caused  by  Acciderits, 17 

Hofmann  and  Peterson — Atlas  of  Legal 
Atedicine,        16 

NERVOUS   AND   MENTAL  DIS- 
EASES, ETC. 

Brower — iManual  of  Insanity, 22 

Chapin — Compendium  of  Insanity.  ...  5 
Church    and    Peterson — Nervous  and     5 

Mental  Diseases 5 

Jakob  and    Fisher — Atlas   of    Nervous 

System, 17 

Shaw — Essentials  of  Nervous  Diseases 

and  Insanity, 15 


NURSING. 
Davis — Obstetric  and  Gynecologic  Nurs- 
ing,     

Griffith— The  Care  of  the  Baby,  .    . 
Hart — Diet  in  Sickness  and  in  Health, 
Meigs — Feeding  in  Early  Infancy,    . 
Morten — Nurses'  Dictionary,    .    .    . 
Stoney — Alateria  Medica  for  Nurses, 
btoney — Practical  Points  in  Nursing, 
Stoney — Surgical  Technic  for  Nurses 
Watson — Handbook  for  Nurses,  .    . 


OBSTETRICS. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics, 
Ashton — Essentials  of  Obstetrics,  . 
Boisliniere — Obstetric  Accidents 
Borland — Modern  Obstetrics,  . 
Hirst — Text-Book  of  Obstetrics, 
Norris — Syllabus  of  Obstetrics,  . 
SchaefFer  and  Edgar — Atlas  of  Obstet 
rical  Diagnosis  and  Treatment,  .    .    . 


17 


PATHOLOGY. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Pathology,  2 
Durck  and  Hektoen — Atlas  of  Patho- 
logic Histology-, .16 

Kalteyer — Essentials  of  Pathology,    .    .  15 
Mallory    and    Wright — Pathological 

Technique, 9 

Senn — Patholog3^  and    Surgical    Treat- 
ment of  Tumors, 12 

Stengel — Text-Book  of  Pathology,  ...  12 

Warren — Surgical  Pathology^ 14 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

American  Text-Book  of  Physiology,  .  2 

Budgett — Essentials  of  Physiology,    .    .  15 

Raymond — Text-Book  of  Physiology,  .  11 

Stewart — Manual  of  Physiology,    .    .  13 

PRACTICE   OF  MEDICINE. 
An  American  Year-Book  of  Medicine 

and  Surgery, 3 

Anders  — Practice  of  Medicine 4 

Eichhorst — Practice  of  Medicine,  ...  6 

Lockwood — Practice  of  Medicine,  .    .    .  9 

Morris — Ess.  of  Practice  of  Medicine,  .  15 

Salinger  &  Kalteyer — Mod.  Medicine,  n 

Stevens — Practice  of  Medicine,    ....  13 


SKIN  AND  VENEREAL. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Genito- 
urinary and  Skin  Diseases, 2 

Hyde  and  Montgomery — Syphilis  and 
the  Venereal  Diseases, 8 

Martin — Essentials  of  Minor  Surgery, 
Bandaging,  and  Venereal  Diseases,  .    .    15 

Mracek  and  Stelwagon— Atlas  of  Dis- 
eases of  the  Skin, 16 

Stelwagon — Essentials  of  Diseases  of 
the  Skin, 15 

SURGERY. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Surgery,  2 
An  American  Year-Book  of  Medicine 

and  Surgery, 3 

Beck — Fractures, 4 

Beck — ^vlanual  of  Surgical  Asepsis,  ...  4 

Da  Costa— IManual  of  Surgerj', 5 

International  Text-Book  of  Surgery,  .  8 

Keen— Operation  Blank, 8 

Keen — The  Surgical  Complications  and 

Sequels  of  Typhoid  Fever, 8 

Macdonald  —  Surgical     Diagnosis    and 

Treatment, 9 

Martin— Essentials  of    Minor    Surgery, 

Bandaging,  and  Venereal  Diseases,  .    .  15 

Martin — Essentials  of  Surgery, 15 

Moore — Orthopedic   Surgery, 10 

Nancrede — Principles  of  Surgery,  ...  10 

Pye — Bandaging  and  Surgical   Dressing,  11 

Scudder — Treatment  of  Fractures,    ...  12 

Senn — Genito-Urinarj'  Tuberculosis,    .    .  12 

Senn— Practical  Surgery, 12 

Senn — Syllabus  of  Surgerj', 12 

Senn — Pathology  and  Surgical  Treat- 
ment  of  Tumors, ...  12 

Warren — Surgical  Pathology  and  Ther- 
apeutics,    14 

Zuckerkandl  and  Da  Costa — Atlas  of 

Operative  Surgery 16 

URINE  AND  URINARY  DISEASES. 

Ogden — Clinical      Examination     of    the 

Urine, 10 

Saundby — Renal  and  Urinar>'  Diseases,  11 
Wolf — Handbook  of  Urine  Examination,  22 
Wolff — Examination  of  Urine, 15 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Abbott^Hj'giene  of  Transmissible  Dis- 
eases,          3 

Bastin — Laboratory  Exercises  in  Bot- 
any,   4 

Golebiewski  and  Bailey — Atlas  of  Dis- 
eases Caused  by  Accidents,  ...        .    .    17 
Gould  and    Pyle — Anomalies  and  Curi- 
osities of  Medicine, 7 

Grafstrom — Massage, 7 

Keating — Examination  for  Life  Insur- 
ance,          8 

Pyle — A  IManual  of  Personal  Hygiene,  .  11 
Saunders'  Medical  Hand-Atlases,  .  16,17 
Saunders'  Pocket  Medical  Formularj',  .  11 
Saunders'  Question-Compends,  .  .  14.  15 
Stewart  and  Lawrence — Essentials  of 

Medical  Electricity, 15 

Thornton — Dose-Book   and   Manual   of 

Prescription-Writing, 13 

Van  Valzah  and  Nisbet — Diseases  of 
the  Stomach, 13 


THE  LATEST  BOOKS, 


Bergey's  Principles  of  Hygiene* 


The  Principles  of  Hygiene ;  A  Practical  Manual  for  Students, 
Physicians,  and  Health  Officers.  By  D.  H.  Bergey,  A.M.,  M.  D., 
First  Assistant,  Laboratory  of  Hygiene,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. Handsome  octavo  volume  of  about  500  pages,  illus- 
trated. 


Brower^s  Manual  of  Insanity^ 


A  Practical  Manual  of  Insanity.  By  Daniel  R.  Brower,  M,  D., 
Professor  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases,  Rush  Medical  Col- 
lege, Chicago.     i2mo  volume  of  425  pages,  illustrated. 

Gorhatn's  Bacteriology. 

A  Laboratory  Course  in  Bacteriology.  By  F.  P.  Gorham, 
M.  A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Biology,  Brown  University.  i2mo 
volume  of  about  160  pages,  fully  illustrated. 

Gradle  on  the  Nose^  Throaty  and  Ear. 

Diseases  of  the  Nose,   Throat,  and  Ear.     By  Henry  Gradle, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology,  Northwestern    . 
University  Medical  School,  Chicago.     Handsome  octavo  volume 
of  800  pages,  profusely  illustrated. 

SoIImann^s  Pharmacology. 

A  Text-Book  of  Pharmacology.  By  Torald  Sollmann,  M.  D., 
Lecturer  on  Pharmacology,  Western  Reserve  University,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio.     Royal  octavo  volume  of  about  700  pages. 

Wolffs  Examination  of  Urine. 

A  Handbook  of  Physiologic  Chemistry  and  Urine  Examination. 
By  Charles  G.  L.  Wolf,  M.  D.,  Instructor  in  Physiologic  Chem- 
istry, Cornell  University  Medical  College.    i2mo  volume  of  about 

160  pages. 

22 

5<? 


»:...-»'  -i^K-  /^  :*A-F:^^  -^t-V  T^t^fV*--^.  J9 

Date  Due 

•Vi'4     3 

& 

(|) 

?'f 


r 


>r 


-v 


90/ 


^^ 


c/rKcctV^     0^   Qw^.c<jfe^^u  "* 


r:*L-' 


i 


I 


^.'5 


4? 


^      it 


>^< 


^^ 


